types

package
v1.63.0 Latest Latest
Warning

This package is not in the latest version of its module.

 Go to latest Published: Nov 20, 2024 License: Apache-2.0 Imports: 4 Imported by: 3

Documentation

Index

Constants

This section is empty.

Variables

This section is empty.

Functions

This section is empty.

Types

type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix 

type AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix string
const (
	AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixBroadcasterMixedAd AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = "BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD"
	AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMixNormal             AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix

func (AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix) Values() []AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix

Values returns all known values for AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacCodecProfile 

type AacCodecProfile string
const (
	AacCodecProfileLc   AacCodecProfile = "LC"
	AacCodecProfileHev1 AacCodecProfile = "HEV1"
	AacCodecProfileHev2 AacCodecProfile = "HEV2"
)

Enum values for AacCodecProfile

func (AacCodecProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacCodecProfile) Values() []AacCodecProfile

Values returns all known values for AacCodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacCodingMode 

type AacCodingMode string
const (
	AacCodingModeAdReceiverMix AacCodingMode = "AD_RECEIVER_MIX"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode10  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode11  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode20  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	AacCodingModeCodingMode51  AacCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_5_1"
)

Enum values for AacCodingMode

func (AacCodingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacCodingMode) Values() []AacCodingMode

Values returns all known values for AacCodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacRateControlMode 

type AacRateControlMode string
const (
	AacRateControlModeCbr AacRateControlMode = "CBR"
	AacRateControlModeVbr AacRateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for AacRateControlMode

func (AacRateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacRateControlMode) Values() []AacRateControlMode

Values returns all known values for AacRateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacRawFormat 

type AacRawFormat string
const (
	AacRawFormatLatmLoas AacRawFormat = "LATM_LOAS"
	AacRawFormatNone     AacRawFormat = "NONE"
)

Enum values for AacRawFormat

func (AacRawFormat) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacRawFormat) Values() []AacRawFormat

Values returns all known values for AacRawFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacSettings 

type AacSettings struct {

	// Choose BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD when the input contains pre-mixed main audio +
	// audio description (AD) as a stereo pair. The value for AudioType will be set to
	// 3, which signals to downstream systems that this stream contains "broadcaster
	// mixed AD". Note that the input received by the encoder must contain pre-mixed
	// audio; the encoder does not perform the mixing. When you choose
	// BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD, the encoder ignores any values you provide in AudioType
	// and FollowInputAudioType. Choose NORMAL when the input does not contain
	// pre-mixed audio + audio description (AD). In this case, the encoder will use any
	// values you provide for AudioType and FollowInputAudioType.
	AudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix AacAudioDescriptionBroadcasterMix

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. The set of valid values for
	// this setting is: 6000, 8000, 10000, 12000, 14000, 16000, 20000, 24000, 28000,
	// 32000, 40000, 48000, 56000, 64000, 80000, 96000, 112000, 128000, 160000, 192000,
	// 224000, 256000, 288000, 320000, 384000, 448000, 512000, 576000, 640000, 768000,
	// 896000, 1024000. The value you set is also constrained by the values that you
	// choose for Profile, Bitrate control mode, and Sample rate. Default values depend
	// on Bitrate control mode and Profile.
	Bitrate *int32

	// Specify the AAC profile. For the widest player compatibility and where higher
	// bitrates are acceptable: Keep the default profile, LC (AAC-LC) For improved
	// audio performance at lower bitrates: Choose HEV1 or HEV2. HEV1 (AAC-HE v1) adds
	// spectral band replication to improve speech audio at low bitrates. HEV2 (AAC-HE
	// v2) adds parametric stereo, which optimizes for encoding stereo audio at very
	// low bitrates.
	CodecProfile AacCodecProfile

	// The Coding mode that you specify determines the number of audio channels and
	// the audio channel layout metadata in your AAC output. Valid coding modes depend
	// on the Rate control mode and Profile that you select. The following list shows
	// the number of audio channels and channel layout for each coding mode. * 1.0
	// Audio Description (Receiver Mix): One channel, C. Includes audio description
	// data from your stereo input. For more information see ETSI TS 101 154 Annex E. *
	// 1.0 Mono: One channel, C. * 2.0 Stereo: Two channels, L, R. * 5.1 Surround: Six
	// channels, C, L, R, Ls, Rs, LFE.
	CodingMode AacCodingMode

	// Specify the AAC rate control mode. For a constant bitrate: Choose CBR. Your AAC
	// output bitrate will be equal to the value that you choose for Bitrate. For a
	// variable bitrate: Choose VBR. Your AAC output bitrate will vary according to
	// your audio content and the value that you choose for Bitrate quality.
	RateControlMode AacRateControlMode

	// Enables LATM/LOAS AAC output. Note that if you use LATM/LOAS AAC in an output,
	// you must choose "No container" for the output container.
	RawFormat AacRawFormat

	// Specify the AAC sample rate in samples per second (Hz). Valid sample rates
	// depend on the AAC profile and Coding mode that you select. For a list of
	// supported sample rates, see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/aac-support.html
	SampleRate *int32

	// Use MPEG-2 AAC instead of MPEG-4 AAC audio for raw or MPEG-2 Transport Stream
	// containers.
	Specification AacSpecification

	// Specify the quality of your variable bitrate (VBR) AAC audio. For a list of
	// approximate VBR bitrates, see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/aac-support.html#aac_vbr
	VbrQuality AacVbrQuality
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value AAC. The service accepts one of two mutually exclusive groups of AAC settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these modes, set the value of Bitrate control mode to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you control the audio quality with the setting VBR quality. In CBR mode, you use the setting Bitrate. Defaults and valid values depend on the rate control mode.

type AacSpecification 

type AacSpecification string
const (
	AacSpecificationMpeg2 AacSpecification = "MPEG2"
	AacSpecificationMpeg4 AacSpecification = "MPEG4"
)

Enum values for AacSpecification

func (AacSpecification) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacSpecification) Values() []AacSpecification

Values returns all known values for AacSpecification. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AacVbrQuality 

type AacVbrQuality string
const (
	AacVbrQualityLow        AacVbrQuality = "LOW"
	AacVbrQualityMediumLow  AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_LOW"
	AacVbrQualityMediumHigh AacVbrQuality = "MEDIUM_HIGH"
	AacVbrQualityHigh       AacVbrQuality = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for AacVbrQuality

func (AacVbrQuality) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AacVbrQuality) Values() []AacVbrQuality

Values returns all known values for AacVbrQuality. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3BitstreamMode 

type Ac3BitstreamMode string
const (
	Ac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain     Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
	Ac3BitstreamModeCommentary       Ac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY"
	Ac3BitstreamModeDialogue         Ac3BitstreamMode = "DIALOGUE"
	Ac3BitstreamModeEmergency        Ac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY"
	Ac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired  Ac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	Ac3BitstreamModeMusicAndEffects  Ac3BitstreamMode = "MUSIC_AND_EFFECTS"
	Ac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired Ac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
	Ac3BitstreamModeVoiceOver        Ac3BitstreamMode = "VOICE_OVER"
)

Enum values for Ac3BitstreamMode

func (Ac3BitstreamMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3BitstreamMode) Values() []Ac3BitstreamMode

Values returns all known values for Ac3BitstreamMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3CodingMode 

type Ac3CodingMode string
const (
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode10    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode11    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_1"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode20    Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	Ac3CodingModeCodingMode32Lfe Ac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2_LFE"
)

Enum values for Ac3CodingMode

func (Ac3CodingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3CodingMode) Values() []Ac3CodingMode

Values returns all known values for Ac3CodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine added in v1.3.0 

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine string
const (
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard  Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight     Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight    Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech        Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "SPEECH"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone          Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) Values added in v1.3.0 

func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) Values() []Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

Values returns all known values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile 

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile string
const (
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileFilmStandard Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfileNone         Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile

func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile) Values() []Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile

Values returns all known values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf added in v1.3.0 

type Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf string
const (
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard  Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight     Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight    Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech        Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "SPEECH"
	Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone          Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) Values added in v1.3.0 

func (Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) Values() []Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

Values returns all known values for Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3LfeFilter 

type Ac3LfeFilter string
const (
	Ac3LfeFilterEnabled  Ac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED"
	Ac3LfeFilterDisabled Ac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Ac3LfeFilter

func (Ac3LfeFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3LfeFilter) Values() []Ac3LfeFilter

Values returns all known values for Ac3LfeFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3MetadataControl 

type Ac3MetadataControl string
const (
	Ac3MetadataControlFollowInput   Ac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	Ac3MetadataControlUseConfigured Ac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for Ac3MetadataControl

func (Ac3MetadataControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Ac3MetadataControl) Values() []Ac3MetadataControl

Values returns all known values for Ac3MetadataControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Ac3Settings 

type Ac3Settings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. The bitrate that you specify
	// must be a multiple of 8000 within the allowed minimum and maximum values. Leave
	// blank to use the default bitrate for the coding mode you select according ETSI
	// TS 102 366. Valid bitrates for coding mode 1/0: Default: 96000. Minimum: 64000.
	// Maximum: 128000. Valid bitrates for coding mode 1/1: Default: 192000. Minimum:
	// 128000. Maximum: 384000. Valid bitrates for coding mode 2/0: Default: 192000.
	// Minimum: 128000. Maximum: 384000. Valid bitrates for coding mode 3/2 with FLE:
	// Default: 384000. Minimum: 384000. Maximum: 640000.
	Bitrate *int32

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For more
	// information about the AC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E).
	BitstreamMode Ac3BitstreamMode

	// Dolby Digital coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode Ac3CodingMode

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital,
	// dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm *int32

	// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
	// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the line
	// operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores
	// any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For information
	// about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range
	// Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at
	// https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionLine Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

	// When you want to add Dolby dynamic range compression (DRC) signaling to your
	// output stream, we recommend that you use the mode-specific settings instead of
	// Dynamic range compression profile. The mode-specific settings are Dynamic range
	// compression profile, line mode and Dynamic range compression profile, RF mode.
	// Note that when you specify values for all three settings, MediaConvert ignores
	// the value of this setting in favor of the mode-specific settings. If you do use
	// this setting instead of the mode-specific settings, choose None to leave out DRC
	// signaling. Keep the default Film standard to set the profile to Dolby's film
	// standard profile for all operating modes.
	DynamicRangeCompressionProfile Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionProfile

	// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
	// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the RF operating
	// mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any value
	// you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For information about the
	// Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control
	// chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at
	// https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionRf Ac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

	// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid
	// with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
	LfeFilter Ac3LfeFilter

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or
	// DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one
	// of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl Ac3MetadataControl

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value AC3.

type AccelerationMode 

type AccelerationMode string
const (
	AccelerationModeDisabled  AccelerationMode = "DISABLED"
	AccelerationModeEnabled   AccelerationMode = "ENABLED"
	AccelerationModePreferred AccelerationMode = "PREFERRED"
)

Enum values for AccelerationMode

func (AccelerationMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AccelerationMode) Values() []AccelerationMode

Values returns all known values for AccelerationMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AccelerationSettings 

type AccelerationSettings struct {

	// Specify the conditions when the service will run your job with accelerated
	// transcoding.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Mode AccelerationMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually complex content.

type AccelerationStatus 

type AccelerationStatus string
const (
	AccelerationStatusNotApplicable  AccelerationStatus = "NOT_APPLICABLE"
	AccelerationStatusInProgress     AccelerationStatus = "IN_PROGRESS"
	AccelerationStatusAccelerated    AccelerationStatus = "ACCELERATED"
	AccelerationStatusNotAccelerated AccelerationStatus = "NOT_ACCELERATED"
)

Enum values for AccelerationStatus

func (AccelerationStatus) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AccelerationStatus) Values() []AccelerationStatus

Values returns all known values for AccelerationStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AdvancedInputFilter added in v1.36.0 

type AdvancedInputFilter string
const (
	AdvancedInputFilterEnabled  AdvancedInputFilter = "ENABLED"
	AdvancedInputFilterDisabled AdvancedInputFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for AdvancedInputFilter

func (AdvancedInputFilter) Values added in v1.36.0 

func (AdvancedInputFilter) Values() []AdvancedInputFilter

Values returns all known values for AdvancedInputFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture added in v1.36.0 

type AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture string
const (
	AdvancedInputFilterAddTextureEnabled  AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture = "ENABLED"
	AdvancedInputFilterAddTextureDisabled AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture

func (AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture) Values added in v1.36.0 

func (AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture) Values() []AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture

Values returns all known values for AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AdvancedInputFilterSettings added in v1.36.0 

type AdvancedInputFilterSettings struct {

	// Add texture and detail to areas of your input video content that were lost
	// after applying the Advanced input filter. To adaptively add texture and reduce
	// softness: Choose Enabled. To not add any texture: Keep the default value,
	// Disabled. We recommend that you choose Disabled for input video content that
	// doesn't have texture, including screen recordings, computer graphics, or
	// cartoons.
	AddTexture AdvancedInputFilterAddTexture

	// Optionally specify the amount of sharpening to apply when you use the Advanced
	// input filter. Sharpening adds contrast to the edges of your video content and
	// can reduce softness. To apply no sharpening: Keep the default value, Off. To
	// apply a minimal amount of sharpening choose Low, or for the maximum choose High.
	Sharpening AdvancedInputFilterSharpen
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Optional settings for Advanced input filter when you set Advanced input filter to Enabled.

type AdvancedInputFilterSharpen added in v1.36.0 

type AdvancedInputFilterSharpen string
const (
	AdvancedInputFilterSharpenOff  AdvancedInputFilterSharpen = "OFF"
	AdvancedInputFilterSharpenLow  AdvancedInputFilterSharpen = "LOW"
	AdvancedInputFilterSharpenHigh AdvancedInputFilterSharpen = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for AdvancedInputFilterSharpen

func (AdvancedInputFilterSharpen) Values added in v1.36.0 

func (AdvancedInputFilterSharpen) Values() []AdvancedInputFilterSharpen

Values returns all known values for AdvancedInputFilterSharpen. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AfdSignaling 

type AfdSignaling string
const (
	AfdSignalingNone  AfdSignaling = "NONE"
	AfdSignalingAuto  AfdSignaling = "AUTO"
	AfdSignalingFixed AfdSignaling = "FIXED"
)

Enum values for AfdSignaling

func (AfdSignaling) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AfdSignaling) Values() []AfdSignaling

Values returns all known values for AfdSignaling. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AiffSettings 

type AiffSettings struct {

	// Specify Bit depth, in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality for this
	// audio track.
	BitDepth *int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Valid values are 1
	// and even numbers up to 64. For example, 1, 2, 4, 6, and so on, up to 64.
	Channels *int32

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value AIFF.

type AllowedRenditionSize added in v1.24.0 

type AllowedRenditionSize struct {

	// Use Height to define the video resolution height, in pixels, for this rule.
	Height *int32

	// Set to ENABLED to force a rendition to be included.
	Required RequiredFlag

	// Use Width to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this rule.
	Width *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use Allowed renditions to specify a list of possible resolutions in your ABR stack. * MediaConvert will create an ABR stack exclusively from the list of resolutions that you specify. * Some resolutions in the Allowed renditions list may not be included, however you can force a resolution to be included by setting Required to ENABLED. * You must specify at least one resolution that is greater than or equal to any resolutions that you specify in Min top rendition size or Min bottom rendition size. * If you specify Allowed renditions, you must not specify a separate rule for Force include renditions.

type AlphaBehavior 

type AlphaBehavior string
const (
	AlphaBehaviorDiscard     AlphaBehavior = "DISCARD"
	AlphaBehaviorRemapToLuma AlphaBehavior = "REMAP_TO_LUMA"
)

Enum values for AlphaBehavior

func (AlphaBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AlphaBehavior) Values() []AlphaBehavior

Values returns all known values for AlphaBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AncillaryConvert608To708 

type AncillaryConvert608To708 string
const (
	AncillaryConvert608To708Upconvert AncillaryConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
	AncillaryConvert608To708Disabled  AncillaryConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for AncillaryConvert608To708

func (AncillaryConvert608To708) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AncillaryConvert608To708) Values() []AncillaryConvert608To708

Values returns all known values for AncillaryConvert608To708. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AncillarySourceSettings 

type AncillarySourceSettings struct {

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608
	// and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert, MediaConvert includes the captions data
	// in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes
	// fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708.
	Convert608To708 AncillaryConvert608To708

	// Specifies the 608 channel number in the ancillary data track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	SourceAncillaryChannelNumber *int32

	// By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of each
	// input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable this
	// setting.
	TerminateCaptions AncillaryTerminateCaptions
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for ancillary captions source.

type AncillaryTerminateCaptions 

type AncillaryTerminateCaptions string
const (
	AncillaryTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput AncillaryTerminateCaptions = "END_OF_INPUT"
	AncillaryTerminateCaptionsDisabled   AncillaryTerminateCaptions = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for AncillaryTerminateCaptions

func (AncillaryTerminateCaptions) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AncillaryTerminateCaptions) Values() []AncillaryTerminateCaptions

Values returns all known values for AncillaryTerminateCaptions. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AntiAlias 

type AntiAlias string
const (
	AntiAliasDisabled AntiAlias = "DISABLED"
	AntiAliasEnabled  AntiAlias = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for AntiAlias

func (AntiAlias) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AntiAlias) Values() []AntiAlias

Values returns all known values for AntiAlias. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioChannelTag added in v0.29.0 

type AudioChannelTag string
const (
	AudioChannelTagL    AudioChannelTag = "L"
	AudioChannelTagR    AudioChannelTag = "R"
	AudioChannelTagC    AudioChannelTag = "C"
	AudioChannelTagLfe  AudioChannelTag = "LFE"
	AudioChannelTagLs   AudioChannelTag = "LS"
	AudioChannelTagRs   AudioChannelTag = "RS"
	AudioChannelTagLc   AudioChannelTag = "LC"
	AudioChannelTagRc   AudioChannelTag = "RC"
	AudioChannelTagCs   AudioChannelTag = "CS"
	AudioChannelTagLsd  AudioChannelTag = "LSD"
	AudioChannelTagRsd  AudioChannelTag = "RSD"
	AudioChannelTagTcs  AudioChannelTag = "TCS"
	AudioChannelTagVhl  AudioChannelTag = "VHL"
	AudioChannelTagVhc  AudioChannelTag = "VHC"
	AudioChannelTagVhr  AudioChannelTag = "VHR"
	AudioChannelTagTbl  AudioChannelTag = "TBL"
	AudioChannelTagTbc  AudioChannelTag = "TBC"
	AudioChannelTagTbr  AudioChannelTag = "TBR"
	AudioChannelTagRsl  AudioChannelTag = "RSL"
	AudioChannelTagRsr  AudioChannelTag = "RSR"
	AudioChannelTagLw   AudioChannelTag = "LW"
	AudioChannelTagRw   AudioChannelTag = "RW"
	AudioChannelTagLfe2 AudioChannelTag = "LFE2"
	AudioChannelTagLt   AudioChannelTag = "LT"
	AudioChannelTagRt   AudioChannelTag = "RT"
	AudioChannelTagHi   AudioChannelTag = "HI"
	AudioChannelTagNar  AudioChannelTag = "NAR"
	AudioChannelTagM    AudioChannelTag = "M"
)

Enum values for AudioChannelTag

func (AudioChannelTag) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioChannelTag) Values() []AudioChannelTag

Values returns all known values for AudioChannelTag. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioChannelTaggingSettings added in v0.29.0 

type AudioChannelTaggingSettings struct {

	// Specify the QuickTime audio channel layout tags for the audio channels in this
	// audio track. Enter channel layout tags in the same order as your output's audio
	// channel order. For example, if your output audio track has a left and a right
	// channel, enter Left (L) for the first channel and Right (R) for the second. If
	// your output has multiple single-channel audio tracks, enter a single channel
	// layout tag for each track.
	ChannelTag AudioChannelTag

	// Specify the QuickTime audio channel layout tags for the audio channels in this
	// audio track. Enter channel layout tags in the same order as your output's audio
	// channel order. For example, if your output audio track has a left and a right
	// channel, enter Left (L) for the first channel and Right (R) for the second. If
	// your output has multiple single-channel audio tracks, enter a single channel
	// layout tag for each track.
	ChannelTags []AudioChannelTag
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the QuickTime audio channel layout tags for the audio channels in this audio track. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert labels your track as Center (C) by default. To use Audio layout tagging, your output must be in a QuickTime (MOV) container and your audio codec must be AAC, WAV, or AIFF.

type AudioCodec 

type AudioCodec string
const (
	AudioCodecAac         AudioCodec = "AAC"
	AudioCodecMp2         AudioCodec = "MP2"
	AudioCodecMp3         AudioCodec = "MP3"
	AudioCodecWav         AudioCodec = "WAV"
	AudioCodecAiff        AudioCodec = "AIFF"
	AudioCodecAc3         AudioCodec = "AC3"
	AudioCodecEac3        AudioCodec = "EAC3"
	AudioCodecEac3Atmos   AudioCodec = "EAC3_ATMOS"
	AudioCodecVorbis      AudioCodec = "VORBIS"
	AudioCodecOpus        AudioCodec = "OPUS"
	AudioCodecPassthrough AudioCodec = "PASSTHROUGH"
	AudioCodecFlac        AudioCodec = "FLAC"
)

Enum values for AudioCodec

func (AudioCodec) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioCodec) Values() []AudioCodec

Values returns all known values for AudioCodec. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioCodecSettings 

type AudioCodecSettings struct {

	// Required when you set Codec to the value AAC. The service accepts one of two
	// mutually exclusive groups of AAC settings--VBR and CBR. To select one of these
	// modes, set the value of Bitrate control mode to "VBR" or "CBR". In VBR mode, you
	// control the audio quality with the setting VBR quality. In CBR mode, you use the
	// setting Bitrate. Defaults and valid values depend on the rate control mode.
	AacSettings *AacSettings

	// Required when you set Codec to the value AC3.
	Ac3Settings *Ac3Settings

	// Required when you set Codec to the value AIFF.
	AiffSettings *AiffSettings

	// Choose the audio codec for this output. Note that the option Dolby Digital
	// passthrough applies only to Dolby Digital and Dolby Digital Plus audio inputs.
	// Make sure that you choose a codec that's supported with your output container:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers.html#reference-codecs-containers-output-audio
	// For audio-only outputs, make sure that both your input audio codec and your
	// output audio codec are supported for audio-only workflows. For more information,
	// see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers-input.html#reference-codecs-containers-input-audio-only
	// and
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/reference-codecs-containers.html#audio-only-output
	Codec AudioCodec

	// Required when you set Codec to the value EAC3_ATMOS.
	Eac3AtmosSettings *Eac3AtmosSettings

	// Required when you set Codec to the value EAC3.
	Eac3Settings *Eac3Settings

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the
	// value FLAC.
	FlacSettings *FlacSettings

	// Required when you set Codec to the value MP2.
	Mp2Settings *Mp2Settings

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the
	// value MP3.
	Mp3Settings *Mp3Settings

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the
	// value OPUS.
	OpusSettings *OpusSettings

	// Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the
	// value Vorbis.
	VorbisSettings *VorbisSettings

	// Required when you set Codec to the value WAV.
	WavSettings *WavSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for your audio codec.

type AudioDefaultSelection 

type AudioDefaultSelection string
const (
	AudioDefaultSelectionDefault    AudioDefaultSelection = "DEFAULT"
	AudioDefaultSelectionNotDefault AudioDefaultSelection = "NOT_DEFAULT"
)

Enum values for AudioDefaultSelection

func (AudioDefaultSelection) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioDefaultSelection) Values() []AudioDefaultSelection

Values returns all known values for AudioDefaultSelection. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioDescription 

type AudioDescription struct {

	// Specify the QuickTime audio channel layout tags for the audio channels in this
	// audio track. When you don't specify a value, MediaConvert labels your track as
	// Center (C) by default. To use Audio layout tagging, your output must be in a
	// QuickTime (MOV) container and your audio codec must be AAC, WAV, or AIFF.
	AudioChannelTaggingSettings *AudioChannelTaggingSettings

	// Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need to
	// comply with a loudness standard.
	AudioNormalizationSettings *AudioNormalizationSettings

	// Specifies which audio data to use from each input. In the simplest case,
	// specify an "Audio Selector":#inputs-audio_selector by name based on its order
	// within each input. For example if you specify "Audio Selector 3", then the third
	// audio selector will be used from each input. If an input does not have an "Audio
	// Selector 3", then the audio selector marked as "default" in that input will be
	// used. If there is no audio selector marked as "default", silence will be
	// inserted for the duration of that input. Alternatively, an "Audio Selector
	// Group":#inputs-audio_selector_group name may be specified, with similar
	// default/silence behavior. If no audio_source_name is specified, then "Audio
	// Selector 1" will be chosen automatically.
	AudioSourceName *string

	// Applies only if Follow Input Audio Type is unchecked (false). A number between
	// 0 and 255. The following are defined in ISO-IEC 13818-1: 0 = Undefined, 1 =
	// Clean Effects, 2 = Hearing Impaired, 3 = Visually Impaired Commentary, 4-255 =
	// Reserved.
	AudioType *int32

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, if the input contains an ISO 639 audio_type, then
	// that value is passed through to the output. If the input contains no ISO 639
	// audio_type, the value in Audio Type is included in the output. Otherwise the
	// value in Audio Type is included in the output. Note that this field and
	// audioType are both ignored if audioDescriptionBroadcasterMix is set to
	// BROADCASTER_MIXED_AD.
	AudioTypeControl AudioTypeControl

	// Settings related to audio encoding. The settings in this group vary depending
	// on the value that you choose for your audio codec.
	CodecSettings *AudioCodecSettings

	// Specify the language for this audio output track. The service puts this
	// language code into your output audio track when you set Language code control to
	// Use configured. The service also uses your specified custom language code when
	// you set Language code control to Follow input, but your input file doesn't
	// specify a language code. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3
	// code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the full
	// RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the
	// following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth
	// Streaming.
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Indicates the language of the audio output track. The ISO 639 language
	// specified in the 'Language Code' drop down will be used when 'Follow Input
	// Language Code' is not selected or when 'Follow Input Language Code' is selected
	// but there is no ISO 639 language code specified by the input.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Specify which source for language code takes precedence for this audio track.
	// When you choose Follow input, the service uses the language code from the input
	// track if it's present. If there's no languge code on the input track, the
	// service uses the code that you specify in the setting Language code. When you
	// choose Use configured, the service uses the language code that you specify.
	LanguageCodeControl AudioLanguageCodeControl

	// Advanced audio remixing settings.
	RemixSettings *RemixSettings

	// Specify a label for this output audio stream. For example, "English", "Director
	// commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes this
	// information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's player
	// device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this setting.
	StreamName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to one audio tab on the MediaConvert console. In your job JSON, an instance of AudioDescription is equivalent to one audio tab in the console. Usually, one audio tab corresponds to one output audio track. Depending on how you set up your input audio selectors and whether you use audio selector groups, one audio tab can correspond to a group of output audio tracks.

type AudioDurationCorrection added in v1.25.0 

type AudioDurationCorrection string
const (
	AudioDurationCorrectionDisabled AudioDurationCorrection = "DISABLED"
	AudioDurationCorrectionAuto     AudioDurationCorrection = "AUTO"
	AudioDurationCorrectionTrack    AudioDurationCorrection = "TRACK"
	AudioDurationCorrectionFrame    AudioDurationCorrection = "FRAME"
	AudioDurationCorrectionForce    AudioDurationCorrection = "FORCE"
)

Enum values for AudioDurationCorrection

func (AudioDurationCorrection) Values added in v1.25.0 

func (AudioDurationCorrection) Values() []AudioDurationCorrection

Values returns all known values for AudioDurationCorrection. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioLanguageCodeControl 

type AudioLanguageCodeControl string
const (
	AudioLanguageCodeControlFollowInput   AudioLanguageCodeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	AudioLanguageCodeControlUseConfigured AudioLanguageCodeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for AudioLanguageCodeControl

func (AudioLanguageCodeControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioLanguageCodeControl) Values() []AudioLanguageCodeControl

Values returns all known values for AudioLanguageCodeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm 

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithm string
const (
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17701 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_1"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17702 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_2"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17703 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_3"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmItuBs17704 AudioNormalizationAlgorithm = "ITU_BS_1770_4"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithm

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithm) Values() []AudioNormalizationAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl 

type AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl string
const (
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlCorrectAudio AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "CORRECT_AUDIO"
	AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControlMeasureOnly  AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl = "MEASURE_ONLY"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl) Values() []AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging 

type AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging string
const (
	AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingLog     AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging = "LOG"
	AudioNormalizationLoudnessLoggingDontLog AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging = "DONT_LOG"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging

func (AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging) Values() []AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation 

type AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation string
const (
	AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationTruePeak AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation = "TRUE_PEAK"
	AudioNormalizationPeakCalculationNone     AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation = "NONE"
)

Enum values for AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation

func (AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation) Values() []AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation

Values returns all known values for AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioNormalizationSettings 

type AudioNormalizationSettings struct {

	// Choose one of the following audio normalization algorithms: ITU-R BS.1770-1:
	// Ungated loudness. A measurement of ungated average loudness for an entire piece
	// of content, suitable for measurement of short-form content under ATSC
	// recommendation A/85. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-2: Gated
	// loudness. A measurement of gated average loudness compliant with the
	// requirements of EBU-R128. Supports up to 5.1 audio channels. ITU-R BS.1770-3:
	// Modified peak. The same loudness measurement algorithm as 1770-2, with an
	// updated true peak measurement. ITU-R BS.1770-4: Higher channel count. Allows for
	// more audio channels than the other algorithms, including configurations such as
	// 7.1.
	Algorithm AudioNormalizationAlgorithm

	// When enabled the output audio is corrected using the chosen algorithm. If
	// disabled, the audio will be measured but not adjusted.
	AlgorithmControl AudioNormalizationAlgorithmControl

	// Content measuring above this level will be corrected to the target level.
	// Content measuring below this level will not be corrected.
	CorrectionGateLevel *int32

	// If set to LOG, log each output's audio track loudness to a CSV file.
	LoudnessLogging AudioNormalizationLoudnessLogging

	// If set to TRUE_PEAK, calculate and log the TruePeak for each output's audio
	// track loudness.
	PeakCalculation AudioNormalizationPeakCalculation

	// When you use Audio normalization, optionally use this setting to specify a
	// target loudness. If you don't specify a value here, the encoder chooses a value
	// for you, based on the algorithm that you choose for Algorithm. If you choose
	// algorithm 1770-1, the encoder will choose -24 LKFS; otherwise, the encoder will
	// choose -23 LKFS.
	TargetLkfs *float64

	// Specify the True-peak limiter threshold in decibels relative to full scale
	// (dBFS). The peak inter-audio sample loudness in your output will be limited to
	// the value that you specify, without affecting the overall target LKFS. Enter a
	// value from 0 to -8. Leave blank to use the default value 0.
	TruePeakLimiterThreshold *float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Advanced audio normalization settings. Ignore these settings unless you need to comply with a loudness standard.

type AudioSelector 

type AudioSelector struct {

	// Apply audio timing corrections to help synchronize audio and video in your
	// output. To apply timing corrections, your input must meet the following
	// requirements: * Container: MP4, or MOV, with an accurate time-to-sample (STTS)
	// table. * Audio track: AAC. Choose from the following audio timing correction
	// settings: * Disabled (Default): Apply no correction. * Auto: Recommended for
	// most inputs. MediaConvert analyzes the audio timing in your input and determines
	// which correction setting to use, if needed. * Track: Adjust the duration of each
	// audio frame by a constant amount to align the audio track length with STTS
	// duration. Track-level correction does not affect pitch, and is recommended for
	// tonal audio content such as music. * Frame: Adjust the duration of each audio
	// frame by a variable amount to align audio frames with STTS timestamps. No
	// corrections are made to already-aligned frames. Frame-level correction may
	// affect the pitch of corrected frames, and is recommended for atonal audio
	// content such as speech or percussion. * Force: Apply audio duration correction,
	// either Track or Frame depending on your input, regardless of the accuracy of
	// your input's STTS table. Your output audio and video may not be aligned or it
	// may contain audio artifacts.
	AudioDurationCorrection AudioDurationCorrection

	// Selects a specific language code from within an audio source, using the ISO
	// 639-2 or ISO 639-3 three-letter language code
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Enable this setting on one audio selector to set it as the default for the job.
	// The service uses this default for outputs where it can't find the specified
	// input audio. If you don't set a default, those outputs have no audio.
	DefaultSelection AudioDefaultSelection

	// Specifies audio data from an external file source.
	ExternalAudioFileInput *string

	// Settings specific to audio sources in an HLS alternate rendition group. Specify
	// the properties (renditionGroupId, renditionName or renditionLanguageCode) to
	// identify the unique audio track among the alternative rendition groups present
	// in the HLS manifest. If no unique track is found, or multiple tracks match the
	// properties provided, the job fails. If no properties in
	// hlsRenditionGroupSettings are specified, the default audio track within the
	// video segment is chosen. If there is no audio within video segment, the
	// alternative audio with DEFAULT=YES is chosen instead.
	HlsRenditionGroupSettings *HlsRenditionGroupSettings

	// Selects a specific language code from within an audio source.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Specifies a time delta in milliseconds to offset the audio from the input video.
	Offset *int32

	// Selects a specific PID from within an audio source (e.g. 257 selects PID 0x101).
	Pids []int32

	// Use this setting for input streams that contain Dolby E, to have the service
	// extract specific program data from the track. To select multiple programs,
	// create multiple selectors with the same Track and different Program numbers. In
	// the console, this setting is visible when you set Selector type to Track. Choose
	// the program number from the dropdown list. If your input file has incorrect
	// metadata, you can choose All channels instead of a program number to have the
	// service ignore the program IDs and include all the programs in the track.
	ProgramSelection *int32

	// Use these settings to reorder the audio channels of one input to match those of
	// another input. This allows you to combine the two files into a single output,
	// one after the other.
	RemixSettings *RemixSettings

	// Specifies the type of the audio selector.
	SelectorType AudioSelectorType

	// Identify a track from the input audio to include in this selector by entering
	// the track index number. To include several tracks in a single audio selector,
	// specify multiple tracks as follows. Using the console, enter a comma-separated
	// list. For example, type "1,2,3" to include tracks 1 through 3.
	Tracks []int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use Audio selectors to specify a track or set of tracks from the input that you will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio selectors per input.

type AudioSelectorGroup 

type AudioSelectorGroup struct {

	// Name of an Audio Selector within the same input to include in the group. Audio
	// selector names are standardized, based on their order within the input (e.g.,
	// "Audio Selector 1"). The audio selector name parameter can be repeated to add
	// any number of audio selectors to the group.
	AudioSelectorNames []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use audio selector groups to combine multiple sidecar audio inputs so that you can assign them to a single output audio tab. Note that, if you're working with embedded audio, it's simpler to assign multiple input tracks into a single audio selector rather than use an audio selector group.

type AudioSelectorType 

type AudioSelectorType string
const (
	AudioSelectorTypePid               AudioSelectorType = "PID"
	AudioSelectorTypeTrack             AudioSelectorType = "TRACK"
	AudioSelectorTypeLanguageCode      AudioSelectorType = "LANGUAGE_CODE"
	AudioSelectorTypeHlsRenditionGroup AudioSelectorType = "HLS_RENDITION_GROUP"
)

Enum values for AudioSelectorType

func (AudioSelectorType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioSelectorType) Values() []AudioSelectorType

Values returns all known values for AudioSelectorType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AudioTypeControl 

type AudioTypeControl string
const (
	AudioTypeControlFollowInput   AudioTypeControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	AudioTypeControlUseConfigured AudioTypeControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for AudioTypeControl

func (AudioTypeControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AudioTypeControl) Values() []AudioTypeControl

Values returns all known values for AudioTypeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AutomatedAbrRule added in v1.24.0 

type AutomatedAbrRule struct {

	// When customer adds the allowed renditions rule for auto ABR ladder, they are
	// required to add at leat one rendition to allowedRenditions list
	AllowedRenditions []AllowedRenditionSize

	// When customer adds the force include renditions rule for auto ABR ladder, they
	// are required to add at leat one rendition to forceIncludeRenditions list
	ForceIncludeRenditions []ForceIncludeRenditionSize

	// Use Min bottom rendition size to specify a minimum size for the lowest
	// resolution in your ABR stack. * The lowest resolution in your ABR stack will be
	// equal to or greater than the value that you enter. For example: If you specify
	// 640x360 the lowest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or greater than
	// to 640x360. * If you specify a Min top rendition size rule, the value that you
	// specify for Min bottom rendition size must be less than, or equal to, Min top
	// rendition size.
	MinBottomRenditionSize *MinBottomRenditionSize

	// Use Min top rendition size to specify a minimum size for the highest resolution
	// in your ABR stack. * The highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to
	// or greater than the value that you enter. For example: If you specify 1280x720
	// the highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or greater than
	// 1280x720. * If you specify a value for Max resolution, the value that you
	// specify for Min top rendition size must be less than, or equal to, Max
	// resolution.
	MinTopRenditionSize *MinTopRenditionSize

	// Use Min top rendition size to specify a minimum size for the highest resolution
	// in your ABR stack. * The highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to
	// or greater than the value that you enter. For example: If you specify 1280x720
	// the highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or greater than
	// 1280x720. * If you specify a value for Max resolution, the value that you
	// specify for Min top rendition size must be less than, or equal to, Max
	// resolution. Use Min bottom rendition size to specify a minimum size for the
	// lowest resolution in your ABR stack. * The lowest resolution in your ABR stack
	// will be equal to or greater than the value that you enter. For example: If you
	// specify 640x360 the lowest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or
	// greater than to 640x360. * If you specify a Min top rendition size rule, the
	// value that you specify for Min bottom rendition size must be less than, or equal
	// to, Min top rendition size. Use Force include renditions to specify one or more
	// resolutions to include your ABR stack. * (Recommended) To optimize automated
	// ABR, specify as few resolutions as possible. * (Required) The number of
	// resolutions that you specify must be equal to, or less than, the Max renditions
	// setting. * If you specify a Min top rendition size rule, specify at least one
	// resolution that is equal to, or greater than, Min top rendition size. * If you
	// specify a Min bottom rendition size rule, only specify resolutions that are
	// equal to, or greater than, Min bottom rendition size. * If you specify a Force
	// include renditions rule, do not specify a separate rule for Allowed renditions.
	// * Note: The ABR stack may include other resolutions that you do not specify
	// here, depending on the Max renditions setting. Use Allowed renditions to specify
	// a list of possible resolutions in your ABR stack. * (Required) The number of
	// resolutions that you specify must be equal to, or greater than, the Max
	// renditions setting. * MediaConvert will create an ABR stack exclusively from the
	// list of resolutions that you specify. * Some resolutions in the Allowed
	// renditions list may not be included, however you can force a resolution to be
	// included by setting Required to ENABLED. * You must specify at least one
	// resolution that is greater than or equal to any resolutions that you specify in
	// Min top rendition size or Min bottom rendition size. * If you specify Allowed
	// renditions, you must not specify a separate rule for Force include renditions.
	Type RuleType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify one or more Automated ABR rule types. Note: Force include and Allowed renditions are mutually exclusive.

type AutomatedAbrSettings added in v0.30.0 

type AutomatedAbrSettings struct {

	// Specify the maximum average bitrate for MediaConvert to use in your automated
	// ABR stack. If you don't specify a value, MediaConvert uses 8,000,000 (8 mb/s) by
	// default. The average bitrate of your highest-quality rendition will be equal to
	// or below this value, depending on the quality, complexity, and resolution of
	// your content. Note that the instantaneous maximum bitrate may vary above the
	// value that you specify.
	MaxAbrBitrate *int32

	// Optional. The maximum number of renditions that MediaConvert will create in
	// your automated ABR stack. The number of renditions is determined automatically,
	// based on analysis of each job, but will never exceed this limit. When you set
	// this to Auto in the console, which is equivalent to excluding it from your JSON
	// job specification, MediaConvert defaults to a limit of 15.
	MaxRenditions *int32

	// Specify the minimum average bitrate for MediaConvert to use in your automated
	// ABR stack. If you don't specify a value, MediaConvert uses 600,000 (600 kb/s) by
	// default. The average bitrate of your lowest-quality rendition will be near this
	// value. Note that the instantaneous minimum bitrate may vary below the value that
	// you specify.
	MinAbrBitrate *int32

	// Optional. Use Automated ABR rules to specify restrictions for the rendition
	// sizes MediaConvert will create in your ABR stack. You can use these rules if
	// your ABR workflow has specific rendition size requirements, but you still want
	// MediaConvert to optimize for video quality and overall file size.
	Rules []AutomatedAbrRule
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use automated ABR to have MediaConvert set up the renditions in your ABR package for you automatically, based on characteristics of your input video. This feature optimizes video quality while minimizing the overall size of your ABR package.

type AutomatedEncodingSettings added in v0.30.0 

type AutomatedEncodingSettings struct {

	// Use automated ABR to have MediaConvert set up the renditions in your ABR
	// package for you automatically, based on characteristics of your input video.
	// This feature optimizes video quality while minimizing the overall size of your
	// ABR package.
	AbrSettings *AutomatedAbrSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use automated encoding to have MediaConvert choose your encoding settings for you, based on characteristics of your input video.

type Av1AdaptiveQuantization 

type Av1AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationOff    Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationLow    Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMedium Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationHigher Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	Av1AdaptiveQuantizationMax    Av1AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
)

Enum values for Av1AdaptiveQuantization

func (Av1AdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Av1AdaptiveQuantization) Values() []Av1AdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for Av1AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1BitDepth added in v1.19.0 

type Av1BitDepth string
const (
	Av1BitDepthBit8  Av1BitDepth = "BIT_8"
	Av1BitDepthBit10 Av1BitDepth = "BIT_10"
)

Enum values for Av1BitDepth

func (Av1BitDepth) Values added in v1.19.0 

func (Av1BitDepth) Values() []Av1BitDepth

Values returns all known values for Av1BitDepth. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1FilmGrainSynthesis added in v1.41.0 

type Av1FilmGrainSynthesis string
const (
	Av1FilmGrainSynthesisDisabled Av1FilmGrainSynthesis = "DISABLED"
	Av1FilmGrainSynthesisEnabled  Av1FilmGrainSynthesis = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Av1FilmGrainSynthesis

func (Av1FilmGrainSynthesis) Values added in v1.41.0 

func (Av1FilmGrainSynthesis) Values() []Av1FilmGrainSynthesis

Values returns all known values for Av1FilmGrainSynthesis. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1FramerateControl 

type Av1FramerateControl string
const (
	Av1FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Av1FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Av1FramerateControlSpecified            Av1FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Av1FramerateControl

func (Av1FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Av1FramerateControl) Values() []Av1FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for Av1FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1QvbrSettings 

type Av1QvbrSettings struct {

	// Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Specify the
	// target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the right number
	// of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video quality that you
	// specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert picks a quality
	// level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If you prefer to
	// specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use higher numbers
	// for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless compression. The
	// quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9.
	// Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a value for
	// the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality
	// level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to
	// .33.
	QvbrQualityLevel *int32

	// Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is
	// between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be
	// 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	// MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole
	// number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33.
	QvbrQualityLevelFineTune *float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the AV1 codec. Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.

type Av1RateControlMode 

type Av1RateControlMode string
const (
	Av1RateControlModeQvbr Av1RateControlMode = "QVBR"
)

Enum values for Av1RateControlMode

func (Av1RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Av1RateControlMode) Values() []Av1RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for Av1RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Av1Settings 

type Av1Settings struct {

	// Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. The
	// value that you choose here applies to Spatial adaptive quantization.
	AdaptiveQuantization Av1AdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify the Bit depth. You can choose 8-bit or 10-bit.
	BitDepth Av1BitDepth

	// Film grain synthesis replaces film grain present in your content with similar
	// quality synthesized AV1 film grain. We recommend that you choose Enabled to
	// reduce the bandwidth of your QVBR quality level 5, 6, 7, or 8 outputs. For QVBR
	// quality level 9 or 10 outputs we recommend that you keep the default value,
	// Disabled. When you include Film grain synthesis, you cannot include the Noise
	// reducer preprocessor.
	FilmGrainSynthesis Av1FilmGrainSynthesis

	// Use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you
	// want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If
	// you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list
	// or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal
	// approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a
	// fraction.
	FramerateControl Av1FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to
	// 30 fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For
	// numerically complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This
	// results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts.
	// For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already
	// been converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do
	// motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method
	// frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and
	// incurs a significant add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video
	// resolution must be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Av1FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Specify the GOP length (keyframe interval) in frames. With AV1, MediaConvert
	// doesn't support GOP length in seconds. This value must be greater than zero and
	// preferably equal to 1 + ((numberBFrames + 1) * x), where x is an integer value.
	GopSize *float64

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate *int32

	// Specify from the number of B-frames, in the range of 0-15. For AV1 encoding, we
	// recommend using 7 or 15. Choose a larger number for a lower bitrate and smaller
	// file size; choose a smaller number for better video quality.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int32

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec.
	// Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.
	QvbrSettings *Av1QvbrSettings

	// 'With AV1 outputs, for rate control mode, MediaConvert supports only
	// quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR). You can”t use CBR or VBR.'
	RateControlMode Av1RateControlMode

	// Specify the number of slices per picture. This value must be 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, or
	// 32. For progressive pictures, this value must be less than or equal to the
	// number of macroblock rows. For interlaced pictures, this value must be less than
	// or equal to half the number of macroblock rows.
	Slices *int32

	// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based
	// on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the
	// encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no
	// noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
	// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
	// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
	// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that
	// this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to
	// be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen
	// with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this feature. Related
	// setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for
	// Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such
	// as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of
	// textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec, under VideoDescription>CodecSettings to the value AV1.

type Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization 

type Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for Av1SpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvailBlanking 

type AvailBlanking struct {

	// Blanking image to be used. Leave empty for solid black. Only bmp and png images
	// are supported.
	AvailBlankingImage *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use ad avail blanking settings to specify your output content during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails. You can blank your video or overlay it with an image. MediaConvert also removes any audio and embedded captions during the ad avail. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ad-avail-blanking.html.

type AvcIntraClass added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraClass string
const (
	AvcIntraClassClass50   AvcIntraClass = "CLASS_50"
	AvcIntraClassClass100  AvcIntraClass = "CLASS_100"
	AvcIntraClassClass200  AvcIntraClass = "CLASS_200"
	AvcIntraClassClass4k2k AvcIntraClass = "CLASS_4K_2K"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraClass

func (AvcIntraClass) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AvcIntraClass) Values() []AvcIntraClass

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraFramerateControl added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraFramerateControl string
const (
	AvcIntraFramerateControlInitializeFromSource AvcIntraFramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	AvcIntraFramerateControlSpecified            AvcIntraFramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraFramerateControl

func (AvcIntraFramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AvcIntraFramerateControl) Values() []AvcIntraFramerateControl

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraFramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraInterlaceMode added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraInterlaceMode string
const (
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeProgressive       AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeTopField          AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeBottomField       AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeFollowTopField    AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	AvcIntraInterlaceModeFollowBottomField AvcIntraInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraInterlaceMode

func (AvcIntraInterlaceMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AvcIntraInterlaceMode) Values() []AvcIntraInterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraInterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode added in v1.2.0 

type AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode string
const (
	AvcIntraScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced         AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"
	AvcIntraScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode

func (AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode) Values added in v1.2.0 

func (AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode) Values() []AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraSettings added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraSettings struct {

	// Specify the AVC-Intra class of your output. The AVC-Intra class selection
	// determines the output video bit rate depending on the frame rate of the output.
	// Outputs with higher class values have higher bitrates and improved image
	// quality. Note that for Class 4K/2K, MediaConvert supports only 4:2:2 chroma
	// subsampling.
	AvcIntraClass AvcIntraClass

	// Optional when you set AVC-Intra class to Class 4K/2K. When you set AVC-Intra
	// class to a different value, this object isn't allowed.
	AvcIntraUhdSettings *AvcIntraUhdSettings

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl AvcIntraFramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to
	// 30 fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For
	// numerically complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This
	// results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts.
	// For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already
	// been converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do
	// motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method
	// frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and
	// incurs a significant add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video
	// resolution must be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm AvcIntraFramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use
	// Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced with
	// the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow, default
	// bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs
	// that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the
	// course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the
	// source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as
	// the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top
	// field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
	InterlaceMode AvcIntraInterlaceMode

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of
	// your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing to create
	// a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from
	// the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default
	// value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With basic
	// interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then
	// interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your
	// output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing,
	// MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings:
	// To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to None or Soft. You can't
	// use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace
	// mode to a value other than Progressive.
	ScanTypeConversionMode AvcIntraScanTypeConversionMode

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25.
	SlowPal AvcIntraSlowPal

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard
	// telecine to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value, None,
	// MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing
	// anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine AvcIntraTelecine
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you choose AVC-Intra for your output video codec. For more information about the AVC-Intra settings, see the relevant specification. For detailed information about SD and HD in AVC-Intra, see https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/7290936. For information about 4K/2K in AVC-Intra, see https://pro-av.panasonic.net/en/avc-ultra/AVC-ULTRAoverview.pdf.

type AvcIntraSlowPal added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraSlowPal string
const (
	AvcIntraSlowPalDisabled AvcIntraSlowPal = "DISABLED"
	AvcIntraSlowPalEnabled  AvcIntraSlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraSlowPal

func (AvcIntraSlowPal) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AvcIntraSlowPal) Values() []AvcIntraSlowPal

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraSlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraTelecine added in v0.29.0 

type AvcIntraTelecine string
const (
	AvcIntraTelecineNone AvcIntraTelecine = "NONE"
	AvcIntraTelecineHard AvcIntraTelecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraTelecine

func (AvcIntraTelecine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (AvcIntraTelecine) Values() []AvcIntraTelecine

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraTelecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel added in v1.2.0 

type AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel string
const (
	AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevelSinglePass AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevelMultiPass  AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS"
)

Enum values for AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel

func (AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel) Values added in v1.2.0 

func (AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel) Values() []AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel

Values returns all known values for AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type AvcIntraUhdSettings added in v1.2.0 

type AvcIntraUhdSettings struct {

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how many transcoding passes
	// MediaConvert does with your video. When you choose Multi-pass, your video
	// quality is better and your output bitrate is more accurate. That is, the actual
	// bitrate of your output is closer to the target bitrate defined in the
	// specification. When you choose Single-pass, your encoding time is faster. The
	// default behavior is Single-pass.
	QualityTuningLevel AvcIntraUhdQualityTuningLevel
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Optional when you set AVC-Intra class to Class 4K/2K. When you set AVC-Intra class to a different value, this object isn't allowed.

type BadRequestException 

type BadRequestException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The service can't process your request because of a problem in the request. Please check your request form and syntax.

func (*BadRequestException) Error 

func (e *BadRequestException) Error() string

func (*BadRequestException) ErrorCode 

func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorCode() string

func (*BadRequestException) ErrorFault 

func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*BadRequestException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *BadRequestException) ErrorMessage() string

type BandwidthReductionFilter added in v1.32.0 

type BandwidthReductionFilter struct {

	// Optionally specify the level of sharpening to apply when you use the Bandwidth
	// reduction filter. Sharpening adds contrast to the edges of your video content
	// and can reduce softness. Keep the default value Off to apply no sharpening. Set
	// Sharpening strength to Low to apply a minimal amount of sharpening, or High to
	// apply a maximum amount of sharpening.
	Sharpening BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening

	// Specify the strength of the Bandwidth reduction filter. For most workflows, we
	// recommend that you choose Auto to reduce the bandwidth of your output with
	// little to no perceptual decrease in video quality. For high quality and high
	// bitrate outputs, choose Low. For the most bandwidth reduction, choose High. We
	// recommend that you choose High for low bitrate outputs. Note that High may incur
	// a slight increase in the softness of your output.
	Strength BandwidthReductionFilterStrength
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The Bandwidth reduction filter increases the video quality of your output relative to its bitrate. Use to lower the bitrate of your constant quality QVBR output, with little or no perceptual decrease in quality. Or, use to increase the video quality of outputs with other rate control modes relative to the bitrate that you specify. Bandwidth reduction increases further when your input is low quality or noisy. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing. When you include Bandwidth reduction filter, you cannot include the Noise reducer preprocessor.

type BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening added in v1.32.0 

type BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening string
const (
	BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningLow    BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening = "LOW"
	BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningMedium BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening = "MEDIUM"
	BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningHigh   BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening = "HIGH"
	BandwidthReductionFilterSharpeningOff    BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening = "OFF"
)

Enum values for BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening

func (BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening) Values added in v1.32.0 

func (BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening) Values() []BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening

Values returns all known values for BandwidthReductionFilterSharpening. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BandwidthReductionFilterStrength added in v1.32.0 

type BandwidthReductionFilterStrength string
const (
	BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthLow    BandwidthReductionFilterStrength = "LOW"
	BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthMedium BandwidthReductionFilterStrength = "MEDIUM"
	BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthHigh   BandwidthReductionFilterStrength = "HIGH"
	BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthAuto   BandwidthReductionFilterStrength = "AUTO"
	BandwidthReductionFilterStrengthOff    BandwidthReductionFilterStrength = "OFF"
)

Enum values for BandwidthReductionFilterStrength

func (BandwidthReductionFilterStrength) Values added in v1.32.0 

func (BandwidthReductionFilterStrength) Values() []BandwidthReductionFilterStrength

Values returns all known values for BandwidthReductionFilterStrength. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BillingTagsSource 

type BillingTagsSource string
const (
	BillingTagsSourceQueue       BillingTagsSource = "QUEUE"
	BillingTagsSourcePreset      BillingTagsSource = "PRESET"
	BillingTagsSourceJobTemplate BillingTagsSource = "JOB_TEMPLATE"
	BillingTagsSourceJob         BillingTagsSource = "JOB"
)

Enum values for BillingTagsSource

func (BillingTagsSource) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BillingTagsSource) Values() []BillingTagsSource

Values returns all known values for BillingTagsSource. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough added in v1.11.0 

type BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough string
const (
	BurnInSubtitleStylePassthroughEnabled  BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	BurnInSubtitleStylePassthroughDisabled BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough

func (BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough) Values added in v1.11.0 

func (BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough) Values() []BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough

Values returns all known values for BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninDestinationSettings 

type BurninDestinationSettings struct {

	// Specify the alignment of your captions. If no explicit x_position is provided,
	// setting alignment to centered will placethe captions at the bottom center of the
	// output. Similarly, setting a left alignment willalign captions to the bottom
	// left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the
	// alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or centered)
	// relative to those coordinates.
	Alignment BurninSubtitleAlignment

	// Ignore this setting unless Style passthrough is set to Enabled and Font color
	// set to Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, or Hex. Use Apply font color for
	// additional font color controls. When you choose White text only, or leave blank,
	// your font color setting only applies to white text in your input captions. For
	// example, if your font color setting is Yellow, and your input captions have red
	// and white text, your output captions will have red and yellow text. When you
	// choose ALL_TEXT, your font color setting applies to all of your output captions
	// text.
	ApplyFontColor BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor

	// Specify the color of the rectangle behind the captions. Leave background color
	// blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the background color data from
	// your input captions, if present.
	BackgroundColor BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor

	// Specify the opacity of the background rectangle. Enter a value from 0 to 255,
	// where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough is set to
	// enabled, leave blank to pass through the background style information in your
	// input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled,
	// leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all backgrounds from your output
	// captions.
	BackgroundOpacity *int32

	// Specify the font that you want the service to use for your burn in captions
	// when your input captions specify a font that MediaConvert doesn't support. When
	// you set Fallback font to best match, or leave blank, MediaConvert uses a
	// supported font that most closely matches the font that your input captions
	// specify. When there are multiple unsupported fonts in your input captions,
	// MediaConvert matches each font with the supported font that matches best. When
	// you explicitly choose a replacement font, MediaConvert uses that font to replace
	// all unsupported fonts from your input.
	FallbackFont BurninSubtitleFallbackFont

	// Specify the color of the burned-in captions text. Leave Font color blank and
	// set Style passthrough to enabled to use the font color data from your input
	// captions, if present.
	FontColor BurninSubtitleFontColor

	// Specify a bold TrueType font file to use when rendering your output captions.
	// Enter an S3, HTTP, or HTTPS URL. When you do, you must also separately specify a
	// regular, an italic, and a bold italic font file.
	FontFileBold *string

	// Specify a bold italic TrueType font file to use when rendering your output
	// captions. Enter an S3, HTTP, or HTTPS URL. When you do, you must also separately
	// specify a regular, a bold, and an italic font file.
	FontFileBoldItalic *string

	// Specify an italic TrueType font file to use when rendering your output
	// captions. Enter an S3, HTTP, or HTTPS URL. When you do, you must also separately
	// specify a regular, a bold, and a bold italic font file.
	FontFileItalic *string

	// Specify a regular TrueType font file to use when rendering your output
	// captions. Enter an S3, HTTP, or HTTPS URL. When you do, you must also separately
	// specify a bold, an italic, and a bold italic font file.
	FontFileRegular *string

	// Specify the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
	FontOpacity *int32

	// Specify the Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch).
	FontResolution *int32

	// Set Font script to Automatically determined, or leave blank, to automatically
	// determine the font script in your input captions. Otherwise, set to Simplified
	// Chinese (HANS) or Traditional Chinese (HANT) if your input font script uses
	// Simplified or Traditional Chinese.
	FontScript FontScript

	// Specify the Font size in pixels. Must be a positive integer. Set to 0, or leave
	// blank, for automatic font size.
	FontSize *int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your Font color is set to Hex. Enter either six or
	// eight hexidecimal digits, representing red, green, and blue, with two optional
	// extra digits for alpha. For example a value of 1122AABB is a red value of 0x11,
	// a green value of 0x22, a blue value of 0xAA, and an alpha value of 0xBB.
	HexFontColor *string

	// Specify font outline color. Leave Outline color blank and set Style passthrough
	// to enabled to use the font outline color data from your input captions, if
	// present.
	OutlineColor BurninSubtitleOutlineColor

	// Specify the Outline size of the caption text, in pixels. Leave Outline size
	// blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the outline size data from
	// your input captions, if present.
	OutlineSize *int32

	// Specify the color of the shadow cast by the captions. Leave Shadow color blank
	// and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow color data from your
	// input captions, if present.
	ShadowColor BurninSubtitleShadowColor

	// Specify the opacity of the shadow. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is
	// transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough is set to Enabled, leave
	// Shadow opacity blank to pass through the shadow style information in your input
	// captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled, leave
	// blank to use a value of 0 and remove all shadows from your output captions.
	ShadowOpacity *int32

	// Specify the horizontal offset of the shadow, relative to the captions in
	// pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
	ShadowXOffset *int32

	// Specify the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. A
	// value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. Leave
	// Shadow y-offset blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow
	// y-offset data from your input captions, if present.
	ShadowYOffset *int32

	// To use the available style, color, and position information from your input
	// captions: Set Style passthrough to Enabled. Note that MediaConvert uses default
	// settings for any missing style or position information in your input captions To
	// ignore the style and position information from your input captions and use
	// default settings: Leave blank or keep the default value, Disabled. Default
	// settings include white text with black outlining, bottom-center positioning, and
	// automatic sizing. Whether you set Style passthrough to enabled or not, you can
	// also choose to manually override any of the individual style and position
	// settings. You can also override any fonts by manually specifying custom font
	// files.
	StylePassthrough BurnInSubtitleStylePassthrough

	// Specify whether the text spacing in your captions is set by the captions grid,
	// or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to the spacing
	// specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional to make the
	// text easier to read for closed captions.
	TeletextSpacing BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing

	// Specify the horizontal position of the captions, relative to the left side of
	// the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, the
	// horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
	XPosition *int32

	// Specify the vertical position of the captions, relative to the top of the
	// output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels
	// from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, the caption
	// will be positioned towards the bottom of the output.
	YPosition *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Burn-in is a captions delivery method, rather than a captions format. Burn-in writes the captions directly on your video frames, replacing pixels of video content with the captions. Set up burn-in captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/burn-in-output-captions.html.

type BurninSubtitleAlignment 

type BurninSubtitleAlignment string
const (
	BurninSubtitleAlignmentCentered BurninSubtitleAlignment = "CENTERED"
	BurninSubtitleAlignmentLeft     BurninSubtitleAlignment = "LEFT"
	BurninSubtitleAlignmentAuto     BurninSubtitleAlignment = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleAlignment

func (BurninSubtitleAlignment) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurninSubtitleAlignment) Values() []BurninSubtitleAlignment

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleAlignment. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor added in v1.11.0 

type BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleApplyFontColorWhiteTextOnly BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor = "WHITE_TEXT_ONLY"
	BurninSubtitleApplyFontColorAllText       BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor = "ALL_TEXT"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor

func (BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor) Values added in v1.11.0 

func (BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor) Values() []BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleApplyFontColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor 

type BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorNone  BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "NONE"
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "WHITE"
	BurninSubtitleBackgroundColorAuto  BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor

func (BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor) Values() []BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleBackgroundColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleFallbackFont added in v1.11.0 

type BurninSubtitleFallbackFont string
const (
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontBestMatch             BurninSubtitleFallbackFont = "BEST_MATCH"
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSansserif   BurninSubtitleFallbackFont = "MONOSPACED_SANSSERIF"
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSerif       BurninSubtitleFallbackFont = "MONOSPACED_SERIF"
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSansserif BurninSubtitleFallbackFont = "PROPORTIONAL_SANSSERIF"
	BurninSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSerif     BurninSubtitleFallbackFont = "PROPORTIONAL_SERIF"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleFallbackFont

func (BurninSubtitleFallbackFont) Values added in v1.11.0 

func (BurninSubtitleFallbackFont) Values() []BurninSubtitleFallbackFont

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleFallbackFont. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleFontColor 

type BurninSubtitleFontColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleFontColorWhite  BurninSubtitleFontColor = "WHITE"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorBlack  BurninSubtitleFontColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorYellow BurninSubtitleFontColor = "YELLOW"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorRed    BurninSubtitleFontColor = "RED"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorGreen  BurninSubtitleFontColor = "GREEN"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorBlue   BurninSubtitleFontColor = "BLUE"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorHex    BurninSubtitleFontColor = "HEX"
	BurninSubtitleFontColorAuto   BurninSubtitleFontColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleFontColor

func (BurninSubtitleFontColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurninSubtitleFontColor) Values() []BurninSubtitleFontColor

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleFontColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor 

type BurninSubtitleOutlineColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlack  BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorWhite  BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "WHITE"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorYellow BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "YELLOW"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorRed    BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "RED"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorGreen  BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "GREEN"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorBlue   BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLUE"
	BurninSubtitleOutlineColorAuto   BurninSubtitleOutlineColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleOutlineColor

func (BurninSubtitleOutlineColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurninSubtitleOutlineColor) Values() []BurninSubtitleOutlineColor

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleOutlineColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleShadowColor 

type BurninSubtitleShadowColor string
const (
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorNone  BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "NONE"
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorBlack BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "BLACK"
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorWhite BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "WHITE"
	BurninSubtitleShadowColorAuto  BurninSubtitleShadowColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleShadowColor

func (BurninSubtitleShadowColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurninSubtitleShadowColor) Values() []BurninSubtitleShadowColor

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleShadowColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing 

type BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing string
const (
	BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid    BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "FIXED_GRID"
	BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "PROPORTIONAL"
	BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacingAuto         BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing

func (BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing) Values() []BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing

Values returns all known values for BurninSubtitleTeletextSpacing. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CaptionDescription 

type CaptionDescription struct {

	// Specifies which "Caption Selector":#inputs-caption_selector to use from each
	// input when generating captions. The name should be of the format "Caption
	// Selector ", which denotes that the Nth Caption Selector will be used from each
	// input.
	CaptionSelectorName *string

	// Specify the language for this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses
	// this language information when automatically selecting the font script for
	// rendering the captions text. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or ISO
	// 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the full
	// RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the
	// following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth
	// Streaming.
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Settings related to one captions tab on the MediaConvert console. Usually, one
	// captions tab corresponds to one output captions track. Depending on your output
	// captions format, one tab might correspond to a set of output captions tracks.
	// For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/including-captions.html.
	DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings

	// Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses
	// this language information to choose the font language for rendering the captions
	// text.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English",
	// "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes
	// this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's
	// player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this
	// setting.
	LanguageDescription *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

This object holds groups of settings related to captions for one output. For each output that has captions, include one instance of CaptionDescriptions.

type CaptionDescriptionPreset 

type CaptionDescriptionPreset struct {

	// Specify the language for this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses
	// this language information when automatically selecting the font script for
	// rendering the captions text. For all outputs, you can use an ISO 639-2 or ISO
	// 639-3 code. For streaming outputs, you can also use any other code in the full
	// RFC-5646 specification. Streaming outputs are those that are in one of the
	// following output groups: CMAF, DASH ISO, Apple HLS, or Microsoft Smooth
	// Streaming.
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Settings related to one captions tab on the MediaConvert console. Usually, one
	// captions tab corresponds to one output captions track. Depending on your output
	// captions format, one tab might correspond to a set of output captions tracks.
	// For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/including-captions.html.
	DestinationSettings *CaptionDestinationSettings

	// Specify the language of this captions output track. For most captions output
	// formats, the encoder puts this language information in the output captions
	// metadata. If your output captions format is DVB-Sub or Burn in, the encoder uses
	// this language information to choose the font language for rendering the captions
	// text.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Specify a label for this set of output captions. For example, "English",
	// "Director commentary", or "track_2". For streaming outputs, MediaConvert passes
	// this information into destination manifests for display on the end-viewer's
	// player device. For outputs in other output groups, the service ignores this
	// setting.
	LanguageDescription *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Description for preset

type CaptionDestinationSettings 

type CaptionDestinationSettings struct {

	// Burn-in is a captions delivery method, rather than a captions format. Burn-in
	// writes the captions directly on your video frames, replacing pixels of video
	// content with the captions. Set up burn-in captions in the same output as your
	// video. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/burn-in-output-captions.html.
	BurninDestinationSettings *BurninDestinationSettings

	// Specify the format for this set of captions on this output. The default format
	// is embedded without SCTE-20. Note that your choice of video output container
	// constrains your choice of output captions format. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/captions-support-tables.html.
	// If you are using SCTE-20 and you want to create an output that complies with the
	// SCTE-43 spec, choose SCTE-20 plus embedded. To create a non-compliant output
	// where the embedded captions come first, choose Embedded plus SCTE-20.
	DestinationType CaptionDestinationType

	// Settings related to DVB-Sub captions. Set up DVB-Sub captions in the same
	// output as your video. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/dvb-sub-output-captions.html.
	DvbSubDestinationSettings *DvbSubDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to CEA/EIA-608 and CEA/EIA-708 (also called embedded or
	// ancillary) captions. Set up embedded captions in the same output as your video.
	// For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/embedded-output-captions.html.
	EmbeddedDestinationSettings *EmbeddedDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to IMSC captions. IMSC is a sidecar format that holds captions
	// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in
	// the same output group, but different output from your video. For more
	// information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
	ImscDestinationSettings *ImscDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to SCC captions. SCC is a sidecar format that holds captions
	// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in
	// the same output group, but different output from your video. For more
	// information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/scc-srt-output-captions.html.
	SccDestinationSettings *SccDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to SRT captions. SRT is a sidecar format that holds captions
	// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in
	// the same output group, but different output from your video.
	SrtDestinationSettings *SrtDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to teletext captions. Set up teletext captions in the same
	// output as your video. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/teletext-output-captions.html.
	TeletextDestinationSettings *TeletextDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to TTML captions. TTML is a sidecar format that holds captions
	// in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in
	// the same output group, but different output from your video. For more
	// information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
	TtmlDestinationSettings *TtmlDestinationSettings

	// Settings related to WebVTT captions. WebVTT is a sidecar format that holds
	// captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar
	// captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For
	// more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.
	WebvttDestinationSettings *WebvttDestinationSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to one captions tab on the MediaConvert console. Usually, one captions tab corresponds to one output captions track. Depending on your output captions format, one tab might correspond to a set of output captions tracks. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/including-captions.html.

type CaptionDestinationType 

type CaptionDestinationType string
const (
	CaptionDestinationTypeBurnIn             CaptionDestinationType = "BURN_IN"
	CaptionDestinationTypeDvbSub             CaptionDestinationType = "DVB_SUB"
	CaptionDestinationTypeEmbedded           CaptionDestinationType = "EMBEDDED"
	CaptionDestinationTypeEmbeddedPlusScte20 CaptionDestinationType = "EMBEDDED_PLUS_SCTE20"
	CaptionDestinationTypeImsc               CaptionDestinationType = "IMSC"
	CaptionDestinationTypeScte20PlusEmbedded CaptionDestinationType = "SCTE20_PLUS_EMBEDDED"
	CaptionDestinationTypeScc                CaptionDestinationType = "SCC"
	CaptionDestinationTypeSrt                CaptionDestinationType = "SRT"
	CaptionDestinationTypeSmi                CaptionDestinationType = "SMI"
	CaptionDestinationTypeTeletext           CaptionDestinationType = "TELETEXT"
	CaptionDestinationTypeTtml               CaptionDestinationType = "TTML"
	CaptionDestinationTypeWebvtt             CaptionDestinationType = "WEBVTT"
)

Enum values for CaptionDestinationType

func (CaptionDestinationType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CaptionDestinationType) Values() []CaptionDestinationType

Values returns all known values for CaptionDestinationType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CaptionSelector 

type CaptionSelector struct {

	// The specific language to extract from source, using the ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3
	// three-letter language code. If input is SCTE-27, complete this field and/or PID
	// to select the caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub and output is
	// Burn-in, complete this field and/or PID to select the caption language to
	// extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is being passed through, omit this field (and
	// PID field); there is no way to extract a specific language with pass-through
	// captions.
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// The specific language to extract from source. If input is SCTE-27, complete
	// this field and/or PID to select the caption language to extract. If input is
	// DVB-Sub and output is Burn-in, complete this field and/or PID to select the
	// caption language to extract. If input is DVB-Sub that is being passed through,
	// omit this field (and PID field); there is no way to extract a specific language
	// with pass-through captions.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file,
	// specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions are
	// IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.
	SourceSettings *CaptionSourceSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use captions selectors to specify the captions data from your input that you use in your outputs. You can use up to 100 captions selectors per input.

type CaptionSourceByteRateLimit added in v1.58.0 

type CaptionSourceByteRateLimit string
const (
	CaptionSourceByteRateLimitEnabled  CaptionSourceByteRateLimit = "ENABLED"
	CaptionSourceByteRateLimitDisabled CaptionSourceByteRateLimit = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for CaptionSourceByteRateLimit

func (CaptionSourceByteRateLimit) Values added in v1.58.0 

func (CaptionSourceByteRateLimit) Values() []CaptionSourceByteRateLimit

Values returns all known values for CaptionSourceByteRateLimit. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn added in v1.36.0 

type CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn string
const (
	CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOnEnabled  CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn = "ENABLED"
	CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOnDisabled CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn

func (CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn) Values added in v1.36.0 

func (CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn) Values() []CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn

Values returns all known values for CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CaptionSourceFramerate 

type CaptionSourceFramerate struct {

	// Specify the denominator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for the
	// setting Caption source frame rate. Use this setting along with the setting
	// Framerate numerator.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// Specify the numerator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for the
	// setting Caption source frame rate. Use this setting along with the setting
	// Framerate denominator.
	FramerateNumerator *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ignore this setting unless your input captions format is SCC. To have the service compensate for differing frame rates between your input captions and input video, specify the frame rate of the captions file. Specify this value as a fraction. For example, you might specify 24 / 1 for 24 fps, 25 / 1 for 25 fps, 24000 / 1001 for 23.976 fps, or 30000 / 1001 for 29.97 fps.

type CaptionSourceSettings 

type CaptionSourceSettings struct {

	// Settings for ancillary captions source.
	AncillarySourceSettings *AncillarySourceSettings

	// DVB Sub Source Settings
	DvbSubSourceSettings *DvbSubSourceSettings

	// Settings for embedded captions Source
	EmbeddedSourceSettings *EmbeddedSourceSettings

	// If your input captions are SCC, SMI, SRT, STL, TTML, WebVTT, or IMSC 1.1 in an
	// xml file, specify the URI of the input caption source file. If your caption
	// source is IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of
	// FileSoureSettings.
	FileSourceSettings *FileSourceSettings

	// Use Source to identify the format of your input captions. The service cannot
	// auto-detect caption format.
	SourceType CaptionSourceType

	// Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number.
	TeletextSourceSettings *TeletextSourceSettings

	// Settings specific to caption sources that are specified by track number.
	// Currently, this is only IMSC captions in an IMF package. If your caption source
	// is IMSC 1.1 in a separate xml file, use FileSourceSettings instead of
	// TrackSourceSettings.
	TrackSourceSettings *TrackSourceSettings

	// Settings specific to WebVTT sources in HLS alternative rendition group. Specify
	// the properties (renditionGroupId, renditionName or renditionLanguageCode) to
	// identify the unique subtitle track among the alternative rendition groups
	// present in the HLS manifest. If no unique track is found, or multiple tracks
	// match the specified properties, the job fails. If there is only one subtitle
	// track in the rendition group, the settings can be left empty and the default
	// subtitle track will be chosen. If your caption source is a sidecar file, use
	// FileSourceSettings instead of WebvttHlsSourceSettings.
	WebvttHlsSourceSettings *WebvttHlsSourceSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your input captions are SCC, TTML, STL, SMI, SRT, or IMSC in an xml file, specify the URI of the input captions source file. If your input captions are IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.

type CaptionSourceType 

type CaptionSourceType string
const (
	CaptionSourceTypeAncillary  CaptionSourceType = "ANCILLARY"
	CaptionSourceTypeDvbSub     CaptionSourceType = "DVB_SUB"
	CaptionSourceTypeEmbedded   CaptionSourceType = "EMBEDDED"
	CaptionSourceTypeScte20     CaptionSourceType = "SCTE20"
	CaptionSourceTypeScc        CaptionSourceType = "SCC"
	CaptionSourceTypeTtml       CaptionSourceType = "TTML"
	CaptionSourceTypeStl        CaptionSourceType = "STL"
	CaptionSourceTypeSrt        CaptionSourceType = "SRT"
	CaptionSourceTypeSmi        CaptionSourceType = "SMI"
	CaptionSourceTypeSmpteTt    CaptionSourceType = "SMPTE_TT"
	CaptionSourceTypeTeletext   CaptionSourceType = "TELETEXT"
	CaptionSourceTypeNullSource CaptionSourceType = "NULL_SOURCE"
	CaptionSourceTypeImsc       CaptionSourceType = "IMSC"
	CaptionSourceTypeWebvtt     CaptionSourceType = "WEBVTT"
)

Enum values for CaptionSourceType

func (CaptionSourceType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CaptionSourceType) Values() []CaptionSourceType

Values returns all known values for CaptionSourceType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ChannelMapping 

type ChannelMapping struct {

	// In your JSON job specification, include one child of OutputChannels for each
	// audio channel that you want in your output. Each child should contain one
	// instance of InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune.
	OutputChannels []OutputChannelMapping
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Channel mapping contains the group of fields that hold the remixing value for each channel, in dB. Specify remix values to indicate how much of the content from your input audio channel you want in your output audio channels. Each instance of the InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune array specifies these values for one output channel. Use one instance of this array for each output channel. In the console, each array corresponds to a column in the graphical depiction of the mapping matrix. The rows of the graphical matrix correspond to input channels. Valid values are within the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A setting of 0 passes the input channel unchanged to the output channel (no attenuation or amplification). Use InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune to specify your remix values. Don't use both.

type ClipLimits added in v1.30.0 

type ClipLimits struct {

	// Specify the Maximum RGB color sample range tolerance for your output.
	// MediaConvert corrects any YUV values that, when converted to RGB, would be
	// outside the upper tolerance that you specify. Enter an integer from 90 to 105 as
	// an offset percentage to the maximum possible value. Leave blank to use the
	// default value 100. When you specify a value for Maximum RGB tolerance, you must
	// set Sample range conversion to Limited range clip.
	MaximumRGBTolerance *int32

	// Specify the Maximum YUV color sample limit. MediaConvert conforms any pixels in
	// your input above the value that you specify to typical limited range bounds.
	// Enter an integer from 920 to 1023. Leave blank to use the default value 940. The
	// value that you enter applies to 10-bit ranges. For 8-bit ranges, MediaConvert
	// automatically scales this value down. When you specify a value for Maximum YUV,
	// you must set Sample range conversion to Limited range clip.
	MaximumYUV *int32

	// Specify the Minimum RGB color sample range tolerance for your output.
	// MediaConvert corrects any YUV values that, when converted to RGB, would be
	// outside the lower tolerance that you specify. Enter an integer from -5 to 10 as
	// an offset percentage to the minimum possible value. Leave blank to use the
	// default value 0. When you specify a value for Minimum RGB tolerance, you must
	// set Sample range conversion to Limited range clip.
	MinimumRGBTolerance *int32

	// Specify the Minimum YUV color sample limit. MediaConvert conforms any pixels in
	// your input below the value that you specify to typical limited range bounds.
	// Enter an integer from 0 to 128. Leave blank to use the default value 64. The
	// value that you enter applies to 10-bit ranges. For 8-bit ranges, MediaConvert
	// automatically scales this value down. When you specify a value for Minumum YUV,
	// you must set Sample range conversion to Limited range clip.
	MinimumYUV *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify YUV limits and RGB tolerances when you set Sample range conversion to Limited range clip.

type CmafAdditionalManifest 

type CmafAdditionalManifest struct {

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to
	// make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output
	// group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your HLS group is
	// film-name.m3u8. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the file name
	// the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.m3u8.
	// For HLS output groups, specify a manifestNameModifier that is different from the
	// nameModifier of the output. The service uses the output name modifier to create
	// unique names for the individual variant manifests.
	ManifestNameModifier *string

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to
	// reference.
	SelectedOutputs []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the details for each pair of HLS and DASH additional manifests that you want the service to generate for this CMAF output group. Each pair of manifests can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.

type CmafClientCache 

type CmafClientCache string
const (
	CmafClientCacheDisabled CmafClientCache = "DISABLED"
	CmafClientCacheEnabled  CmafClientCache = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafClientCache

func (CmafClientCache) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafClientCache) Values() []CmafClientCache

Values returns all known values for CmafClientCache. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafCodecSpecification 

type CmafCodecSpecification string
const (
	CmafCodecSpecificationRfc6381 CmafCodecSpecification = "RFC_6381"
	CmafCodecSpecificationRfc4281 CmafCodecSpecification = "RFC_4281"
)

Enum values for CmafCodecSpecification

func (CmafCodecSpecification) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafCodecSpecification) Values() []CmafCodecSpecification

Values returns all known values for CmafCodecSpecification. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafEncryptionSettings 

type CmafEncryptionSettings struct {

	// This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string.
	// If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the
	// segment number by default.
	ConstantInitializationVector *string

	// Specify the encryption scheme that you want the service to use when encrypting
	// your CMAF segments. Choose AES-CBC subsample or AES_CTR.
	EncryptionMethod CmafEncryptionType

	// When you use DRM with CMAF outputs, choose whether the service writes the
	// 128-bit encryption initialization vector in the HLS and DASH manifests.
	InitializationVectorInManifest CmafInitializationVectorInManifest

	// If your output group type is CMAF, use these settings when doing DRM encryption
	// with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or
	// Microsoft Smooth, use the SpekeKeyProvider settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProviderCmaf

	// Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.
	StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider

	// Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider that
	// follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.
	Type CmafKeyProviderType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for CMAF encryption

type CmafEncryptionType 

type CmafEncryptionType string
const (
	CmafEncryptionTypeSampleAes CmafEncryptionType = "SAMPLE_AES"
	CmafEncryptionTypeAesCtr    CmafEncryptionType = "AES_CTR"
)

Enum values for CmafEncryptionType

func (CmafEncryptionType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafEncryptionType) Values() []CmafEncryptionType

Values returns all known values for CmafEncryptionType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafGroupSettings 

type CmafGroupSettings struct {

	// By default, the service creates one top-level .m3u8 HLS manifest and one top
	// -level .mpd DASH manifest for each CMAF output group in your job. These default
	// manifests reference every output in the output group. To create additional
	// top-level manifests that reference a subset of the outputs in the output group,
	// specify a list of them here. For each additional manifest that you specify, the
	// service creates one HLS manifest and one DASH manifest.
	AdditionalManifests []CmafAdditionalManifest

	// A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest file at the top level
	// BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different URL than
	// the manifest file.
	BaseUrl *string

	// Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no
	// tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled and control caching in your video
	// distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
	ClientCache CmafClientCache

	// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
	// generation.
	CodecSpecification CmafCodecSpecification

	// Specify whether MediaConvert generates I-frame only video segments for DASH
	// trick play, also known as trick mode. When specified, the I-frame only video
	// segments are included within an additional AdaptationSet in your DASH output
	// manifest. To generate I-frame only video segments: Enter a name as a text
	// string, up to 256 character long. This name is appended to the end of this
	// output group's base filename, that you specify as part of your destination URI,
	// and used for the I-frame only video segment files. You may also include format
	// identifiers. For more information, see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/using-variables-in-your-job-settings.html#using-settings-variables-with-streaming-outputs
	// To not generate I-frame only video segments: Leave blank.
	DashIFrameTrickPlayNameModifier *string

	// Specify how MediaConvert writes SegmentTimeline in your output DASH manifest.
	// To write a SegmentTimeline in each video Representation: Keep the default value,
	// Basic. To write a common SegmentTimeline in the video AdaptationSet: Choose
	// Compact. Note that MediaConvert will still write a SegmentTimeline in any
	// Representation that does not share a common timeline. To write a video
	// AdaptationSet for each different output framerate, and a common SegmentTimeline
	// in each AdaptationSet: Choose Distinct.
	DashManifestStyle DashManifestStyle

	// Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base.
	// Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename
	// in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has
	// multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *CmafEncryptionSettings

	// Specify the length, in whole seconds, of the mp4 fragments. When you don't
	// specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 2. Related setting: Use Fragment
	// length control to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly.
	FragmentLength *int32

	// Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default
	// value, None, to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail to generate tiled
	// thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame to generate tiled thumbnails and
	// full-resolution images of single frames. When you enable Write HLS manifest,
	// MediaConvert creates a child manifest for each set of images that you generate
	// and adds corresponding entries to the parent manifest. When you enable Write
	// DASH manifest, MediaConvert adds an entry in the .mpd manifest for each set of
	// images that you generate. A common application for these images is Roku trick
	// mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that MediaConvert creates with this
	// feature are compatible with this Roku specification:
	// https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
	ImageBasedTrickPlay CmafImageBasedTrickPlay

	// Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED
	ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings *CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings

	// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
	ManifestCompression CmafManifestCompression

	// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for
	// segment duration.
	ManifestDurationFormat CmafManifestDurationFormat

	// Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth
	// playout.
	MinBufferTime *int32

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting a
	// problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you know that
	// player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because the length
	// of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify a minimum final
	// segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater than or equal to 1
	// and less than your segment length. When you specify a value for this setting,
	// the encoder will combine any final segment that is shorter than the length that
	// you specify with the previous segment. For example, your segment length is 3
	// seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without a minimum final segment
	// length; when you set the minimum final segment length to 1, your final segment
	// is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength *float64

	// Specify how the value for bandwidth is determined for each video Representation
	// in your output MPD manifest. We recommend that you choose a MPD manifest
	// bandwidth type that is compatible with your downstream player configuration.
	// Max: Use the same value that you specify for Max bitrate in the video output, in
	// bits per second. Average: Use the calculated average bitrate of the encoded
	// video output, in bits per second.
	MpdManifestBandwidthType CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType

	// Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main
	// profile, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your .mpd
	// DASH manifest. When you choose On-demand, the service signals
	// urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011 in your .mpd. When you choose
	// On-demand, you must also set the output group setting Segment control to Single
	// file.
	MpdProfile CmafMpdProfile

	// Use this setting only when your output video stream has B-frames, which causes
	// the initial presentation time stamp (PTS) to be offset from the initial decode
	// time stamp (DTS). Specify how MediaConvert handles PTS when writing time stamps
	// in output DASH manifests. Choose Match initial PTS when you want MediaConvert to
	// use the initial PTS as the first time stamp in the manifest. Choose Zero-based
	// to have MediaConvert ignore the initial PTS in the video stream and instead
	// write the initial time stamp as zero in the manifest. For outputs that don't
	// have B-frames, the time stamps in your DASH manifests start at zero regardless
	// of your choice here.
	PtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
	// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to
	// SEGMENTED_FILES, separate segment files will be created.
	SegmentControl CmafSegmentControl

	// Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify a
	// value, MediaConvert defaults to 10. Related settings: Use Segment length control
	// to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly. Use Segment control
	// to specify whether MediaConvert creates separate segment files or one content
	// file that has metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
	SegmentLength *int32

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose Exact
	// to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting
	// Segment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP to
	// have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
	SegmentLengthControl CmafSegmentLengthControl

	// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of
	// variant manifest.
	StreamInfResolution CmafStreamInfResolution

	// When set to LEGACY, the segment target duration is always rounded up to the
	// nearest integer value above its current value in seconds. When set to
	// SPEC\_COMPLIANT, the segment target duration is rounded up to the nearest
	// integer value if fraction seconds are greater than or equal to 0.5 (>= 0.5) and
	// rounded down if less than 0.5 (< 0.5). You may need to use LEGACY if your client
	// needs to ensure that the target duration is always longer than the actual
	// duration of the segment. Some older players may experience interrupted playback
	// when the actual duration of a track in a segment is longer than the target
	// duration.
	TargetDurationCompatibilityMode CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode

	// Specify the video sample composition time offset mode in the output fMP4 TRUN
	// box. For wider player compatibility, set Video composition offsets to Unsigned
	// or leave blank. The earliest presentation time may be greater than zero, and
	// sample composition time offsets will increment using unsigned integers. For
	// strict fMP4 video and audio timing, set Video composition offsets to Signed. The
	// earliest presentation time will be equal to zero, and sample composition time
	// offsets will increment using signed integers.
	VideoCompositionOffsets CmafVideoCompositionOffsets

	// When set to ENABLED, a DASH MPD manifest will be generated for this output.
	WriteDashManifest CmafWriteDASHManifest

	// When set to ENABLED, an Apple HLS manifest will be generated for this output.
	WriteHlsManifest CmafWriteHLSManifest

	// When you enable Precise segment duration in DASH manifests, your DASH manifest
	// shows precise segment durations. The segment duration information appears inside
	// the SegmentTimeline element, inside SegmentTemplate at the Representation level.
	// When this feature isn't enabled, the segment durations in your DASH manifest are
	// approximate. The segment duration information appears in the duration attribute
	// of the SegmentTemplate element.
	WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to your CMAF output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.

type CmafImageBasedTrickPlay added in v1.7.0 

type CmafImageBasedTrickPlay string
const (
	CmafImageBasedTrickPlayNone                  CmafImageBasedTrickPlay = "NONE"
	CmafImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail             CmafImageBasedTrickPlay = "THUMBNAIL"
	CmafImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe CmafImageBasedTrickPlay = "THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME"
	CmafImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced              CmafImageBasedTrickPlay = "ADVANCED"
)

Enum values for CmafImageBasedTrickPlay

func (CmafImageBasedTrickPlay) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (CmafImageBasedTrickPlay) Values() []CmafImageBasedTrickPlay

Values returns all known values for CmafImageBasedTrickPlay. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings added in v1.11.0 

type CmafImageBasedTrickPlaySettings struct {

	// The cadence MediaConvert follows for generating thumbnails. If set to
	// FOLLOW_IFRAME, MediaConvert generates thumbnails for each IDR frame in the
	// output (matching the GOP cadence). If set to FOLLOW_CUSTOM, MediaConvert
	// generates thumbnails according to the interval you specify in thumbnailInterval.
	IntervalCadence CmafIntervalCadence

	// Height of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Leave blank to
	// maintain aspect ratio with thumbnail width. If following the aspect ratio would
	// lead to a total tile height greater than 4096, then the job will be rejected.
	// Must be divisible by 2.
	ThumbnailHeight *int32

	// Enter the interval, in seconds, that MediaConvert uses to generate thumbnails.
	// If the interval you enter doesn't align with the output frame rate, MediaConvert
	// automatically rounds the interval to align with the output frame rate. For
	// example, if the output frame rate is 29.97 frames per second and you enter 5,
	// MediaConvert uses a 150 frame interval to generate thumbnails.
	ThumbnailInterval *float64

	// Width of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Default is 312. Must
	// be divisible by 8.
	ThumbnailWidth *int32

	// Number of thumbnails in each column of a tile image. Set a value between 2 and
	// 2048. Must be divisible by 2.
	TileHeight *int32

	// Number of thumbnails in each row of a tile image. Set a value between 1 and 512.
	TileWidth *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED

type CmafInitializationVectorInManifest 

type CmafInitializationVectorInManifest string
const (
	CmafInitializationVectorInManifestInclude CmafInitializationVectorInManifest = "INCLUDE"
	CmafInitializationVectorInManifestExclude CmafInitializationVectorInManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for CmafInitializationVectorInManifest

func (CmafInitializationVectorInManifest) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafInitializationVectorInManifest) Values() []CmafInitializationVectorInManifest

Values returns all known values for CmafInitializationVectorInManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafIntervalCadence added in v1.11.0 

type CmafIntervalCadence string
const (
	CmafIntervalCadenceFollowIframe CmafIntervalCadence = "FOLLOW_IFRAME"
	CmafIntervalCadenceFollowCustom CmafIntervalCadence = "FOLLOW_CUSTOM"
)

Enum values for CmafIntervalCadence

func (CmafIntervalCadence) Values added in v1.11.0 

func (CmafIntervalCadence) Values() []CmafIntervalCadence

Values returns all known values for CmafIntervalCadence. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafKeyProviderType 

type CmafKeyProviderType string
const (
	CmafKeyProviderTypeSpeke     CmafKeyProviderType = "SPEKE"
	CmafKeyProviderTypeStaticKey CmafKeyProviderType = "STATIC_KEY"
)

Enum values for CmafKeyProviderType

func (CmafKeyProviderType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafKeyProviderType) Values() []CmafKeyProviderType

Values returns all known values for CmafKeyProviderType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafManifestCompression 

type CmafManifestCompression string
const (
	CmafManifestCompressionGzip CmafManifestCompression = "GZIP"
	CmafManifestCompressionNone CmafManifestCompression = "NONE"
)

Enum values for CmafManifestCompression

func (CmafManifestCompression) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafManifestCompression) Values() []CmafManifestCompression

Values returns all known values for CmafManifestCompression. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafManifestDurationFormat 

type CmafManifestDurationFormat string
const (
	CmafManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint CmafManifestDurationFormat = "FLOATING_POINT"
	CmafManifestDurationFormatInteger       CmafManifestDurationFormat = "INTEGER"
)

Enum values for CmafManifestDurationFormat

func (CmafManifestDurationFormat) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafManifestDurationFormat) Values() []CmafManifestDurationFormat

Values returns all known values for CmafManifestDurationFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType added in v1.28.0 

type CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType string
const (
	CmafMpdManifestBandwidthTypeAverage CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType = "AVERAGE"
	CmafMpdManifestBandwidthTypeMax     CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType = "MAX"
)

Enum values for CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType

func (CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType) Values added in v1.28.0 

func (CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType) Values() []CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType

Values returns all known values for CmafMpdManifestBandwidthType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafMpdProfile 

type CmafMpdProfile string
const (
	CmafMpdProfileMainProfile     CmafMpdProfile = "MAIN_PROFILE"
	CmafMpdProfileOnDemandProfile CmafMpdProfile = "ON_DEMAND_PROFILE"
)

Enum values for CmafMpdProfile

func (CmafMpdProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafMpdProfile) Values() []CmafMpdProfile

Values returns all known values for CmafMpdProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames added in v1.3.0 

type CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames string
const (
	CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesZeroBased       CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames = "ZERO_BASED"
	CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesMatchInitialPts CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames = "MATCH_INITIAL_PTS"
)

Enum values for CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames

func (CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames) Values added in v1.3.0 

func (CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames) Values() []CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames

Values returns all known values for CmafPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafSegmentControl 

type CmafSegmentControl string
const (
	CmafSegmentControlSingleFile     CmafSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE"
	CmafSegmentControlSegmentedFiles CmafSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

Enum values for CmafSegmentControl

func (CmafSegmentControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafSegmentControl) Values() []CmafSegmentControl

Values returns all known values for CmafSegmentControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafSegmentLengthControl added in v1.10.0 

type CmafSegmentLengthControl string
const (
	CmafSegmentLengthControlExact       CmafSegmentLengthControl = "EXACT"
	CmafSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple CmafSegmentLengthControl = "GOP_MULTIPLE"
)

Enum values for CmafSegmentLengthControl

func (CmafSegmentLengthControl) Values added in v1.10.0 

func (CmafSegmentLengthControl) Values() []CmafSegmentLengthControl

Values returns all known values for CmafSegmentLengthControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafStreamInfResolution 

type CmafStreamInfResolution string
const (
	CmafStreamInfResolutionInclude CmafStreamInfResolution = "INCLUDE"
	CmafStreamInfResolutionExclude CmafStreamInfResolution = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for CmafStreamInfResolution

func (CmafStreamInfResolution) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafStreamInfResolution) Values() []CmafStreamInfResolution

Values returns all known values for CmafStreamInfResolution. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode added in v1.8.0 

type CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode string
const (
	CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityModeLegacy        CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode = "LEGACY"
	CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityModeSpecCompliant CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode = "SPEC_COMPLIANT"
)

Enum values for CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode

func (CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode) Values added in v1.8.0 

func (CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode) Values() []CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode

Values returns all known values for CmafTargetDurationCompatibilityMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafVideoCompositionOffsets added in v1.28.0 

type CmafVideoCompositionOffsets string
const (
	CmafVideoCompositionOffsetsSigned   CmafVideoCompositionOffsets = "SIGNED"
	CmafVideoCompositionOffsetsUnsigned CmafVideoCompositionOffsets = "UNSIGNED"
)

Enum values for CmafVideoCompositionOffsets

func (CmafVideoCompositionOffsets) Values added in v1.28.0 

func (CmafVideoCompositionOffsets) Values() []CmafVideoCompositionOffsets

Values returns all known values for CmafVideoCompositionOffsets. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafWriteDASHManifest 

type CmafWriteDASHManifest string
const (
	CmafWriteDASHManifestDisabled CmafWriteDASHManifest = "DISABLED"
	CmafWriteDASHManifestEnabled  CmafWriteDASHManifest = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafWriteDASHManifest

func (CmafWriteDASHManifest) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafWriteDASHManifest) Values() []CmafWriteDASHManifest

Values returns all known values for CmafWriteDASHManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafWriteHLSManifest 

type CmafWriteHLSManifest string
const (
	CmafWriteHLSManifestDisabled CmafWriteHLSManifest = "DISABLED"
	CmafWriteHLSManifestEnabled  CmafWriteHLSManifest = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafWriteHLSManifest

func (CmafWriteHLSManifest) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafWriteHLSManifest) Values() []CmafWriteHLSManifest

Values returns all known values for CmafWriteHLSManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation 

type CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation string
const (
	CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled  CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "ENABLED"
	CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation

func (CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) Values() []CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation

Values returns all known values for CmafWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcAudioDuration added in v0.31.0 

type CmfcAudioDuration string
const (
	CmfcAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration CmfcAudioDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"
	CmfcAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration   CmfcAudioDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

Enum values for CmfcAudioDuration

func (CmfcAudioDuration) Values added in v0.31.0 

func (CmfcAudioDuration) Values() []CmfcAudioDuration

Values returns all known values for CmfcAudioDuration. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcAudioTrackType added in v1.3.0 

type CmfcAudioTrackType string
const (
	CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault CmfcAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT"
	CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect        CmfcAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT"
	CmfcAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect     CmfcAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT"
	CmfcAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream          CmfcAudioTrackType = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM"
)

Enum values for CmfcAudioTrackType

func (CmfcAudioTrackType) Values added in v1.3.0 

func (CmfcAudioTrackType) Values() []CmfcAudioTrackType

Values returns all known values for CmfcAudioTrackType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag added in v1.3.0 

type CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag string
const (
	CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagDontFlag CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag = "DONT_FLAG"
	CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagFlag     CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag = "FLAG"
)

Enum values for CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag

func (CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag) Values added in v1.3.0 

func (CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag) Values() []CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag

Values returns all known values for CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest added in v1.2.0 

type CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest string
const (
	CmfcIFrameOnlyManifestInclude CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest = "INCLUDE"
	CmfcIFrameOnlyManifestExclude CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest

func (CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest) Values added in v1.2.0 

func (CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest) Values() []CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest

Values returns all known values for CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcKlvMetadata added in v1.22.0 

type CmfcKlvMetadata string
const (
	CmfcKlvMetadataPassthrough CmfcKlvMetadata = "PASSTHROUGH"
	CmfcKlvMetadataNone        CmfcKlvMetadata = "NONE"
)

Enum values for CmfcKlvMetadata

func (CmfcKlvMetadata) Values added in v1.22.0 

func (CmfcKlvMetadata) Values() []CmfcKlvMetadata

Values returns all known values for CmfcKlvMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling added in v1.28.0 

type CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling string
const (
	CmfcManifestMetadataSignalingEnabled  CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling = "ENABLED"
	CmfcManifestMetadataSignalingDisabled CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling

func (CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling) Values added in v1.28.0 

func (CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling) Values() []CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling

Values returns all known values for CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcScte35Esam 

type CmfcScte35Esam string
const (
	CmfcScte35EsamInsert CmfcScte35Esam = "INSERT"
	CmfcScte35EsamNone   CmfcScte35Esam = "NONE"
)

Enum values for CmfcScte35Esam

func (CmfcScte35Esam) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmfcScte35Esam) Values() []CmfcScte35Esam

Values returns all known values for CmfcScte35Esam. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcScte35Source 

type CmfcScte35Source string
const (
	CmfcScte35SourcePassthrough CmfcScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	CmfcScte35SourceNone        CmfcScte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for CmfcScte35Source

func (CmfcScte35Source) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (CmfcScte35Source) Values() []CmfcScte35Source

Values returns all known values for CmfcScte35Source. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcSettings 

type CmfcSettings struct {

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration. In all
	// other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When you choose
	// Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or
	// trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as
	// long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the
	// audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream.
	// MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last
	// segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only
	// to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies
	// between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration CmfcAudioDuration

	// Specify the audio rendition group for this audio rendition. Specify up to one
	// value for each audio output in your output group. This value appears in your HLS
	// parent manifest in the EXT-X-MEDIA tag of TYPE=AUDIO, as the value for the
	// GROUP-ID attribute. For example, if you specify "audio_aac_1" for Audio group
	// ID, it appears in your manifest like this:
	// #EXT-X-MEDIA:TYPE=AUDIO,GROUP-ID="audio_aac_1". Related setting: To associate
	// the rendition group that this audio track belongs to with a video rendition,
	// include the same value that you provide here for that video output's setting
	// Audio rendition sets.
	AudioGroupId *string

	// List the audio rendition groups that you want included with this video
	// rendition. Use a comma-separated list. For example, say you want to include the
	// audio rendition groups that have the audio group IDs "audio_aac_1" and
	// "audio_dolby". Then you would specify this value: "audio_aac_1,audio_dolby".
	// Related setting: The rendition groups that you include in your comma-separated
	// list should all match values that you specify in the setting Audio group ID for
	// audio renditions in the same output group as this video rendition. Default
	// behavior: If you don't specify anything here and for Audio group ID,
	// MediaConvert puts each audio variant in its own audio rendition group and
	// associates it with every video variant. Each value in your list appears in your
	// HLS parent manifest in the EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag as the value for the AUDIO
	// attribute. To continue the previous example, say that the file name for the
	// child manifest for your video rendition is "amazing_video_1.m3u8". Then, in your
	// parent manifest, each value will appear on separate lines, like this:
	// #EXT-X-STREAM-INF:AUDIO="audio_aac_1"... amazing_video_1.m3u8
	// #EXT-X-STREAM-INF:AUDIO="audio_dolby"... amazing_video_1.m3u8
	AudioRenditionSets *string

	// Use this setting to control the values that MediaConvert puts in your HLS
	// parent playlist to control how the client player selects which audio track to
	// play. Choose Audio-only variant stream (AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM) for any
	// variant that you want to prohibit the client from playing with video. This
	// causes MediaConvert to represent the variant as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS
	// manifest. The other options for this setting determine the values that
	// MediaConvert writes for the DEFAULT and AUTOSELECT attributes of the EXT-X-MEDIA
	// entry for the audio variant. For more information about these attributes, see
	// the Apple documentation article
	// https://developer.apple.com/documentation/http_live_streaming/example_playlists_for_http_live_streaming/adding_alternate_media_to_a_playlist.
	// Choose Alternate audio, auto select, default to set DEFAULT=YES and
	// AUTOSELECT=YES. Choose this value for only one variant in your output group.
	// Choose Alternate audio, auto select, not default to set DEFAULT=NO and
	// AUTOSELECT=YES. Choose Alternate Audio, Not Auto Select to set DEFAULT=NO and
	// AUTOSELECT=NO. When you don't specify a value for this setting, MediaConvert
	// defaults to Alternate audio, auto select, default. When there is more than one
	// variant in your output group, you must explicitly choose a value for this
	// setting.
	AudioTrackType CmfcAudioTrackType

	// Specify whether to flag this audio track as descriptive video service (DVS) in
	// your HLS parent manifest. When you choose Flag, MediaConvert includes the
	// parameter CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-video" in the
	// EXT-X-MEDIA entry for this track. When you keep the default choice, Don't flag,
	// MediaConvert leaves this parameter out. The DVS flag can help with accessibility
	// on Apple devices. For more information, see the Apple documentation.
	DescriptiveVideoServiceFlag CmfcDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag

	// Choose Include to have MediaConvert generate an HLS child manifest that lists
	// only the I-frames for this rendition, in addition to your regular manifest for
	// this rendition. You might use this manifest as part of a workflow that creates
	// preview functions for your video. MediaConvert adds both the I-frame only child
	// manifest and the regular child manifest to the parent manifest. When you don't
	// need the I-frame only child manifest, keep the default value Exclude.
	IFrameOnlyManifest CmfcIFrameOnlyManifest

	// To include key-length-value metadata in this output: Set KLV metadata insertion
	// to Passthrough. MediaConvert reads KLV metadata present in your input and writes
	// each instance to a separate event message box in the output, according to MISB
	// ST1910.1. To exclude this KLV metadata: Set KLV metadata insertion to None or
	// leave blank.
	KlvMetadata CmfcKlvMetadata

	// To add an InbandEventStream element in your output MPD manifest for each type
	// of event message, set Manifest metadata signaling to Enabled. For ID3 event
	// messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be same value that you
	// specify for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI. For SCTE35 event messages, the
	// InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be "urn:scte:scte35:2013:bin". To
	// leave these elements out of your output MPD manifest, set Manifest metadata
	// signaling to Disabled. To enable Manifest metadata signaling, you must also set
	// SCTE-35 source to Passthrough, ESAM SCTE-35 to insert, or ID3 metadata to
	// Passthrough.
	ManifestMetadataSignaling CmfcManifestMetadataSignaling

	// Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose INSERT
	// to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that you specify
	// in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML.
	Scte35Esam CmfcScte35Esam

	// Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file.
	// Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also
	// appear in this output. Choose None if you don't want those SCTE-35 markers in
	// this output.
	Scte35Source CmfcScte35Source

	// To include ID3 metadata in this output: Set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	// Specify this ID3 metadata in Custom ID3 metadata inserter. MediaConvert writes
	// each instance of ID3 metadata in a separate Event Message (eMSG) box. To exclude
	// this ID3 metadata: Set ID3 metadata to None or leave blank.
	TimedMetadata CmfcTimedMetadata

	// Specify the event message box (eMSG) version for ID3 timed metadata in your
	// output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.3
	// Syntax. Leave blank to use the default value Version 0. When you specify Version
	// 1, you must also set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataBoxVersion CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion

	// Specify the event message box (eMSG) scheme ID URI for ID3 timed metadata in
	// your output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4
	// Semantics. Leave blank to use the default value: https://aomedia.org/emsg/ID3
	// When you specify a value for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI, you must also set ID3
	// metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataSchemeIdUri *string

	// Specify the event message box (eMSG) value for ID3 timed metadata in your
	// output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4
	// Semantics. When you specify a value for ID3 Metadata Value, you must also set
	// ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataValue *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings relate to the fragmented MP4 container for the segments in your CMAF outputs.

type CmfcTimedMetadata added in v1.19.0 

type CmfcTimedMetadata string
const (
	CmfcTimedMetadataPassthrough CmfcTimedMetadata = "PASSTHROUGH"
	CmfcTimedMetadataNone        CmfcTimedMetadata = "NONE"
)

Enum values for CmfcTimedMetadata

func (CmfcTimedMetadata) Values added in v1.19.0 

func (CmfcTimedMetadata) Values() []CmfcTimedMetadata

Values returns all known values for CmfcTimedMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion added in v1.28.0 

type CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion string
const (
	CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion0 CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion = "VERSION_0"
	CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion1 CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion = "VERSION_1"
)

Enum values for CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion

func (CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion) Values added in v1.28.0 

func (CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion) Values() []CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion

Values returns all known values for CmfcTimedMetadataBoxVersion. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ColorConversion3DLUTSetting added in v1.49.0 

type ColorConversion3DLUTSetting struct {

	// Specify the input file S3, HTTP, or HTTPS URL for your 3D LUT .cube file. Note
	// that MediaConvert accepts 3D LUT files up to 8MB in size.
	FileInput *string

	// Specify which inputs use this 3D LUT, according to their color space.
	InputColorSpace ColorSpace

	// Specify which inputs use this 3D LUT, according to their luminance. To apply
	// this 3D LUT to HDR10 or P3D65 (HDR) inputs with a specific mastering luminance:
	// Enter an integer from 0 to 2147483647, corresponding to the input's Maximum
	// luminance value. To apply this 3D LUT to any input regardless of its luminance:
	// Leave blank, or enter 0.
	InputMasteringLuminance *int32

	// Specify which outputs use this 3D LUT, according to their color space.
	OutputColorSpace ColorSpace

	// Specify which outputs use this 3D LUT, according to their luminance. To apply
	// this 3D LUT to HDR10 or P3D65 (HDR) outputs with a specific luminance: Enter an
	// integer from 0 to 2147483647, corresponding to the output's luminance. To apply
	// this 3D LUT to any output regardless of its luminance: Leave blank, or enter 0.
	OutputMasteringLuminance *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Custom 3D lut settings

type ColorCorrector 

type ColorCorrector struct {

	// Brightness level.
	Brightness *int32

	// Specify YUV limits and RGB tolerances when you set Sample range conversion to
	// Limited range clip.
	ClipLimits *ClipLimits

	// Specify the color space you want for this output. The service supports
	// conversion between HDR formats, between SDR formats, from SDR to HDR, and from
	// HDR to SDR. SDR to HDR conversion doesn't upgrade the dynamic range. The
	// converted video has an HDR format, but visually appears the same as an
	// unconverted output. HDR to SDR conversion uses tone mapping to approximate the
	// outcome of manually regrading from HDR to SDR. When you specify an output color
	// space, MediaConvert uses the following color space metadata, which includes
	// color primaries, transfer characteristics, and matrix coefficients:
	//
	//   - HDR 10: BT.2020, PQ, BT.2020 non-constant
	//   - HLG 2020: BT.2020, HLG, BT.2020 non-constant
	//   - P3DCI (Theater): DCIP3, SMPTE 428M, BT.709
	//   - P3D65 (SDR): Display P3, sRGB, BT.709
	//   - P3D65 (HDR): Display P3, PQ, BT.709
	ColorSpaceConversion ColorSpaceConversion

	// Contrast level.
	Contrast *int32

	// Use these settings when you convert to the HDR 10 color space. Specify the
	// SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering Display Color Volume static metadata that you want
	// signaled in the output. These values don't affect the pixel values that are
	// encoded in the video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video
	// player display content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content
	// creator. When you set Color space conversion to HDR 10, these settings are
	// required. You must set values for Max frame average light level and Max content
	// light level; these settings don't have a default value. The default values for
	// the other HDR 10 metadata settings are defined by the P3D65 color space. For
	// more information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata

	// Specify how MediaConvert maps brightness and colors from your HDR input to your
	// SDR output. The mode that you select represents a creative choice, with
	// different tradeoffs in the details and tones of your output. To maintain details
	// in bright or saturated areas of your output: Choose Preserve details. For some
	// sources, your SDR output may look less bright and less saturated when compared
	// to your HDR source. MediaConvert automatically applies this mode for HLG
	// sources, regardless of your choice. For a bright and saturated output: Choose
	// Vibrant. We recommend that you choose this mode when any of your source content
	// is HDR10, and for the best results when it is mastered for 1000 nits. You may
	// notice loss of details in bright or saturated areas of your output. HDR to SDR
	// tone mapping has no effect when your input is SDR.
	HdrToSdrToneMapper HDRToSDRToneMapper

	// Hue in degrees.
	Hue *int32

	// Specify the maximum mastering display luminance. Enter an integer from 0 to
	// 2147483647, in units of 0.0001 nits. For example, enter 10000000 for 1000 nits.
	MaxLuminance *int32

	// Specify how MediaConvert limits the color sample range for this output. To
	// create a limited range output from a full range input: Choose Limited range
	// squeeze. For full range inputs, MediaConvert performs a linear offset to color
	// samples equally across all pixels and frames. Color samples in 10-bit outputs
	// are limited to 64 through 940, and 8-bit outputs are limited to 16 through 235.
	// Note: For limited range inputs, values for color samples are passed through to
	// your output unchanged. MediaConvert does not limit the sample range. To correct
	// pixels in your input that are out of range or out of gamut: Choose Limited range
	// clip. Use for broadcast applications. MediaConvert conforms any pixels outside
	// of the values that you specify under Minimum YUV and Maximum YUV to limited
	// range bounds. MediaConvert also corrects any YUV values that, when converted to
	// RGB, would be outside the bounds you specify under Minimum RGB tolerance and
	// Maximum RGB tolerance. With either limited range conversion, MediaConvert writes
	// the sample range metadata in the output.
	SampleRangeConversion SampleRangeConversion

	// Saturation level.
	Saturation *int32

	// Specify the reference white level, in nits, for all of your SDR inputs. Use to
	// correct brightness levels within HDR10 outputs. The following color metadata
	// must be present in your SDR input: color primaries, transfer characteristics,
	// and matrix coefficients. If your SDR input has missing color metadata, or if you
	// want to correct input color metadata, manually specify a color space in the
	// input video selector. For 1,000 nit peak brightness displays, we recommend that
	// you set SDR reference white level to 203 (according to ITU-R BT.2408). Leave
	// blank to use the default value of 100, or specify an integer from 100 to 1000.
	SdrReferenceWhiteLevel *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for color correction.

type ColorMetadata 

type ColorMetadata string
const (
	ColorMetadataIgnore ColorMetadata = "IGNORE"
	ColorMetadataInsert ColorMetadata = "INSERT"
)

Enum values for ColorMetadata

func (ColorMetadata) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ColorMetadata) Values() []ColorMetadata

Values returns all known values for ColorMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ColorSpace 

type ColorSpace string
const (
	ColorSpaceFollow   ColorSpace = "FOLLOW"
	ColorSpaceRec601   ColorSpace = "REC_601"
	ColorSpaceRec709   ColorSpace = "REC_709"
	ColorSpaceHdr10    ColorSpace = "HDR10"
	ColorSpaceHlg2020  ColorSpace = "HLG_2020"
	ColorSpaceP3dci    ColorSpace = "P3DCI"
	ColorSpaceP3d65Sdr ColorSpace = "P3D65_SDR"
	ColorSpaceP3d65Hdr ColorSpace = "P3D65_HDR"
)

Enum values for ColorSpace

func (ColorSpace) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ColorSpace) Values() []ColorSpace

Values returns all known values for ColorSpace. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ColorSpaceConversion 

type ColorSpaceConversion string
const (
	ColorSpaceConversionNone          ColorSpaceConversion = "NONE"
	ColorSpaceConversionForce601      ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_601"
	ColorSpaceConversionForce709      ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_709"
	ColorSpaceConversionForceHdr10    ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_HDR10"
	ColorSpaceConversionForceHlg2020  ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_HLG_2020"
	ColorSpaceConversionForceP3dci    ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_P3DCI"
	ColorSpaceConversionForceP3d65Sdr ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_P3D65_SDR"
	ColorSpaceConversionForceP3d65Hdr ColorSpaceConversion = "FORCE_P3D65_HDR"
)

Enum values for ColorSpaceConversion

func (ColorSpaceConversion) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ColorSpaceConversion) Values() []ColorSpaceConversion

Values returns all known values for ColorSpaceConversion. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ColorSpaceUsage 

type ColorSpaceUsage string
const (
	ColorSpaceUsageForce    ColorSpaceUsage = "FORCE"
	ColorSpaceUsageFallback ColorSpaceUsage = "FALLBACK"
)

Enum values for ColorSpaceUsage

func (ColorSpaceUsage) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ColorSpaceUsage) Values() []ColorSpaceUsage

Values returns all known values for ColorSpaceUsage. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Commitment 

type Commitment string
const (
	CommitmentOneYear Commitment = "ONE_YEAR"
)

Enum values for Commitment

func (Commitment) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Commitment) Values() []Commitment

Values returns all known values for Commitment. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ConflictException 

type ConflictException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The service couldn't complete your request because there is a conflict with the current state of the resource.

func (*ConflictException) Error 

func (e *ConflictException) Error() string

func (*ConflictException) ErrorCode 

func (e *ConflictException) ErrorCode() string

func (*ConflictException) ErrorFault 

func (e *ConflictException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*ConflictException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *ConflictException) ErrorMessage() string

type ContainerSettings 

type ContainerSettings struct {

	// These settings relate to the fragmented MP4 container for the segments in your
	// CMAF outputs.
	CmfcSettings *CmfcSettings

	// Container for this output. Some containers require a container settings object.
	// If not specified, the default object will be created.
	Container ContainerType

	// Settings for F4v container
	F4vSettings *F4vSettings

	// MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group
	// when the output's container is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS). In these assets,
	// data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport stream program
	// contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata. Each of these
	// subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier (PID). Each
	// transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output. The PMT lists
	// the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream systems and
	// players use the program map table to look up the PID for each type of data it
	// accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within the asset.
	M2tsSettings *M2tsSettings

	// These settings relate to the MPEG-2 transport stream (MPEG2-TS) container for
	// the MPEG2-TS segments in your HLS outputs.
	M3u8Settings *M3u8Settings

	// These settings relate to your QuickTime MOV output container.
	MovSettings *MovSettings

	// These settings relate to your MP4 output container. You can create audio only
	// outputs with this container. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/supported-codecs-containers-audio-only.html#output-codecs-and-containers-supported-for-audio-only.
	Mp4Settings *Mp4Settings

	// These settings relate to the fragmented MP4 container for the segments in your
	// DASH outputs.
	MpdSettings *MpdSettings

	// These settings relate to your MXF output container.
	MxfSettings *MxfSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Container specific settings.

type ContainerType 

type ContainerType string
const (
	ContainerTypeF4v  ContainerType = "F4V"
	ContainerTypeIsmv ContainerType = "ISMV"
	ContainerTypeM2ts ContainerType = "M2TS"
	ContainerTypeM3u8 ContainerType = "M3U8"
	ContainerTypeCmfc ContainerType = "CMFC"
	ContainerTypeMov  ContainerType = "MOV"
	ContainerTypeMp4  ContainerType = "MP4"
	ContainerTypeMpd  ContainerType = "MPD"
	ContainerTypeMxf  ContainerType = "MXF"
	ContainerTypeOgg  ContainerType = "OGG"
	ContainerTypeWebm ContainerType = "WEBM"
	ContainerTypeRaw  ContainerType = "RAW"
	ContainerTypeY4m  ContainerType = "Y4M"
)

Enum values for ContainerType

func (ContainerType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ContainerType) Values() []ContainerType

Values returns all known values for ContainerType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type CopyProtectionAction added in v1.9.0 

type CopyProtectionAction string
const (
	CopyProtectionActionPassthrough CopyProtectionAction = "PASSTHROUGH"
	CopyProtectionActionStrip       CopyProtectionAction = "STRIP"
)

Enum values for CopyProtectionAction

func (CopyProtectionAction) Values added in v1.9.0 

func (CopyProtectionAction) Values() []CopyProtectionAction

Values returns all known values for CopyProtectionAction. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashAdditionalManifest 

type DashAdditionalManifest struct {

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to
	// make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output
	// group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your DASH group is
	// film-name.mpd. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the file name
	// the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.mpd.
	ManifestNameModifier *string

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to
	// reference.
	SelectedOutputs []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the details for each additional DASH manifest that you want the service to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.

type DashIsoEncryptionSettings 

type DashIsoEncryptionSettings struct {

	// This setting can improve the compatibility of your output with video players on
	// obsolete devices. It applies only to DASH H.264 outputs with DRM encryption.
	// Choose Unencrypted SEI only to correct problems with playback on older devices.
	// Otherwise, keep the default setting CENC v1. If you choose Unencrypted SEI, for
	// that output, the service will exclude the access unit delimiter and will leave
	// the SEI NAL units unencrypted.
	PlaybackDeviceCompatibility DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specifies DRM settings for DASH outputs.

type DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri added in v1.3.0 

type DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri string
const (
	DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUriMpegChannelConfiguration  DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri = "MPEG_CHANNEL_CONFIGURATION"
	DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUriDolbyChannelConfiguration DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri = "DOLBY_CHANNEL_CONFIGURATION"
)

Enum values for DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri

func (DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri) Values added in v1.3.0 

func (DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri) Values() []DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri

Values returns all known values for DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoGroupSettings 

type DashIsoGroupSettings struct {

	// By default, the service creates one .mpd DASH manifest for each DASH ISO output
	// group in your job. This default manifest references every output in the output
	// group. To create additional DASH manifests that reference a subset of the
	// outputs in the output group, specify a list of them here.
	AdditionalManifests []DashAdditionalManifest

	// Use this setting only when your audio codec is a Dolby one (AC3, EAC3, or
	// Atmos) and your downstream workflow requires that your DASH manifest use the
	// Dolby channel configuration tag, rather than the MPEG one. For example, you
	// might need to use this to make dynamic ad insertion work. Specify which audio
	// channel configuration scheme ID URI MediaConvert writes in your DASH manifest.
	// Keep the default value, MPEG channel configuration, to have MediaConvert write
	// this: urn:mpeg:mpegB:cicp:ChannelConfiguration. Choose Dolby channel
	// configuration to have MediaConvert write this instead:
	// tag:dolby.com,2014:dash:audio_channel_configuration:2011.
	AudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri DashIsoGroupAudioChannelConfigSchemeIdUri

	// A partial URI prefix that will be put in the manifest (.mpd) file at the top
	// level BaseURL element. Can be used if streams are delivered from a different URL
	// than the manifest file.
	BaseUrl *string

	// Specify whether MediaConvert generates I-frame only video segments for DASH
	// trick play, also known as trick mode. When specified, the I-frame only video
	// segments are included within an additional AdaptationSet in your DASH output
	// manifest. To generate I-frame only video segments: Enter a name as a text
	// string, up to 256 character long. This name is appended to the end of this
	// output group's base filename, that you specify as part of your destination URI,
	// and used for the I-frame only video segment files. You may also include format
	// identifiers. For more information, see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/using-variables-in-your-job-settings.html#using-settings-variables-with-streaming-outputs
	// To not generate I-frame only video segments: Leave blank.
	DashIFrameTrickPlayNameModifier *string

	// Specify how MediaConvert writes SegmentTimeline in your output DASH manifest.
	// To write a SegmentTimeline in each video Representation: Keep the default value,
	// Basic. To write a common SegmentTimeline in the video AdaptationSet: Choose
	// Compact. Note that MediaConvert will still write a SegmentTimeline in any
	// Representation that does not share a common timeline. To write a video
	// AdaptationSet for each different output framerate, and a common SegmentTimeline
	// in each AdaptationSet: Choose Distinct.
	DashManifestStyle DashManifestStyle

	// Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base.
	// Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename
	// in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has
	// multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *DashIsoEncryptionSettings

	// Length of fragments to generate (in seconds). Fragment length must be
	// compatible with GOP size and Framerate. Note that fragments will end on the next
	// keyframe after this number of seconds, so actual fragment length may be longer.
	// When Emit Single File is checked, the fragmentation is internal to a single
	// output file and it does not cause the creation of many output files as in other
	// output types.
	FragmentLength *int32

	// Supports HbbTV specification as indicated
	HbbtvCompliance DashIsoHbbtvCompliance

	// Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default
	// value, None, to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail to generate tiled
	// thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame to generate tiled thumbnails and
	// full-resolution images of single frames. MediaConvert adds an entry in the .mpd
	// manifest for each set of images that you generate. A common application for
	// these images is Roku trick mode. The thumbnails and full-frame images that
	// MediaConvert creates with this feature are compatible with this Roku
	// specification:
	// https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
	ImageBasedTrickPlay DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay

	// Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED
	ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings *DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings

	// Minimum time of initially buffered media that is needed to ensure smooth
	// playout.
	MinBufferTime *int32

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting a
	// problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you know that
	// player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because the length
	// of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify a minimum final
	// segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater than or equal to 1
	// and less than your segment length. When you specify a value for this setting,
	// the encoder will combine any final segment that is shorter than the length that
	// you specify with the previous segment. For example, your segment length is 3
	// seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without a minimum final segment
	// length; when you set the minimum final segment length to 1, your final segment
	// is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength *float64

	// Specify how the value for bandwidth is determined for each video Representation
	// in your output MPD manifest. We recommend that you choose a MPD manifest
	// bandwidth type that is compatible with your downstream player configuration.
	// Max: Use the same value that you specify for Max bitrate in the video output, in
	// bits per second. Average: Use the calculated average bitrate of the encoded
	// video output, in bits per second.
	MpdManifestBandwidthType DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType

	// Specify whether your DASH profile is on-demand or main. When you choose Main
	// profile, the service signals urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-main:2011 in your .mpd
	// DASH manifest. When you choose On-demand, the service signals
	// urn:mpeg:dash:profile:isoff-on-demand:2011 in your .mpd. When you choose
	// On-demand, you must also set the output group setting Segment control to Single
	// file.
	MpdProfile DashIsoMpdProfile

	// Use this setting only when your output video stream has B-frames, which causes
	// the initial presentation time stamp (PTS) to be offset from the initial decode
	// time stamp (DTS). Specify how MediaConvert handles PTS when writing time stamps
	// in output DASH manifests. Choose Match initial PTS when you want MediaConvert to
	// use the initial PTS as the first time stamp in the manifest. Choose Zero-based
	// to have MediaConvert ignore the initial PTS in the video stream and instead
	// write the initial time stamp as zero in the manifest. For outputs that don't
	// have B-frames, the time stamps in your DASH manifests start at zero regardless
	// of your choice here.
	PtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, a single output file is generated, which is internally
	// segmented using the Fragment Length and Segment Length. When set to
	// SEGMENTED_FILES, separate segment files will be created.
	SegmentControl DashIsoSegmentControl

	// Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify a
	// value, MediaConvert defaults to 30. Related settings: Use Segment length control
	// to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly. Use Segment control
	// to specify whether MediaConvert creates separate segment files or one content
	// file that has metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
	SegmentLength *int32

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose Exact
	// to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting
	// Segment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP to
	// have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
	SegmentLengthControl DashIsoSegmentLengthControl

	// Specify the video sample composition time offset mode in the output fMP4 TRUN
	// box. For wider player compatibility, set Video composition offsets to Unsigned
	// or leave blank. The earliest presentation time may be greater than zero, and
	// sample composition time offsets will increment using unsigned integers. For
	// strict fMP4 video and audio timing, set Video composition offsets to Signed. The
	// earliest presentation time will be equal to zero, and sample composition time
	// offsets will increment using signed integers.
	VideoCompositionOffsets DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets

	// If you get an HTTP error in the 400 range when you play back your DASH output,
	// enable this setting and run your transcoding job again. When you enable this
	// setting, the service writes precise segment durations in the DASH manifest. The
	// segment duration information appears inside the SegmentTimeline element, inside
	// SegmentTemplate at the Representation level. When you don't enable this setting,
	// the service writes approximate segment durations in your DASH manifest.
	WriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to your DASH output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.

type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance 

type DashIsoHbbtvCompliance string
const (
	DashIsoHbbtvComplianceHbbtv15 DashIsoHbbtvCompliance = "HBBTV_1_5"
	DashIsoHbbtvComplianceNone    DashIsoHbbtvCompliance = "NONE"
)

Enum values for DashIsoHbbtvCompliance

func (DashIsoHbbtvCompliance) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DashIsoHbbtvCompliance) Values() []DashIsoHbbtvCompliance

Values returns all known values for DashIsoHbbtvCompliance. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay added in v1.7.0 

type DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay string
const (
	DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayNone                  DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay = "NONE"
	DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail             DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay = "THUMBNAIL"
	DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay = "THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME"
	DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced              DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay = "ADVANCED"
)

Enum values for DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay

func (DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay) Values() []DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay

Values returns all known values for DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlay. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings added in v1.11.0 

type DashIsoImageBasedTrickPlaySettings struct {

	// The cadence MediaConvert follows for generating thumbnails. If set to
	// FOLLOW_IFRAME, MediaConvert generates thumbnails for each IDR frame in the
	// output (matching the GOP cadence). If set to FOLLOW_CUSTOM, MediaConvert
	// generates thumbnails according to the interval you specify in thumbnailInterval.
	IntervalCadence DashIsoIntervalCadence

	// Height of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Leave blank to
	// maintain aspect ratio with thumbnail width. If following the aspect ratio would
	// lead to a total tile height greater than 4096, then the job will be rejected.
	// Must be divisible by 2.
	ThumbnailHeight *int32

	// Enter the interval, in seconds, that MediaConvert uses to generate thumbnails.
	// If the interval you enter doesn't align with the output frame rate, MediaConvert
	// automatically rounds the interval to align with the output frame rate. For
	// example, if the output frame rate is 29.97 frames per second and you enter 5,
	// MediaConvert uses a 150 frame interval to generate thumbnails.
	ThumbnailInterval *float64

	// Width of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Default is 312. Must
	// be divisible by 8.
	ThumbnailWidth *int32

	// Number of thumbnails in each column of a tile image. Set a value between 2 and
	// 2048. Must be divisible by 2.
	TileHeight *int32

	// Number of thumbnails in each row of a tile image. Set a value between 1 and 512.
	TileWidth *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED

type DashIsoIntervalCadence added in v1.11.0 

type DashIsoIntervalCadence string
const (
	DashIsoIntervalCadenceFollowIframe DashIsoIntervalCadence = "FOLLOW_IFRAME"
	DashIsoIntervalCadenceFollowCustom DashIsoIntervalCadence = "FOLLOW_CUSTOM"
)

Enum values for DashIsoIntervalCadence

func (DashIsoIntervalCadence) Values added in v1.11.0 

func (DashIsoIntervalCadence) Values() []DashIsoIntervalCadence

Values returns all known values for DashIsoIntervalCadence. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType added in v1.28.0 

type DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType string
const (
	DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthTypeAverage DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType = "AVERAGE"
	DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthTypeMax     DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType = "MAX"
)

Enum values for DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType

func (DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType) Values added in v1.28.0 

func (DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType) Values() []DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType

Values returns all known values for DashIsoMpdManifestBandwidthType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoMpdProfile 

type DashIsoMpdProfile string
const (
	DashIsoMpdProfileMainProfile     DashIsoMpdProfile = "MAIN_PROFILE"
	DashIsoMpdProfileOnDemandProfile DashIsoMpdProfile = "ON_DEMAND_PROFILE"
)

Enum values for DashIsoMpdProfile

func (DashIsoMpdProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DashIsoMpdProfile) Values() []DashIsoMpdProfile

Values returns all known values for DashIsoMpdProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility 

type DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility string
const (
	DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityCencV1         DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility = "CENC_V1"
	DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibilityUnencryptedSei DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility = "UNENCRYPTED_SEI"
)

Enum values for DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility

func (DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility) Values() []DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility

Values returns all known values for DashIsoPlaybackDeviceCompatibility. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames added in v1.3.0 

type DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames string
const (
	DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesZeroBased       DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames = "ZERO_BASED"
	DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFramesMatchInitialPts DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames = "MATCH_INITIAL_PTS"
)

Enum values for DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames

func (DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames) Values added in v1.3.0 

func (DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames) Values() []DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames

Values returns all known values for DashIsoPtsOffsetHandlingForBFrames. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoSegmentControl 

type DashIsoSegmentControl string
const (
	DashIsoSegmentControlSingleFile     DashIsoSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE"
	DashIsoSegmentControlSegmentedFiles DashIsoSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

Enum values for DashIsoSegmentControl

func (DashIsoSegmentControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DashIsoSegmentControl) Values() []DashIsoSegmentControl

Values returns all known values for DashIsoSegmentControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoSegmentLengthControl added in v1.10.0 

type DashIsoSegmentLengthControl string
const (
	DashIsoSegmentLengthControlExact       DashIsoSegmentLengthControl = "EXACT"
	DashIsoSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple DashIsoSegmentLengthControl = "GOP_MULTIPLE"
)

Enum values for DashIsoSegmentLengthControl

func (DashIsoSegmentLengthControl) Values added in v1.10.0 

func (DashIsoSegmentLengthControl) Values() []DashIsoSegmentLengthControl

Values returns all known values for DashIsoSegmentLengthControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets added in v1.28.0 

type DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets string
const (
	DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsetsSigned   DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets = "SIGNED"
	DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsetsUnsigned DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets = "UNSIGNED"
)

Enum values for DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets

func (DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets) Values added in v1.28.0 

func (DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets) Values() []DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets

Values returns all known values for DashIsoVideoCompositionOffsets. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation 

type DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation string
const (
	DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationEnabled  DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "ENABLED"
	DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentationDisabled DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation

func (DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation) Values() []DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation

Values returns all known values for DashIsoWriteSegmentTimelineInRepresentation. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DashManifestStyle added in v1.30.0 

type DashManifestStyle string
const (
	DashManifestStyleBasic    DashManifestStyle = "BASIC"
	DashManifestStyleCompact  DashManifestStyle = "COMPACT"
	DashManifestStyleDistinct DashManifestStyle = "DISTINCT"
)

Enum values for DashManifestStyle

func (DashManifestStyle) Values added in v1.30.0 

func (DashManifestStyle) Values() []DashManifestStyle

Values returns all known values for DashManifestStyle. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DecryptionMode 

type DecryptionMode string
const (
	DecryptionModeAesCtr DecryptionMode = "AES_CTR"
	DecryptionModeAesCbc DecryptionMode = "AES_CBC"
	DecryptionModeAesGcm DecryptionMode = "AES_GCM"
)

Enum values for DecryptionMode

func (DecryptionMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DecryptionMode) Values() []DecryptionMode

Values returns all known values for DecryptionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DeinterlaceAlgorithm 

type DeinterlaceAlgorithm string
const (
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolate         DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmInterpolateTicker   DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE_TICKER"
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlend               DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "BLEND"
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmBlendTicker         DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "BLEND_TICKER"
	DeinterlaceAlgorithmLinearInterpolation DeinterlaceAlgorithm = "LINEAR_INTERPOLATION"
)

Enum values for DeinterlaceAlgorithm

func (DeinterlaceAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DeinterlaceAlgorithm) Values() []DeinterlaceAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for DeinterlaceAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Deinterlacer 

type Deinterlacer struct {

	// Only applies when you set Deinterlace mode to Deinterlace or Adaptive.
	// Interpolate produces sharper pictures, while blend produces smoother motion. If
	// your source file includes a ticker, such as a scrolling headline at the bottom
	// of the frame: Choose Interpolate ticker or Blend ticker. To apply field
	// doubling: Choose Linear interpolation. Note that Linear interpolation may
	// introduce video artifacts into your output.
	Algorithm DeinterlaceAlgorithm

	//   - When set to NORMAL (default), the deinterlacer does not convert frames that
	//   are tagged in metadata as progressive. It will only convert those that are
	//   tagged as some other type. - When set to FORCE_ALL_FRAMES, the deinterlacer
	//   converts every frame to progressive - even those that are already tagged as
	//   progressive. Turn Force mode on only if there is a good chance that the metadata
	//   has tagged frames as progressive when they are not progressive. Do not turn on
	//   otherwise; processing frames that are already progressive into progressive will
	//   probably result in lower quality video.
	Control DeinterlacerControl

	// Use Deinterlacer to choose how the service will do deinterlacing. Default is
	// Deinterlace.
	//
	//   - Deinterlace converts interlaced to progressive.
	//   - Inverse telecine converts Hard Telecine 29.97i to progressive 23.976p.
	//   - Adaptive auto-detects and converts to progressive.
	Mode DeinterlacerMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for deinterlacer

type DeinterlacerControl 

type DeinterlacerControl string
const (
	DeinterlacerControlForceAllFrames DeinterlacerControl = "FORCE_ALL_FRAMES"
	DeinterlacerControlNormal         DeinterlacerControl = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for DeinterlacerControl

func (DeinterlacerControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DeinterlacerControl) Values() []DeinterlacerControl

Values returns all known values for DeinterlacerControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DeinterlacerMode 

type DeinterlacerMode string
const (
	DeinterlacerModeDeinterlace     DeinterlacerMode = "DEINTERLACE"
	DeinterlacerModeInverseTelecine DeinterlacerMode = "INVERSE_TELECINE"
	DeinterlacerModeAdaptive        DeinterlacerMode = "ADAPTIVE"
)

Enum values for DeinterlacerMode

func (DeinterlacerMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DeinterlacerMode) Values() []DeinterlacerMode

Values returns all known values for DeinterlacerMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DescribeEndpointsMode 

type DescribeEndpointsMode string
const (
	DescribeEndpointsModeDefault DescribeEndpointsMode = "DEFAULT"
	DescribeEndpointsModeGetOnly DescribeEndpointsMode = "GET_ONLY"
)

Enum values for DescribeEndpointsMode

func (DescribeEndpointsMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DescribeEndpointsMode) Values() []DescribeEndpointsMode

Values returns all known values for DescribeEndpointsMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DestinationSettings 

type DestinationSettings struct {

	// Settings associated with S3 destination
	S3Settings *S3DestinationSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of destination

type DolbyVision 

type DolbyVision struct {

	// Use these settings when you set DolbyVisionLevel6Mode to SPECIFY to override
	// the MaxCLL and MaxFALL values in your input with new values.
	L6Metadata *DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata

	// Use Dolby Vision Mode to choose how the service will handle Dolby Vision MaxCLL
	// and MaxFALL properies.
	L6Mode DolbyVisionLevel6Mode

	// Required when you set Dolby Vision Profile to Profile 8.1. When you set Content
	// mapping to None, content mapping is not applied to the HDR10-compatible signal.
	// Depending on the source peak nit level, clipping might occur on HDR devices
	// without Dolby Vision. When you set Content mapping to HDR10 1000, the transcoder
	// creates a 1,000 nits peak HDR10-compatible signal by applying static content
	// mapping to the source. This mode is speed-optimized for PQ10 sources with
	// metadata that is created from analysis. For graded Dolby Vision content, be
	// aware that creative intent might not be guaranteed with extreme 1,000 nits
	// trims.
	Mapping DolbyVisionMapping

	// Required when you enable Dolby Vision. Use Profile 5 to include
	// frame-interleaved Dolby Vision metadata in your output. Your input must include
	// Dolby Vision metadata or an HDR10 YUV color space. Use Profile 8.1 to include
	// frame-interleaved Dolby Vision metadata and HDR10 metadata in your output. Your
	// input must include Dolby Vision metadata.
	Profile DolbyVisionProfile
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Create Dolby Vision Profile 5 or Profile 8.1 compatible video output.

type DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata 

type DolbyVisionLevel6Metadata struct {

	// Maximum Content Light Level. Static HDR metadata that corresponds to the
	// brightest pixel in the entire stream. Measured in nits.
	MaxCll *int32

	// Maximum Frame-Average Light Level. Static HDR metadata that corresponds to the
	// highest frame-average brightness in the entire stream. Measured in nits.
	MaxFall *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings when you set DolbyVisionLevel6Mode to SPECIFY to override the MaxCLL and MaxFALL values in your input with new values.

type DolbyVisionLevel6Mode 

type DolbyVisionLevel6Mode string
const (
	DolbyVisionLevel6ModePassthrough DolbyVisionLevel6Mode = "PASSTHROUGH"
	DolbyVisionLevel6ModeRecalculate DolbyVisionLevel6Mode = "RECALCULATE"
	DolbyVisionLevel6ModeSpecify     DolbyVisionLevel6Mode = "SPECIFY"
)

Enum values for DolbyVisionLevel6Mode

func (DolbyVisionLevel6Mode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DolbyVisionLevel6Mode) Values() []DolbyVisionLevel6Mode

Values returns all known values for DolbyVisionLevel6Mode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DolbyVisionMapping added in v1.23.0 

type DolbyVisionMapping string
const (
	DolbyVisionMappingHdr10Nomap DolbyVisionMapping = "HDR10_NOMAP"
	DolbyVisionMappingHdr101000  DolbyVisionMapping = "HDR10_1000"
)

Enum values for DolbyVisionMapping

func (DolbyVisionMapping) Values added in v1.23.0 

func (DolbyVisionMapping) Values() []DolbyVisionMapping

Values returns all known values for DolbyVisionMapping. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DolbyVisionProfile 

type DolbyVisionProfile string
const (
	DolbyVisionProfileProfile5  DolbyVisionProfile = "PROFILE_5"
	DolbyVisionProfileProfile81 DolbyVisionProfile = "PROFILE_8_1"
)

Enum values for DolbyVisionProfile

func (DolbyVisionProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DolbyVisionProfile) Values() []DolbyVisionProfile

Values returns all known values for DolbyVisionProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DropFrameTimecode 

type DropFrameTimecode string
const (
	DropFrameTimecodeDisabled DropFrameTimecode = "DISABLED"
	DropFrameTimecodeEnabled  DropFrameTimecode = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for DropFrameTimecode

func (DropFrameTimecode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DropFrameTimecode) Values() []DropFrameTimecode

Values returns all known values for DropFrameTimecode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbNitSettings 

type DvbNitSettings struct {

	// The numeric value placed in the Network Information Table (NIT).
	NetworkId *int32

	// The network name text placed in the network_name_descriptor inside the Network
	// Information Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	NetworkName *string

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	NitInterval *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings to insert a DVB Network Information Table (NIT) in the transport stream of this output.

type DvbSdtSettings 

type DvbSdtSettings struct {

	// Selects method of inserting SDT information into output stream. "Follow input
	// SDT" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream. "Follow input
	// SDT if present" copies SDT information from input stream to output stream if SDT
	// information is present in the input, otherwise it will fall back on the
	// user-defined values. Enter "SDT Manually" means user will enter the SDT
	// information. "No SDT" means output stream will not contain SDT information.
	OutputSdt OutputSdt

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	SdtInterval *int32

	// The service name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service Description
	// Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceName *string

	// The service provider name placed in the service_descriptor in the Service
	// Description Table. Maximum length is 256 characters.
	ServiceProviderName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings to insert a DVB Service Description Table (SDT) in the transport stream of this output.

type DvbSubDestinationSettings 

type DvbSubDestinationSettings struct {

	// Specify the alignment of your captions. If no explicit x_position is provided,
	// setting alignment to centered will placethe captions at the bottom center of the
	// output. Similarly, setting a left alignment willalign captions to the bottom
	// left of the output. If x and y positions are given in conjunction with the
	// alignment parameter, the font will be justified (either left or centered)
	// relative to those coordinates. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub
	// settings must be identical.
	Alignment DvbSubtitleAlignment

	// Ignore this setting unless Style Passthrough is set to Enabled and Font color
	// set to Black, Yellow, Red, Green, Blue, or Hex. Use Apply font color for
	// additional font color controls. When you choose White text only, or leave blank,
	// your font color setting only applies to white text in your input captions. For
	// example, if your font color setting is Yellow, and your input captions have red
	// and white text, your output captions will have red and yellow text. When you
	// choose ALL_TEXT, your font color setting applies to all of your output captions
	// text.
	ApplyFontColor DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor

	// Specify the color of the rectangle behind the captions. Leave background color
	// blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the background color data from
	// your input captions, if present.
	BackgroundColor DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor

	// Specify the opacity of the background rectangle. Enter a value from 0 to 255,
	// where 0 is transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough is set to
	// enabled, leave blank to pass through the background style information in your
	// input captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled,
	// leave blank to use a value of 0 and remove all backgrounds from your output
	// captions. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be
	// identical.
	BackgroundOpacity *int32

	// Specify how MediaConvert handles the display definition segment (DDS). To
	// exclude the DDS from this set of captions: Keep the default, None. To include
	// the DDS: Choose Specified. When you do, also specify the offset coordinates of
	// the display window with DDS x-coordinate and DDS y-coordinate. To include the
	// DDS, but not include display window data: Choose No display window. When you do,
	// you can write position metadata to the page composition segment (PCS) with DDS
	// x-coordinate and DDS y-coordinate. For video resolutions with a height of 576
	// pixels or less, MediaConvert doesn't include the DDS, regardless of the value
	// you choose for DDS handling. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	DdsHandling DvbddsHandling

	// Use this setting, along with DDS y-coordinate, to specify the upper left corner
	// of the display definition segment (DDS) display window. With this setting,
	// specify the distance, in pixels, between the left side of the frame and the left
	// side of the DDS display window. Keep the default value, 0, to have MediaConvert
	// automatically choose this offset. Related setting: When you use this setting,
	// you must set DDS handling to a value other than None. MediaConvert uses these
	// values to determine whether to write page position data to the DDS or to the
	// page composition segment. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must match.
	DdsXCoordinate *int32

	// Use this setting, along with DDS x-coordinate, to specify the upper left corner
	// of the display definition segment (DDS) display window. With this setting,
	// specify the distance, in pixels, between the top of the frame and the top of the
	// DDS display window. Keep the default value, 0, to have MediaConvert
	// automatically choose this offset. Related setting: When you use this setting,
	// you must set DDS handling to a value other than None. MediaConvert uses these
	// values to determine whether to write page position data to the DDS or to the
	// page composition segment (PCS). All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings must
	// match.
	DdsYCoordinate *int32

	// Specify the font that you want the service to use for your burn in captions
	// when your input captions specify a font that MediaConvert doesn't support. When
	// you set Fallback font to best match, or leave blank, MediaConvert uses a
	// supported font that most closely matches the font that your input captions
	// specify. When there are multiple unsupported fonts in your input captions,
	// MediaConvert matches each font with the supported font that matches best. When
	// you explicitly choose a replacement font, MediaConvert uses that font to replace
	// all unsupported fonts from your input.
	FallbackFont DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont

	// Specify the color of the captions text. Leave Font color blank and set Style
	// passthrough to enabled to use the font color data from your input captions, if
	// present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be
	// identical.
	FontColor DvbSubtitleFontColor

	// Specify a bold TrueType font file to use when rendering your output captions.
	// Enter an S3, HTTP, or HTTPS URL. When you do, you must also separately specify a
	// regular, an italic, and a bold italic font file.
	FontFileBold *string

	// Specify a bold italic TrueType font file to use when rendering your output
	// captions. Enter an S3, HTTP, or HTTPS URL. When you do, you must also separately
	// specify a regular, a bold, and an italic font file.
	FontFileBoldItalic *string

	// Specify an italic TrueType font file to use when rendering your output
	// captions. Enter an S3, HTTP, or HTTPS URL. When you do, you must also separately
	// specify a regular, a bold, and a bold italic font file.
	FontFileItalic *string

	// Specify a regular TrueType font file to use when rendering your output
	// captions. Enter an S3, HTTP, or HTTPS URL. When you do, you must also separately
	// specify a bold, an italic, and a bold italic font file.
	FontFileRegular *string

	// Specify the opacity of the burned-in captions. 255 is opaque; 0 is transparent.
	// Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	FontOpacity *int32

	// Specify the Font resolution in DPI (dots per inch). Within your job settings,
	// all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	FontResolution *int32

	// Set Font script to Automatically determined, or leave blank, to automatically
	// determine the font script in your input captions. Otherwise, set to Simplified
	// Chinese (HANS) or Traditional Chinese (HANT) if your input font script uses
	// Simplified or Traditional Chinese. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub
	// settings must be identical.
	FontScript FontScript

	// Specify the Font size in pixels. Must be a positive integer. Set to 0, or leave
	// blank, for automatic font size. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub
	// settings must be identical.
	FontSize *int32

	// Specify the height, in pixels, of this set of DVB-Sub captions. The default
	// value is 576 pixels. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must set
	// DDS handling to a value other than None. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
	// must match.
	Height *int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your Font color is set to Hex. Enter either six or
	// eight hexidecimal digits, representing red, green, and blue, with two optional
	// extra digits for alpha. For example a value of 1122AABB is a red value of 0x11,
	// a green value of 0x22, a blue value of 0xAA, and an alpha value of 0xBB.
	HexFontColor *string

	// Specify font outline color. Leave Outline color blank and set Style passthrough
	// to enabled to use the font outline color data from your input captions, if
	// present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be
	// identical.
	OutlineColor DvbSubtitleOutlineColor

	// Specify the Outline size of the caption text, in pixels. Leave Outline size
	// blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the outline size data from
	// your input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub
	// settings must be identical.
	OutlineSize *int32

	// Specify the color of the shadow cast by the captions. Leave Shadow color blank
	// and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow color data from your
	// input captions, if present. Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub
	// settings must be identical.
	ShadowColor DvbSubtitleShadowColor

	// Specify the opacity of the shadow. Enter a value from 0 to 255, where 0 is
	// transparent and 255 is opaque. If Style passthrough is set to Enabled, leave
	// Shadow opacity blank to pass through the shadow style information in your input
	// captions to your output captions. If Style passthrough is set to disabled, leave
	// blank to use a value of 0 and remove all shadows from your output captions.
	// Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	ShadowOpacity *int32

	// Specify the horizontal offset of the shadow, relative to the captions in
	// pixels. A value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels to the left.
	// Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	ShadowXOffset *int32

	// Specify the vertical offset of the shadow relative to the captions in pixels. A
	// value of -2 would result in a shadow offset 2 pixels above the text. Leave
	// Shadow y-offset blank and set Style passthrough to enabled to use the shadow
	// y-offset data from your input captions, if present. Within your job settings,
	// all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	ShadowYOffset *int32

	// To use the available style, color, and position information from your input
	// captions: Set Style passthrough to Enabled. Note that MediaConvert uses default
	// settings for any missing style or position information in your input captions To
	// ignore the style and position information from your input captions and use
	// default settings: Leave blank or keep the default value, Disabled. Default
	// settings include white text with black outlining, bottom-center positioning, and
	// automatic sizing. Whether you set Style passthrough to enabled or not, you can
	// also choose to manually override any of the individual style and position
	// settings. You can also override any fonts by manually specifying custom font
	// files.
	StylePassthrough DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough

	// Specify whether your DVB subtitles are standard or for hearing impaired. Choose
	// hearing impaired if your subtitles include audio descriptions and dialogue.
	// Choose standard if your subtitles include only dialogue.
	SubtitlingType DvbSubtitlingType

	// Specify whether the Text spacing in your captions is set by the captions grid,
	// or varies depending on letter width. Choose fixed grid to conform to the spacing
	// specified in the captions file more accurately. Choose proportional to make the
	// text easier to read for closed captions. Within your job settings, all of your
	// DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	TeletextSpacing DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing

	// Specify the width, in pixels, of this set of DVB-Sub captions. The default
	// value is 720 pixels. Related setting: When you use this setting, you must set
	// DDS handling to a value other than None. All burn-in and DVB-Sub font settings
	// must match.
	Width *int32

	// Specify the horizontal position of the captions, relative to the left side of
	// the output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10
	// pixels from the left of the output. If no explicit x_position is provided, the
	// horizontal caption position will be determined by the alignment parameter.
	// Within your job settings, all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	XPosition *int32

	// Specify the vertical position of the captions, relative to the top of the
	// output in pixels. A value of 10 would result in the captions starting 10 pixels
	// from the top of the output. If no explicit y_position is provided, the caption
	// will be positioned towards the bottom of the output. Within your job settings,
	// all of your DVB-Sub settings must be identical.
	YPosition *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to DVB-Sub captions. Set up DVB-Sub captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/dvb-sub-output-captions.html.

type DvbSubSourceSettings 

type DvbSubSourceSettings struct {

	// When using DVB-Sub with Burn-in, use this PID for the source content. Unused
	// for DVB-Sub passthrough. All DVB-Sub content is passed through, regardless of
	// selectors.
	Pid *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

DVB Sub Source Settings

type DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont added in v1.11.0 

type DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont string
const (
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontBestMatch             DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont = "BEST_MATCH"
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSansserif   DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont = "MONOSPACED_SANSSERIF"
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontMonospacedSerif       DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont = "MONOSPACED_SERIF"
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSansserif DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont = "PROPORTIONAL_SANSSERIF"
	DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFontProportionalSerif     DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont = "PROPORTIONAL_SERIF"
)

Enum values for DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont

func (DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont) Values added in v1.11.0 

func (DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont) Values() []DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont

Values returns all known values for DvbSubSubtitleFallbackFont. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleAlignment 

type DvbSubtitleAlignment string
const (
	DvbSubtitleAlignmentCentered DvbSubtitleAlignment = "CENTERED"
	DvbSubtitleAlignmentLeft     DvbSubtitleAlignment = "LEFT"
	DvbSubtitleAlignmentAuto     DvbSubtitleAlignment = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleAlignment

func (DvbSubtitleAlignment) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitleAlignment) Values() []DvbSubtitleAlignment

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleAlignment. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor added in v1.11.0 

type DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleApplyFontColorWhiteTextOnly DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor = "WHITE_TEXT_ONLY"
	DvbSubtitleApplyFontColorAllText       DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor = "ALL_TEXT"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor

func (DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor) Values added in v1.11.0 

func (DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor) Values() []DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleApplyFontColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor 

type DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorNone  DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "NONE"
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorBlack DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorWhite DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubtitleBackgroundColorAuto  DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor

func (DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor) Values() []DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleBackgroundColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleFontColor 

type DvbSubtitleFontColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleFontColorWhite  DvbSubtitleFontColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorBlack  DvbSubtitleFontColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorYellow DvbSubtitleFontColor = "YELLOW"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorRed    DvbSubtitleFontColor = "RED"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorGreen  DvbSubtitleFontColor = "GREEN"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorBlue   DvbSubtitleFontColor = "BLUE"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorHex    DvbSubtitleFontColor = "HEX"
	DvbSubtitleFontColorAuto   DvbSubtitleFontColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleFontColor

func (DvbSubtitleFontColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitleFontColor) Values() []DvbSubtitleFontColor

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleFontColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor 

type DvbSubtitleOutlineColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlack  DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorWhite  DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorYellow DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "YELLOW"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorRed    DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "RED"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorGreen  DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "GREEN"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorBlue   DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "BLUE"
	DvbSubtitleOutlineColorAuto   DvbSubtitleOutlineColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleOutlineColor

func (DvbSubtitleOutlineColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitleOutlineColor) Values() []DvbSubtitleOutlineColor

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleOutlineColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleShadowColor 

type DvbSubtitleShadowColor string
const (
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorNone  DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "NONE"
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorBlack DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "BLACK"
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorWhite DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "WHITE"
	DvbSubtitleShadowColorAuto  DvbSubtitleShadowColor = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleShadowColor

func (DvbSubtitleShadowColor) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitleShadowColor) Values() []DvbSubtitleShadowColor

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleShadowColor. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough added in v1.11.0 

type DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough string
const (
	DvbSubtitleStylePassthroughEnabled  DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	DvbSubtitleStylePassthroughDisabled DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough

func (DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough) Values added in v1.11.0 

func (DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough) Values() []DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing 

type DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing string
const (
	DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingFixedGrid    DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "FIXED_GRID"
	DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingProportional DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "PROPORTIONAL"
	DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacingAuto         DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing

func (DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing) Values() []DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitleTeletextSpacing. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbSubtitlingType 

type DvbSubtitlingType string
const (
	DvbSubtitlingTypeHearingImpaired DvbSubtitlingType = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	DvbSubtitlingTypeStandard        DvbSubtitlingType = "STANDARD"
)

Enum values for DvbSubtitlingType

func (DvbSubtitlingType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (DvbSubtitlingType) Values() []DvbSubtitlingType

Values returns all known values for DvbSubtitlingType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type DvbTdtSettings 

type DvbTdtSettings struct {

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	TdtInterval *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings to insert a DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) in the transport stream of this output.

type DvbddsHandling added in v1.5.0 

type DvbddsHandling string
const (
	DvbddsHandlingNone            DvbddsHandling = "NONE"
	DvbddsHandlingSpecified       DvbddsHandling = "SPECIFIED"
	DvbddsHandlingNoDisplayWindow DvbddsHandling = "NO_DISPLAY_WINDOW"
)

Enum values for DvbddsHandling

func (DvbddsHandling) Values added in v1.5.0 

func (DvbddsHandling) Values() []DvbddsHandling

Values returns all known values for DvbddsHandling. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode 

type Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode string
const (
	Eac3AtmosBitstreamModeCompleteMain Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode

func (Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode) Values() []Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosCodingMode 

type Eac3AtmosCodingMode string
const (
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingModeAuto Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_AUTO"
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode514  Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_5_1_4"
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode714  Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_7_1_4"
	Eac3AtmosCodingModeCodingMode916  Eac3AtmosCodingMode = "CODING_MODE_9_1_6"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosCodingMode

func (Eac3AtmosCodingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosCodingMode) Values() []Eac3AtmosCodingMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosCodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence 

type Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceEnabled  Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence = "ENABLED"
	Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligenceDisabled Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence

func (Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence) Values() []Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDownmixControl added in v1.7.0 

type Eac3AtmosDownmixControl string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDownmixControlSpecified            Eac3AtmosDownmixControl = "SPECIFIED"
	Eac3AtmosDownmixControlInitializeFromSource Eac3AtmosDownmixControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDownmixControl

func (Eac3AtmosDownmixControl) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (Eac3AtmosDownmixControl) Values() []Eac3AtmosDownmixControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDownmixControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine 

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineNone          Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "NONE"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard  Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight     Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech        Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine) Values() []Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf 

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfNone          Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "NONE"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard  Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight     Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight    Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech        Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf) Values() []Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl added in v1.7.0 

type Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl string
const (
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControlSpecified            Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl = "SPECIFIED"
	Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControlInitializeFromSource Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl) Values() []Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosMeteringMode 

type Eac3AtmosMeteringMode string
const (
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeLeqA       Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "LEQ_A"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17701 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_1"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17702 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_2"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17703 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_3"
	Eac3AtmosMeteringModeItuBs17704 Eac3AtmosMeteringMode = "ITU_BS_1770_4"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosMeteringMode

func (Eac3AtmosMeteringMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosMeteringMode) Values() []Eac3AtmosMeteringMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosMeteringMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosSettings 

type Eac3AtmosSettings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate for this output in bits per second. Valid values:
	// 384k, 448k, 576k, 640k, 768k, 1024k Default value: 448k Note that MediaConvert
	// supports 384k only with channel-based immersive (CBI) 7.1.4 and 5.1.4 inputs.
	// For CBI 9.1.6 and other input types, MediaConvert automatically increases your
	// output bitrate to 448k.
	Bitrate *int32

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For
	// more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E).
	BitstreamMode Eac3AtmosBitstreamMode

	// The coding mode for Dolby Digital Plus JOC (Atmos).
	CodingMode Eac3AtmosCodingMode

	// Enable Dolby Dialogue Intelligence to adjust loudness based on dialogue
	// analysis.
	DialogueIntelligence Eac3AtmosDialogueIntelligence

	// Specify whether MediaConvert should use any downmix metadata from your input
	// file. Keep the default value, Custom to provide downmix values in your job
	// settings. Choose Follow source to use the metadata from your input. Related
	// settings--Use these settings to specify your downmix values: Left only/Right
	// only surround, Left total/Right total surround, Left total/Right total center,
	// Left only/Right only center, and Stereo downmix. When you keep Custom for
	// Downmix control and you don't specify values for the related settings,
	// MediaConvert uses default values for those settings.
	DownmixControl Eac3AtmosDownmixControl

	// Choose the Dolby dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses
	// when encoding the metadata in the Dolby stream for the line operating mode.
	// Default value: Film light Related setting: To have MediaConvert use the value
	// you specify here, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Dynamic range
	// control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Dynamic range compression line. For
	// information about the Dolby DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic
	// Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at
	// https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionLine Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionLine

	// Choose the Dolby dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert uses
	// when encoding the metadata in the Dolby stream for the RF operating mode.
	// Default value: Film light Related setting: To have MediaConvert use the value
	// you specify here, keep the default value, Custom for the setting Dynamic range
	// control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Dynamic range compression RF. For
	// information about the Dolby DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic
	// Range Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at
	// https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionRf Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeCompressionRf

	// Specify whether MediaConvert should use any dynamic range control metadata from
	// your input file. Keep the default value, Custom, to provide dynamic range
	// control values in your job settings. Choose Follow source to use the metadata
	// from your input. Related settings--Use these settings to specify your dynamic
	// range control values: Dynamic range compression line and Dynamic range
	// compression RF. When you keep the value Custom for Dynamic range control and you
	// don't specify values for the related settings, MediaConvert uses default values
	// for those settings.
	DynamicRangeControl Eac3AtmosDynamicRangeControl

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only
	// center mix (Lo/Ro center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default
	// value: -3 dB. Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and -6.0. Related
	// setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose
	// for Stereo downmix. Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep
	// the default value, Custom for the setting Downmix control. Otherwise,
	// MediaConvert ignores Left only/Right only center.
	LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left only/Right only.
	// MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default value: -3 dB. Valid values:
	// -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. Related
	// setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose
	// for Stereo downmix. Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep
	// the default value, Custom for the setting Downmix control. Otherwise,
	// MediaConvert ignores Left only/Right only surround.
	LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total
	// center mix (Lt/Rt center). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. Default
	// value: -3 dB Valid values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, and -6.0. Related
	// setting: How the service uses this value depends on the value that you choose
	// for Stereo downmix. Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep
	// the default value, Custom for the setting Downmix control. Otherwise,
	// MediaConvert ignores Left total/Right total center.
	LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Atmos setting: Left total/Right total
	// surround mix (Lt/Rt surround). MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing.
	// Default value: -3 dB Valid values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value
	// -60 mutes the channel. Related setting: How the service uses this value depends
	// on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Related setting: To have
	// MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value, Custom for the setting
	// Downmix control. Otherwise, the service ignores Left total/Right total surround.
	LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64

	// Choose how the service meters the loudness of your audio.
	MeteringMode Eac3AtmosMeteringMode

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int32

	// Specify the percentage of audio content, from 0% to 100%, that must be speech
	// in order for the encoder to use the measured speech loudness as the overall
	// program loudness. Default value: 15%
	SpeechThreshold *int32

	// Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. Default value: Not indicated
	// Related setting: To have MediaConvert use this value, keep the default value,
	// Custom for the setting Downmix control. Otherwise, MediaConvert ignores Stereo
	// downmix.
	StereoDownmix Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix

	// Specify whether your input audio has an additional center rear surround channel
	// matrix encoded into your left and right surround channels.
	SurroundExMode Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value EAC3_ATMOS.

type Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix 

type Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix string
const (
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixNotIndicated Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixStereo       Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "STEREO"
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixSurround     Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "SURROUND"
	Eac3AtmosStereoDownmixDpl2         Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix = "DPL2"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix

func (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix) Values() []Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosStereoDownmix. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode 

type Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode string
const (
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeNotIndicated Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeEnabled      Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3AtmosSurroundExModeDisabled     Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode

func (Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode) Values() []Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3AtmosSurroundExMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3AttenuationControl 

type Eac3AttenuationControl string
const (
	Eac3AttenuationControlAttenuate3Db Eac3AttenuationControl = "ATTENUATE_3_DB"
	Eac3AttenuationControlNone         Eac3AttenuationControl = "NONE"
)

Enum values for Eac3AttenuationControl

func (Eac3AttenuationControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3AttenuationControl) Values() []Eac3AttenuationControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3AttenuationControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3BitstreamMode 

type Eac3BitstreamMode string
const (
	Eac3BitstreamModeCompleteMain     Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMPLETE_MAIN"
	Eac3BitstreamModeCommentary       Eac3BitstreamMode = "COMMENTARY"
	Eac3BitstreamModeEmergency        Eac3BitstreamMode = "EMERGENCY"
	Eac3BitstreamModeHearingImpaired  Eac3BitstreamMode = "HEARING_IMPAIRED"
	Eac3BitstreamModeVisuallyImpaired Eac3BitstreamMode = "VISUALLY_IMPAIRED"
)

Enum values for Eac3BitstreamMode

func (Eac3BitstreamMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3BitstreamMode) Values() []Eac3BitstreamMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3BitstreamMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3CodingMode 

type Eac3CodingMode string
const (
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode10 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_1_0"
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode20 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_2_0"
	Eac3CodingModeCodingMode32 Eac3CodingMode = "CODING_MODE_3_2"
)

Enum values for Eac3CodingMode

func (Eac3CodingMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3CodingMode) Values() []Eac3CodingMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3CodingMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3DcFilter 

type Eac3DcFilter string
const (
	Eac3DcFilterEnabled  Eac3DcFilter = "ENABLED"
	Eac3DcFilterDisabled Eac3DcFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3DcFilter

func (Eac3DcFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3DcFilter) Values() []Eac3DcFilter

Values returns all known values for Eac3DcFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine 

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine string
const (
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineNone          Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "NONE"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmStandard  Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineFilmLight     Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicStandard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineMusicLight    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLineSpeech        Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine) Values() []Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

Values returns all known values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf 

type Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf string
const (
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfNone          Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "NONE"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmStandard  Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfFilmLight     Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "FILM_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicStandard Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_STANDARD"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfMusicLight    Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "MUSIC_LIGHT"
	Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRfSpeech        Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf = "SPEECH"
)

Enum values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf) Values() []Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

Values returns all known values for Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3LfeControl 

type Eac3LfeControl string
const (
	Eac3LfeControlLfe   Eac3LfeControl = "LFE"
	Eac3LfeControlNoLfe Eac3LfeControl = "NO_LFE"
)

Enum values for Eac3LfeControl

func (Eac3LfeControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3LfeControl) Values() []Eac3LfeControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3LfeControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3LfeFilter 

type Eac3LfeFilter string
const (
	Eac3LfeFilterEnabled  Eac3LfeFilter = "ENABLED"
	Eac3LfeFilterDisabled Eac3LfeFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3LfeFilter

func (Eac3LfeFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3LfeFilter) Values() []Eac3LfeFilter

Values returns all known values for Eac3LfeFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3MetadataControl 

type Eac3MetadataControl string
const (
	Eac3MetadataControlFollowInput   Eac3MetadataControl = "FOLLOW_INPUT"
	Eac3MetadataControlUseConfigured Eac3MetadataControl = "USE_CONFIGURED"
)

Enum values for Eac3MetadataControl

func (Eac3MetadataControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3MetadataControl) Values() []Eac3MetadataControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3MetadataControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3PassthroughControl 

type Eac3PassthroughControl string
const (
	Eac3PassthroughControlWhenPossible  Eac3PassthroughControl = "WHEN_POSSIBLE"
	Eac3PassthroughControlNoPassthrough Eac3PassthroughControl = "NO_PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for Eac3PassthroughControl

func (Eac3PassthroughControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3PassthroughControl) Values() []Eac3PassthroughControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3PassthroughControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3PhaseControl 

type Eac3PhaseControl string
const (
	Eac3PhaseControlShift90Degrees Eac3PhaseControl = "SHIFT_90_DEGREES"
	Eac3PhaseControlNoShift        Eac3PhaseControl = "NO_SHIFT"
)

Enum values for Eac3PhaseControl

func (Eac3PhaseControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3PhaseControl) Values() []Eac3PhaseControl

Values returns all known values for Eac3PhaseControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3Settings 

type Eac3Settings struct {

	// If set to ATTENUATE_3_DB, applies a 3 dB attenuation to the surround channels.
	// Only used for 3/2 coding mode.
	AttenuationControl Eac3AttenuationControl

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. The bitrate that you specify
	// must be a multiple of 8000 within the allowed minimum and maximum values. Leave
	// blank to use the default bitrate for the coding mode you select according ETSI
	// TS 102 366. Valid bitrates for coding mode 1/0: Default: 96000. Minimum: 32000.
	// Maximum: 3024000. Valid bitrates for coding mode 2/0: Default: 192000. Minimum:
	// 96000. Maximum: 3024000. Valid bitrates for coding mode 3/2: Default: 384000.
	// Minimum: 192000. Maximum: 3024000.
	Bitrate *int32

	// Specify the bitstream mode for the E-AC-3 stream that the encoder emits. For
	// more information about the EAC3 bitstream mode, see ATSC A/52-2012 (Annex E).
	BitstreamMode Eac3BitstreamMode

	// Dolby Digital Plus coding mode. Determines number of channels.
	CodingMode Eac3CodingMode

	// Activates a DC highpass filter for all input channels.
	DcFilter Eac3DcFilter

	// Sets the dialnorm for the output. If blank and input audio is Dolby Digital
	// Plus, dialnorm will be passed through.
	Dialnorm *int32

	// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
	// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the line
	// operating mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores
	// any value you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For information
	// about the Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range
	// Control chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at
	// https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionLine Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionLine

	// Choose the Dolby Digital dynamic range control (DRC) profile that MediaConvert
	// uses when encoding the metadata in the Dolby Digital stream for the RF operating
	// mode. Related setting: When you use this setting, MediaConvert ignores any value
	// you provide for Dynamic range compression profile. For information about the
	// Dolby Digital DRC operating modes and profiles, see the Dynamic Range Control
	// chapter of the Dolby Metadata Guide at
	// https://developer.dolby.com/globalassets/professional/documents/dolby-metadata-guide.pdf.
	DynamicRangeCompressionRf Eac3DynamicRangeCompressionRf

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, controls whether the LFE channel is enabled
	LfeControl Eac3LfeControl

	// Applies a 120Hz lowpass filter to the LFE channel prior to encoding. Only valid
	// with 3_2_LFE coding mode.
	LfeFilter Eac3LfeFilter

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right
	// only center mix. MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service
	// uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Valid
	// values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the
	// channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R,
	// C, Ls, Rs for the setting Coding mode. If you choose a different value for
	// Coding mode, the service ignores Left only/Right only center.
	LoRoCenterMixLevel *float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left only/Right
	// only. MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service uses this
	// value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Valid values:
	// -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This setting
	// applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs for the
	// setting Coding mode. If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the
	// service ignores Left only/Right only surround.
	LoRoSurroundMixLevel *float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right
	// total center mix. MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service
	// uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Valid
	// values: 3.0, 1.5, 0.0, -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the
	// channel. This setting applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R,
	// C, Ls, Rs for the setting Coding mode. If you choose a different value for
	// Coding mode, the service ignores Left total/Right total center.
	LtRtCenterMixLevel *float64

	// Specify a value for the following Dolby Digital Plus setting: Left total/Right
	// total surround mix. MediaConvert uses this value for downmixing. How the service
	// uses this value depends on the value that you choose for Stereo downmix. Valid
	// values: -1.5, -3.0, -4.5, -6.0, and -60. The value -60 mutes the channel. This
	// setting applies only if you keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs for
	// the setting Coding mode. If you choose a different value for Coding mode, the
	// service ignores Left total/Right total surround.
	LtRtSurroundMixLevel *float64

	// When set to FOLLOW_INPUT, encoder metadata will be sourced from the DD, DD+, or
	// DolbyE decoder that supplied this audio data. If audio was not supplied from one
	// of these streams, then the static metadata settings will be used.
	MetadataControl Eac3MetadataControl

	// When set to WHEN_POSSIBLE, input DD+ audio will be passed through if it is
	// present on the input. this detection is dynamic over the life of the transcode.
	// Inputs that alternate between DD+ and non-DD+ content will have a consistent DD+
	// output as the system alternates between passthrough and encoding.
	PassthroughControl Eac3PassthroughControl

	// Controls the amount of phase-shift applied to the surround channels. Only used
	// for 3/2 coding mode.
	PhaseControl Eac3PhaseControl

	// This value is always 48000. It represents the sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int32

	// Choose how the service does stereo downmixing. This setting only applies if you
	// keep the default value of 3/2 - L, R, C, Ls, Rs for the setting Coding mode. If
	// you choose a different value for Coding mode, the service ignores Stereo
	// downmix.
	StereoDownmix Eac3StereoDownmix

	// When encoding 3/2 audio, sets whether an extra center back surround channel is
	// matrix encoded into the left and right surround channels.
	SurroundExMode Eac3SurroundExMode

	// When encoding 2/0 audio, sets whether Dolby Surround is matrix encoded into the
	// two channels.
	SurroundMode Eac3SurroundMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value EAC3.

type Eac3StereoDownmix 

type Eac3StereoDownmix string
const (
	Eac3StereoDownmixNotIndicated Eac3StereoDownmix = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3StereoDownmixLoRo         Eac3StereoDownmix = "LO_RO"
	Eac3StereoDownmixLtRt         Eac3StereoDownmix = "LT_RT"
	Eac3StereoDownmixDpl2         Eac3StereoDownmix = "DPL2"
)

Enum values for Eac3StereoDownmix

func (Eac3StereoDownmix) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3StereoDownmix) Values() []Eac3StereoDownmix

Values returns all known values for Eac3StereoDownmix. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3SurroundExMode 

type Eac3SurroundExMode string
const (
	Eac3SurroundExModeNotIndicated Eac3SurroundExMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3SurroundExModeEnabled      Eac3SurroundExMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3SurroundExModeDisabled     Eac3SurroundExMode = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3SurroundExMode

func (Eac3SurroundExMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3SurroundExMode) Values() []Eac3SurroundExMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3SurroundExMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Eac3SurroundMode 

type Eac3SurroundMode string
const (
	Eac3SurroundModeNotIndicated Eac3SurroundMode = "NOT_INDICATED"
	Eac3SurroundModeEnabled      Eac3SurroundMode = "ENABLED"
	Eac3SurroundModeDisabled     Eac3SurroundMode = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for Eac3SurroundMode

func (Eac3SurroundMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Eac3SurroundMode) Values() []Eac3SurroundMode

Values returns all known values for Eac3SurroundMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EmbeddedConvert608To708 

type EmbeddedConvert608To708 string
const (
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Upconvert EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
	EmbeddedConvert608To708Disabled  EmbeddedConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for EmbeddedConvert608To708

func (EmbeddedConvert608To708) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (EmbeddedConvert608To708) Values() []EmbeddedConvert608To708

Values returns all known values for EmbeddedConvert608To708. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings 

type EmbeddedDestinationSettings struct {

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and your output
	// captions are embedded in the video stream. Specify a CC number for each captions
	// channel in this output. If you have two channels, choose CC numbers that aren't
	// in the same field. For example, choose 1 and 3. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
	Destination608ChannelNumber *int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions are SCC format and you want both
	// 608 and 708 captions embedded in your output stream. Optionally, specify the 708
	// service number for each output captions channel. Choose a different number for
	// each channel. To use this setting, also set Force 608 to 708 upconvert to
	// Upconvert in your input captions selector settings. If you choose to upconvert
	// but don't specify a 708 service number, MediaConvert uses the number that you
	// specify for CC channel number for the 708 service number. For more information,
	// see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/dual-scc-to-embedded.
	Destination708ServiceNumber *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to CEA/EIA-608 and CEA/EIA-708 (also called embedded or ancillary) captions. Set up embedded captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/embedded-output-captions.html.

type EmbeddedSourceSettings 

type EmbeddedSourceSettings struct {

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608
	// and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert, MediaConvert includes the captions data
	// in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes
	// fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708.
	Convert608To708 EmbeddedConvert608To708

	// Specifies the 608/708 channel number within the video track from which to
	// extract captions. Unused for passthrough.
	Source608ChannelNumber *int32

	// Specifies the video track index used for extracting captions. The system only
	// supports one input video track, so this should always be set to '1'.
	Source608TrackNumber *int32

	// By default, the service terminates any unterminated captions at the end of each
	// input. If you want the caption to continue onto your next input, disable this
	// setting.
	TerminateCaptions EmbeddedTerminateCaptions
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for embedded captions Source

type EmbeddedTerminateCaptions 

type EmbeddedTerminateCaptions string
const (
	EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsEndOfInput EmbeddedTerminateCaptions = "END_OF_INPUT"
	EmbeddedTerminateCaptionsDisabled   EmbeddedTerminateCaptions = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for EmbeddedTerminateCaptions

func (EmbeddedTerminateCaptions) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (EmbeddedTerminateCaptions) Values() []EmbeddedTerminateCaptions

Values returns all known values for EmbeddedTerminateCaptions. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EmbeddedTimecodeOverride added in v1.21.1 

type EmbeddedTimecodeOverride string
const (
	EmbeddedTimecodeOverrideNone    EmbeddedTimecodeOverride = "NONE"
	EmbeddedTimecodeOverrideUseMdpm EmbeddedTimecodeOverride = "USE_MDPM"
)

Enum values for EmbeddedTimecodeOverride

func (EmbeddedTimecodeOverride) Values added in v1.21.1 

func (EmbeddedTimecodeOverride) Values() []EmbeddedTimecodeOverride

Values returns all known values for EmbeddedTimecodeOverride. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type EncryptionContractConfiguration added in v1.59.0 

type EncryptionContractConfiguration struct {

	// Specify which SPEKE version 2.0 audio preset MediaConvert uses to request
	// content keys from your SPEKE server. For more information, see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/drm-content-speke-v2-presets.html
	// To encrypt to your audio outputs, choose from the following: Audio preset 1,
	// Audio preset 2, or Audio preset 3. To encrypt your audio outputs, using the same
	// content key for both your audio and video outputs: Choose Shared. When you do,
	// you must also set SPEKE v2.0 video preset to Shared. To not encrypt your audio
	// outputs: Choose Unencrypted. When you do, to encrypt your video outputs, you
	// must also specify a SPEKE v2.0 video preset (other than Shared or Unencrypted).
	SpekeAudioPreset PresetSpeke20Audio

	// Specify which SPEKE version 2.0 video preset MediaConvert uses to request
	// content keys from your SPEKE server. For more information, see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/drm-content-speke-v2-presets.html
	// To encrypt to your video outputs, choose from the following: Video preset 1,
	// Video preset 2, Video preset 3, Video preset 4, Video preset 5, Video preset 6,
	// Video preset 7, or Video preset 8. To encrypt your video outputs, using the same
	// content key for both your video and audio outputs: Choose Shared. When you do,
	// you must also set SPEKE v2.0 audio preset to Shared. To not encrypt your video
	// outputs: Choose Unencrypted. When you do, to encrypt your audio outputs, you
	// must also specify a SPEKE v2.0 audio preset (other than Shared or Unencrypted).
	SpekeVideoPreset PresetSpeke20Video
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the SPEKE version, either v1.0 or v2.0, that MediaConvert uses when encrypting your output. For more information, see: https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/speke-api-specification.html To use SPEKE v1.0: Leave blank. To use SPEKE v2.0: Specify a SPEKE v2.0 video preset and a SPEKE v2.0 audio preset.

type Endpoint 

type Endpoint struct {

	// URL of endpoint
	Url *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Describes an account-specific API endpoint.

type EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification 

type EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification struct {

	// Provide your ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML document inside your
	// JSON job settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The
	// transcoder will use the Manifest Conditioning instructions in the message that
	// you supply.
	MccXml *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification defined by OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.

type EsamSettings 

type EsamSettings struct {

	// Specifies an ESAM ManifestConfirmConditionNotification XML as per
	// OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder uses the manifest conditioning
	// instructions that you provide in the setting MCC XML.
	ManifestConfirmConditionNotification *EsamManifestConfirmConditionNotification

	// Specifies the stream distance, in milliseconds, between the SCTE 35 messages
	// that the transcoder places and the splice points that they refer to. If the time
	// between the start of the asset and the SCTE-35 message is less than this value,
	// then the transcoder places the SCTE-35 marker at the beginning of the stream.
	ResponseSignalPreroll *int32

	// Specifies an ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML as per
	// OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The transcoder uses the signal processing
	// instructions that you provide in the setting SCC XML.
	SignalProcessingNotification *EsamSignalProcessingNotification
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). If you don't do ad insertion, you can ignore these settings.

type EsamSignalProcessingNotification 

type EsamSignalProcessingNotification struct {

	// Provide your ESAM SignalProcessingNotification XML document inside your JSON
	// job settings. Form the XML document as per OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025. The
	// transcoder will use the signal processing instructions in the message that you
	// supply. For your MPEG2-TS file outputs, if you want the service to place SCTE-35
	// markers at the insertion points you specify in the XML document, you must also
	// enable SCTE-35 ESAM. Note that you can either specify an ESAM XML document or
	// enable SCTE-35 passthrough. You can't do both.
	SccXml *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

ESAM SignalProcessingNotification data defined by OC-SP-ESAM-API-I03-131025.

type ExtendedDataServices added in v1.9.0 

type ExtendedDataServices struct {

	// The action to take on copy and redistribution control XDS packets. If you
	// select PASSTHROUGH, packets will not be changed. If you select STRIP, any
	// packets will be removed in output captions.
	CopyProtectionAction CopyProtectionAction

	// The action to take on content advisory XDS packets. If you select PASSTHROUGH,
	// packets will not be changed. If you select STRIP, any packets will be removed in
	// output captions.
	VchipAction VchipAction
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your source content has EIA-608 Line 21 Data Services, enable this feature to specify what MediaConvert does with the Extended Data Services (XDS) packets. You can choose to pass through XDS packets, or remove them from the output. For more information about XDS, see EIA-608 Line Data Services, section 9.5.1.5 05h Content Advisory.

type F4vMoovPlacement 

type F4vMoovPlacement string
const (
	F4vMoovPlacementProgressiveDownload F4vMoovPlacement = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD"
	F4vMoovPlacementNormal              F4vMoovPlacement = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for F4vMoovPlacement

func (F4vMoovPlacement) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (F4vMoovPlacement) Values() []F4vMoovPlacement

Values returns all known values for F4vMoovPlacement. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type F4vSettings 

type F4vSettings struct {

	// To place the MOOV atom at the beginning of your output, which is useful for
	// progressive downloading: Leave blank or choose Progressive download. To place
	// the MOOV at the end of your output: Choose Normal.
	MoovPlacement F4vMoovPlacement
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for F4v container

type FileGroupSettings 

type FileGroupSettings struct {

	// Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base.
	// Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename
	// in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has
	// multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to your File output group. MediaConvert uses this group of settings to generate a single standalone file, rather than a streaming package.

type FileSourceConvert608To708 

type FileSourceConvert608To708 string
const (
	FileSourceConvert608To708Upconvert FileSourceConvert608To708 = "UPCONVERT"
	FileSourceConvert608To708Disabled  FileSourceConvert608To708 = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for FileSourceConvert608To708

func (FileSourceConvert608To708) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (FileSourceConvert608To708) Values() []FileSourceConvert608To708

Values returns all known values for FileSourceConvert608To708. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type FileSourceSettings 

type FileSourceSettings struct {

	// Choose whether to limit the byte rate at which your SCC input captions are
	// inserted into your output. To not limit the caption rate: We recommend that you
	// keep the default value, Disabled. MediaConvert inserts captions in your output
	// according to the byte rates listed in the EIA-608 specification, typically 2 or
	// 3 caption bytes per frame depending on your output frame rate. To limit your
	// output caption rate: Choose Enabled. Choose this option if your downstream
	// systems require a maximum of 2 caption bytes per frame. Note that this setting
	// has no effect when your output frame rate is 30 or 60.
	ByteRateLimit CaptionSourceByteRateLimit

	// Specify whether this set of input captions appears in your outputs in both 608
	// and 708 format. If you choose Upconvert, MediaConvert includes the captions data
	// in two ways: it passes the 608 data through using the 608 compatibility bytes
	// fields of the 708 wrapper, and it also translates the 608 data into 708.
	Convert608To708 FileSourceConvert608To708

	// Choose the presentation style of your input SCC captions. To use the same
	// presentation style as your input: Keep the default value, Disabled. To convert
	// paint-on captions to pop-on: Choose Enabled. We also recommend that you choose
	// Enabled if you notice additional repeated lines in your output captions.
	ConvertPaintToPop CaptionSourceConvertPaintOnToPopOn

	// Ignore this setting unless your input captions format is SCC. To have the
	// service compensate for differing frame rates between your input captions and
	// input video, specify the frame rate of the captions file. Specify this value as
	// a fraction. For example, you might specify 24 / 1 for 24 fps, 25 / 1 for 25 fps,
	// 24000 / 1001 for 23.976 fps, or 30000 / 1001 for 29.97 fps.
	Framerate *CaptionSourceFramerate

	// External caption file used for loading captions. Accepted file extensions are
	// 'scc', 'ttml', 'dfxp', 'stl', 'srt', 'xml', 'smi', 'webvtt', and 'vtt'.
	SourceFile *string

	// Optional. Use this setting when you need to adjust the sync between your
	// sidecar captions and your video. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/time-delta-use-cases.html.
	// Enter a positive or negative number to modify the times in the captions file.
	// For example, type 15 to add 15 seconds to all the times in the captions file.
	// Type -5 to subtract 5 seconds from the times in the captions file. You can
	// optionally specify your time delta in milliseconds instead of seconds. When you
	// do so, set the related setting, Time delta units to Milliseconds. Note that,
	// when you specify a time delta for timecode-based caption sources, such as SCC
	// and STL, and your time delta isn't a multiple of the input frame rate,
	// MediaConvert snaps the captions to the nearest frame. For example, when your
	// input video frame rate is 25 fps and you specify 1010ms for time delta,
	// MediaConvert delays your captions by 1000 ms.
	TimeDelta *int32

	// When you use the setting Time delta to adjust the sync between your sidecar
	// captions and your video, use this setting to specify the units for the delta
	// that you specify. When you don't specify a value for Time delta units,
	// MediaConvert uses seconds by default.
	TimeDeltaUnits FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your input captions are SCC, SMI, SRT, STL, TTML, WebVTT, or IMSC 1.1 in an xml file, specify the URI of the input caption source file. If your caption source is IMSC in an IMF package, use TrackSourceSettings instead of FileSoureSettings.

type FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits added in v1.13.0 

type FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits string
const (
	FileSourceTimeDeltaUnitsSeconds      FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits = "SECONDS"
	FileSourceTimeDeltaUnitsMilliseconds FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits = "MILLISECONDS"
)

Enum values for FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits

func (FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits) Values added in v1.13.0 

func (FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits) Values() []FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits

Values returns all known values for FileSourceTimeDeltaUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type FlacSettings added in v1.41.0 

type FlacSettings struct {

	// Specify Bit depth (BitDepth), in bits per sample, to choose the encoding
	// quality for this audio track.
	BitDepth *int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono on the
	// console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API,
	// valid values are between 1 and 8.
	Channels *int32

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value FLAC.

type FontScript 

type FontScript string
const (
	FontScriptAutomatic FontScript = "AUTOMATIC"
	FontScriptHans      FontScript = "HANS"
	FontScriptHant      FontScript = "HANT"
)

Enum values for FontScript

func (FontScript) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (FontScript) Values() []FontScript

Values returns all known values for FontScript. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ForbiddenException 

type ForbiddenException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

You don't have permissions for this action with the credentials you sent.

func (*ForbiddenException) Error 

func (e *ForbiddenException) Error() string

func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorCode 

func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorCode() string

func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorFault 

func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*ForbiddenException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *ForbiddenException) ErrorMessage() string

type ForceIncludeRenditionSize added in v1.24.0 

type ForceIncludeRenditionSize struct {

	// Use Height to define the video resolution height, in pixels, for this rule.
	Height *int32

	// Use Width to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this rule.
	Width *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use Force include renditions to specify one or more resolutions to include your ABR stack. * (Recommended) To optimize automated ABR, specify as few resolutions as possible. * (Required) The number of resolutions that you specify must be equal to, or less than, the Max renditions setting. * If you specify a Min top rendition size rule, specify at least one resolution that is equal to, or greater than, Min top rendition size. * If you specify a Min bottom rendition size rule, only specify resolutions that are equal to, or greater than, Min bottom rendition size. * If you specify a Force include renditions rule, do not specify a separate rule for Allowed renditions. * Note: The ABR stack may include other resolutions that you do not specify here, depending on the Max renditions setting.

type FrameCaptureSettings 

type FrameCaptureSettings struct {

	// Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one frame
	// every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, settings of
	// framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of 1/3 frame per
	// second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. Files will be named
	// as filename.n.jpg where n is the 0-based sequence number of each Capture.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// Frame capture will encode the first frame of the output stream, then one frame
	// every framerateDenominator/framerateNumerator seconds. For example, settings of
	// framerateNumerator = 1 and framerateDenominator = 3 (a rate of 1/3 frame per
	// second) will capture the first frame, then 1 frame every 3s. Files will be named
	// as filename.NNNNNNN.jpg where N is the 0-based frame sequence number zero padded
	// to 7 decimal places.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Maximum number of captures (encoded jpg output files).
	MaxCaptures *int32

	// JPEG Quality - a higher value equals higher quality.
	Quality *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value FRAME_CAPTURE.

type H264AdaptiveQuantization 

type H264AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationOff    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationAuto   H264AdaptiveQuantization = "AUTO"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationLow    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H264AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	H264AdaptiveQuantizationMax    H264AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
)

Enum values for H264AdaptiveQuantization

func (H264AdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264AdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H264AdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H264AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264CodecLevel 

type H264CodecLevel string
const (
	H264CodecLevelAuto    H264CodecLevel = "AUTO"
	H264CodecLevelLevel1  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel11 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel12 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel13 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1_3"
	H264CodecLevelLevel2  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel21 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel22 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel3  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3"
	H264CodecLevelLevel31 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel32 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel4  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4"
	H264CodecLevelLevel41 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel42 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_2"
	H264CodecLevelLevel5  H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5"
	H264CodecLevelLevel51 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_1"
	H264CodecLevelLevel52 H264CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_2"
)

Enum values for H264CodecLevel

func (H264CodecLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264CodecLevel) Values() []H264CodecLevel

Values returns all known values for H264CodecLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264CodecProfile 

type H264CodecProfile string
const (
	H264CodecProfileBaseline     H264CodecProfile = "BASELINE"
	H264CodecProfileHigh         H264CodecProfile = "HIGH"
	H264CodecProfileHigh10bit    H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_10BIT"
	H264CodecProfileHigh422      H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_422"
	H264CodecProfileHigh42210bit H264CodecProfile = "HIGH_422_10BIT"
	H264CodecProfileMain         H264CodecProfile = "MAIN"
)

Enum values for H264CodecProfile

func (H264CodecProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264CodecProfile) Values() []H264CodecProfile

Values returns all known values for H264CodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264DynamicSubGop 

type H264DynamicSubGop string
const (
	H264DynamicSubGopAdaptive H264DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE"
	H264DynamicSubGopStatic   H264DynamicSubGop = "STATIC"
)

Enum values for H264DynamicSubGop

func (H264DynamicSubGop) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264DynamicSubGop) Values() []H264DynamicSubGop

Values returns all known values for H264DynamicSubGop. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264EndOfStreamMarkers added in v1.43.0 

type H264EndOfStreamMarkers string
const (
	H264EndOfStreamMarkersInclude  H264EndOfStreamMarkers = "INCLUDE"
	H264EndOfStreamMarkersSuppress H264EndOfStreamMarkers = "SUPPRESS"
)

Enum values for H264EndOfStreamMarkers

func (H264EndOfStreamMarkers) Values added in v1.43.0 

func (H264EndOfStreamMarkers) Values() []H264EndOfStreamMarkers

Values returns all known values for H264EndOfStreamMarkers. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264EntropyEncoding 

type H264EntropyEncoding string
const (
	H264EntropyEncodingCabac H264EntropyEncoding = "CABAC"
	H264EntropyEncodingCavlc H264EntropyEncoding = "CAVLC"
)

Enum values for H264EntropyEncoding

func (H264EntropyEncoding) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264EntropyEncoding) Values() []H264EntropyEncoding

Values returns all known values for H264EntropyEncoding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FieldEncoding 

type H264FieldEncoding string
const (
	H264FieldEncodingPaff       H264FieldEncoding = "PAFF"
	H264FieldEncodingForceField H264FieldEncoding = "FORCE_FIELD"
	H264FieldEncodingMbaff      H264FieldEncoding = "MBAFF"
)

Enum values for H264FieldEncoding

func (H264FieldEncoding) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264FieldEncoding) Values() []H264FieldEncoding

Values returns all known values for H264FieldEncoding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization 

type H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

func (H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FramerateControl 

type H264FramerateControl string
const (
	H264FramerateControlInitializeFromSource H264FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H264FramerateControlSpecified            H264FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H264FramerateControl

func (H264FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264FramerateControl) Values() []H264FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for H264FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	H264FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264GopBReference 

type H264GopBReference string
const (
	H264GopBReferenceDisabled H264GopBReference = "DISABLED"
	H264GopBReferenceEnabled  H264GopBReference = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264GopBReference

func (H264GopBReference) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264GopBReference) Values() []H264GopBReference

Values returns all known values for H264GopBReference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264GopSizeUnits 

type H264GopSizeUnits string
const (
	H264GopSizeUnitsFrames  H264GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	H264GopSizeUnitsSeconds H264GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
	H264GopSizeUnitsAuto    H264GopSizeUnits = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for H264GopSizeUnits

func (H264GopSizeUnits) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264GopSizeUnits) Values() []H264GopSizeUnits

Values returns all known values for H264GopSizeUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264InterlaceMode 

type H264InterlaceMode string
const (
	H264InterlaceModeProgressive       H264InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	H264InterlaceModeTopField          H264InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	H264InterlaceModeBottomField       H264InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	H264InterlaceModeFollowTopField    H264InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	H264InterlaceModeFollowBottomField H264InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for H264InterlaceMode

func (H264InterlaceMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264InterlaceMode) Values() []H264InterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for H264InterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264ParControl 

type H264ParControl string
const (
	H264ParControlInitializeFromSource H264ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H264ParControlSpecified            H264ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H264ParControl

func (H264ParControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264ParControl) Values() []H264ParControl

Values returns all known values for H264ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264QualityTuningLevel 

type H264QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePass   H264QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	H264QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq H264QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"
	H264QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq  H264QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for H264QualityTuningLevel

func (H264QualityTuningLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264QualityTuningLevel) Values() []H264QualityTuningLevel

Values returns all known values for H264QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264QvbrSettings 

type H264QvbrSettings struct {

	// Use this setting only when Rate control mode is QVBR and Quality tuning level
	// is Multi-pass HQ. For Max average bitrate values suited to the complexity of
	// your input video, the service limits the average bitrate of the video part of
	// this output to the value that you choose. That is, the total size of the video
	// element is less than or equal to the value you set multiplied by the number of
	// seconds of encoded output.
	MaxAverageBitrate *int32

	// Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Specify the
	// target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the right number
	// of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video quality that you
	// specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert picks a quality
	// level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If you prefer to
	// specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use higher numbers
	// for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless compression. The
	// quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9.
	// Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a value for
	// the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality
	// level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to
	// .33.
	QvbrQualityLevel *int32

	// Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is
	// between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be
	// 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	// MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole
	// number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33.
	QvbrQualityLevelFineTune *float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.264 codec. Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.

type H264RateControlMode 

type H264RateControlMode string
const (
	H264RateControlModeVbr  H264RateControlMode = "VBR"
	H264RateControlModeCbr  H264RateControlMode = "CBR"
	H264RateControlModeQvbr H264RateControlMode = "QVBR"
)

Enum values for H264RateControlMode

func (H264RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264RateControlMode) Values() []H264RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for H264RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264RepeatPps 

type H264RepeatPps string
const (
	H264RepeatPpsDisabled H264RepeatPps = "DISABLED"
	H264RepeatPpsEnabled  H264RepeatPps = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264RepeatPps

func (H264RepeatPps) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264RepeatPps) Values() []H264RepeatPps

Values returns all known values for H264RepeatPps. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264SaliencyAwareEncoding added in v1.58.0 

type H264SaliencyAwareEncoding string
const (
	H264SaliencyAwareEncodingDisabled  H264SaliencyAwareEncoding = "DISABLED"
	H264SaliencyAwareEncodingPreferred H264SaliencyAwareEncoding = "PREFERRED"
)

Enum values for H264SaliencyAwareEncoding

func (H264SaliencyAwareEncoding) Values added in v1.58.0 

func (H264SaliencyAwareEncoding) Values() []H264SaliencyAwareEncoding

Values returns all known values for H264SaliencyAwareEncoding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264ScanTypeConversionMode added in v1.2.0 

type H264ScanTypeConversionMode string
const (
	H264ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced         H264ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"
	H264ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize H264ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

Enum values for H264ScanTypeConversionMode

func (H264ScanTypeConversionMode) Values added in v1.2.0 

func (H264ScanTypeConversionMode) Values() []H264ScanTypeConversionMode

Values returns all known values for H264ScanTypeConversionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264SceneChangeDetect 

type H264SceneChangeDetect string
const (
	H264SceneChangeDetectDisabled            H264SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	H264SceneChangeDetectEnabled             H264SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
	H264SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection H264SceneChangeDetect = "TRANSITION_DETECTION"
)

Enum values for H264SceneChangeDetect

func (H264SceneChangeDetect) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264SceneChangeDetect) Values() []H264SceneChangeDetect

Values returns all known values for H264SceneChangeDetect. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264Settings 

type H264Settings struct {

	// Keep the default value, Auto, for this setting to have MediaConvert
	// automatically apply the best types of quantization for your video content. When
	// you want to apply your quantization settings manually, you must set
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other than Auto. Use this setting to specify
	// the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. If you don't
	// want MediaConvert to do any adaptive quantization in this transcode, set
	// Adaptive quantization to Off. Related settings: The value that you choose here
	// applies to the following settings: H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization,
	// H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization, and H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization.
	AdaptiveQuantization H264AdaptiveQuantization

	// The Bandwidth reduction filter increases the video quality of your output
	// relative to its bitrate. Use to lower the bitrate of your constant quality QVBR
	// output, with little or no perceptual decrease in quality. Or, use to increase
	// the video quality of outputs with other rate control modes relative to the
	// bitrate that you specify. Bandwidth reduction increases further when your input
	// is low quality or noisy. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing.
	// When you include Bandwidth reduction filter, you cannot include the Noise
	// reducer preprocessor.
	BandwidthReductionFilter *BandwidthReductionFilter

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR. For
	// MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate *int32

	// Specify an H.264 level that is consistent with your output video settings. If
	// you aren't sure what level to specify, choose Auto.
	CodecLevel H264CodecLevel

	// H.264 Profile. High 4:2:2 and 10-bit profiles are only available with the AVC-I
	// License.
	CodecProfile H264CodecProfile

	// Specify whether to allow the number of B-frames in your output GOP structure to
	// vary or not depending on your input video content. To improve the subjective
	// video quality of your output that has high-motion content: Leave blank or keep
	// the default value Adaptive. MediaConvert will use fewer B-frames for high-motion
	// video content than low-motion content. The maximum number of B- frames is
	// limited by the value that you choose for B-frames between reference frames. To
	// use the same number B-frames for all types of content: Choose Static.
	DynamicSubGop H264DynamicSubGop

	// Optionally include or suppress markers at the end of your output that signal
	// the end of the video stream. To include end of stream markers: Leave blank or
	// keep the default value, Include. To not include end of stream markers: Choose
	// Suppress. This is useful when your output will be inserted into another stream.
	EndOfStreamMarkers H264EndOfStreamMarkers

	// Entropy encoding mode. Use CABAC (must be in Main or High profile) or CAVLC.
	EntropyEncoding H264EntropyEncoding

	// The video encoding method for your MPEG-4 AVC output. Keep the default value,
	// PAFF, to have MediaConvert use PAFF encoding for interlaced outputs. Choose
	// Force field to disable PAFF encoding and create separate interlaced fields.
	// Choose MBAFF to disable PAFF and have MediaConvert use MBAFF encoding for
	// interlaced outputs.
	FieldEncoding H264FieldEncoding

	// Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job
	// specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization
	// for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other
	// than AUTO, the default value for H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization is Disabled.
	// Change this value to Enabled to reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a
	// visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some
	// macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the
	// I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks
	// slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. To manually enable or disable
	// H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive quantization to a value
	// other than AUTO.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization H264FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl H264FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to
	// 30 fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For
	// numerically complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This
	// results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts.
	// For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already
	// been converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do
	// motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method
	// frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and
	// incurs a significant add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video
	// resolution must be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm H264FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Specify whether to allow B-frames to be referenced by other frame types. To use
	// reference B-frames when your GOP structure has 1 or more B-frames: Leave blank
	// or keep the default value Enabled. We recommend that you choose Enabled to help
	// improve the video quality of your output relative to its bitrate. To not use
	// reference B-frames: Choose Disabled.
	GopBReference H264GopBReference

	// Specify the relative frequency of open to closed GOPs in this output. For
	// example, if you want to allow four open GOPs and then require a closed GOP, set
	// this value to 5. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose
	// this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. In the console,
	// do this by keeping the default empty value. If you do explicitly specify a
	// value, for segmented outputs, don't set this value to 0.
	GopClosedCadence *int32

	// Use this setting only when you set GOP mode control to Specified, frames or
	// Specified, seconds. Specify the GOP length using a whole number of frames or a
	// decimal value of seconds. MediaConvert will interpret this value as frames or
	// seconds depending on the value you choose for GOP mode control. If you want to
	// allow MediaConvert to automatically determine GOP size, leave GOP size blank and
	// set GOP mode control to Auto. If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF,
	// leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto in each output in your
	// output group.
	GopSize *float64

	// Specify how the transcoder determines GOP size for this output. We recommend
	// that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on
	// characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, choose
	// Auto and and leave GOP size blank. By default, if you don't specify GOP mode
	// control, MediaConvert will use automatic behavior. If your output group
	// specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, set GOP mode control to Auto and leave GOP size
	// blank in each output in your output group. To explicitly specify the GOP length,
	// choose Specified, frames or Specified, seconds and then provide the GOP length
	// in the related setting GOP size.
	GopSizeUnits H264GopSizeUnits

	// If your downstream systems have strict buffer requirements: Specify the minimum
	// percentage of the HRD buffer that's available at the end of each encoded video
	// segment. For the best video quality: Set to 0 or leave blank to automatically
	// determine the final buffer fill percentage.
	HrdBufferFinalFillPercentage *int32

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int32

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize *int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use
	// Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced with
	// the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow, default
	// bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs
	// that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the
	// course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the
	// source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as
	// the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top
	// field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
	InterlaceMode H264InterlaceMode

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate *int32

	// Specify the minimum number of frames allowed between two IDR-frames in your
	// output. This includes frames created at the start of a GOP or a scene change.
	// Use Min I-Interval to improve video compression by varying GOP size when two
	// IDR-frames would be created near each other. For example, if a regular
	// cadence-driven IDR-frame would fall within 5 frames of a scene-change IDR-frame,
	// and you set Min I-interval to 5, then the encoder would only write an IDR-frame
	// for the scene-change. In this way, one GOP is shortened or extended. If a
	// cadence-driven IDR-frame would be further than 5 frames from a scene-change
	// IDR-frame, then the encoder leaves all IDR-frames in place. To use an
	// automatically determined interval: We recommend that you keep this value blank.
	// This allows for MediaConvert to use an optimal setting according to the
	// characteristics of your input video, and results in better video compression. To
	// manually specify an interval: Enter a value from 1 to 30. Use when your
	// downstream systems have specific GOP size requirements. To disable GOP size
	// variance: Enter 0. MediaConvert will only create IDR-frames at the start of your
	// output's cadence-driven GOP. Use when your downstream systems require a regular
	// GOP size.
	MinIInterval *int32

	// Specify the number of B-frames between reference frames in this output. For the
	// best video quality: Leave blank. MediaConvert automatically determines the
	// number of B-frames to use based on the characteristics of your input video. To
	// manually specify the number of B-frames between reference frames: Enter an
	// integer from 0 to 7.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int32

	// Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested if
	// using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
	NumberReferenceFrames *int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your input
	// video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose any
	// value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you
	// must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl H264ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator *int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator *int32

	// The Quality tuning level you choose represents a trade-off between the encoding
	// speed of your job and the output video quality. For the fastest encoding speed
	// at the cost of video quality: Choose Single pass. For a good balance between
	// encoding speed and video quality: Leave blank or keep the default value Single
	// pass HQ. For the best video quality, at the cost of encoding speed: Choose Multi
	// pass HQ. MediaConvert performs an analysis pass on your input followed by an
	// encoding pass. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing.
	QualityTuningLevel H264QualityTuningLevel

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec.
	// Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.
	QvbrSettings *H264QvbrSettings

	// Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR),
	// constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).
	RateControlMode H264RateControlMode

	// Places a PPS header on each encoded picture, even if repeated.
	RepeatPps H264RepeatPps

	// Specify whether to apply Saliency aware encoding to your output. Use to improve
	// the perceptual video quality of your output by allocating more encoding bits to
	// the prominent or noticeable parts of your content. To apply saliency aware
	// encoding, when possible: We recommend that you choose Preferred. The effects of
	// Saliency aware encoding are best seen in lower bitrate outputs. When you choose
	// Preferred, note that Saliency aware encoding will only apply to outputs that are
	// 720p or higher in resolution. To not apply saliency aware encoding, prioritizing
	// encoding speed over perceptual video quality: Choose Disabled.
	SaliencyAwareEncoding H264SaliencyAwareEncoding

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of
	// your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing to create
	// a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from
	// the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default
	// value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With basic
	// interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then
	// interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your
	// output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing,
	// MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings:
	// To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to None or Soft. You can't
	// use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace
	// mode to a value other than Progressive.
	ScanTypeConversionMode H264ScanTypeConversionMode

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If
	// this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection for further video quality
	// improvement. For more information about QVBR, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
	SceneChangeDetect H264SceneChangeDetect

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the
	// number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices *int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25.
	SlowPal H264SlowPal

	// Ignore this setting unless you need to comply with a specification that
	// requires a specific value. If you don't have a specification requirement, we
	// recommend that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for
	// the setting Sharpness or by enabling a noise reducer filter. The Softness
	// setting specifies the quantization matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the
	// default value, 0, for flat quantization. Choose the value 1 or 16 to use the
	// default JVT softening quantization matricies from the H.264 specification.
	// Choose a value from 17 to 128 to use planar interpolation. Increasing values
	// from 17 to 128 result in increasing reduction of high-frequency data. The value
	// 128 results in the softest video.
	Softness *int32

	// Only use this setting when you change the default value, Auto, for the setting
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job
	// specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization
	// for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other
	// than AUTO, the default value for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled.
	// Keep this default value to adjust quantization within each frame based on
	// spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the
	// encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no
	// noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
	// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
	// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
	// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that
	// this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to
	// be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen
	// with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to set
	// H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization to Disabled. Related setting: When you enable
	// spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for Adaptive quantization depending
	// on your content. For homogeneous content, such as cartoons and video games, set
	// it to Low. For content with a wider variety of textures, set it to High or
	// Higher. To manually enable or disable H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization, you must
	// set Adaptive quantization to a value other than AUTO.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

	// Produces a bitstream compliant with SMPTE RP-2027.
	Syntax H264Syntax

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard or
	// soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine produces a 29.97i
	// output. Soft telecine produces an output with a 23.976 output that signals to
	// the video player device to do the conversion during play back. When you keep the
	// default value, None, MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97
	// without doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine H264Telecine

	// Only use this setting when you change the default value, AUTO, for the setting
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization. When you keep all defaults, excluding
	// H264AdaptiveQuantization and all other adaptive quantization from your JSON job
	// specification, MediaConvert automatically applies the best types of quantization
	// for your video content. When you set H264AdaptiveQuantization to a value other
	// than AUTO, the default value for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization is Enabled.
	// Keep this default value to adjust quantization within each frame based on
	// temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the
	// encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more
	// bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this
	// feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on
	// sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video
	// quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the
	// viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their
	// attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp
	// edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to set
	// H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization to Disabled. Related setting: When you enable
	// temporal quantization, adjust the strength of the filter with the setting
	// Adaptive quantization. To manually enable or disable
	// H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization, you must set Adaptive quantization to a value
	// other than AUTO.
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

	// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
	UnregisteredSeiTimecode H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value H_264.

type H264SlowPal 

type H264SlowPal string
const (
	H264SlowPalDisabled H264SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	H264SlowPalEnabled  H264SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264SlowPal

func (H264SlowPal) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264SlowPal) Values() []H264SlowPal

Values returns all known values for H264SlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization 

type H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H264SpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264Syntax 

type H264Syntax string
const (
	H264SyntaxDefault H264Syntax = "DEFAULT"
	H264SyntaxRp2027  H264Syntax = "RP2027"
)

Enum values for H264Syntax

func (H264Syntax) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264Syntax) Values() []H264Syntax

Values returns all known values for H264Syntax. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264Telecine 

type H264Telecine string
const (
	H264TelecineNone H264Telecine = "NONE"
	H264TelecineSoft H264Telecine = "SOFT"
	H264TelecineHard H264Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for H264Telecine

func (H264Telecine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264Telecine) Values() []H264Telecine

Values returns all known values for H264Telecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization 

type H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H264TemporalAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode 

type H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode string
const (
	H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "DISABLED"
	H264UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled  H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode

func (H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode) Values() []H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode

Values returns all known values for H264UnregisteredSeiTimecode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265AdaptiveQuantization 

type H265AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationOff    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationLow    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMedium H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationHigher H265AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationMax    H265AdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
	H265AdaptiveQuantizationAuto   H265AdaptiveQuantization = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for H265AdaptiveQuantization

func (H265AdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265AdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H265AdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H265AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei 

type H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei string
const (
	H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiDisabled H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei = "DISABLED"
	H265AlternateTransferFunctionSeiEnabled  H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei

func (H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei) Values() []H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei

Values returns all known values for H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265CodecLevel 

type H265CodecLevel string
const (
	H265CodecLevelAuto    H265CodecLevel = "AUTO"
	H265CodecLevelLevel1  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel2  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2"
	H265CodecLevelLevel21 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_2_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel3  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3"
	H265CodecLevelLevel31 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_3_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel4  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4"
	H265CodecLevelLevel41 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_4_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel5  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5"
	H265CodecLevelLevel51 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel52 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_5_2"
	H265CodecLevelLevel6  H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6"
	H265CodecLevelLevel61 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6_1"
	H265CodecLevelLevel62 H265CodecLevel = "LEVEL_6_2"
)

Enum values for H265CodecLevel

func (H265CodecLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265CodecLevel) Values() []H265CodecLevel

Values returns all known values for H265CodecLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265CodecProfile 

type H265CodecProfile string
const (
	H265CodecProfileMainMain         H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMainHigh         H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_HIGH"
	H265CodecProfileMain10Main       H265CodecProfile = "MAIN10_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMain10High       H265CodecProfile = "MAIN10_HIGH"
	H265CodecProfileMain4228bitMain  H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_8BIT_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMain4228bitHigh  H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_8BIT_HIGH"
	H265CodecProfileMain42210bitMain H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_10BIT_MAIN"
	H265CodecProfileMain42210bitHigh H265CodecProfile = "MAIN_422_10BIT_HIGH"
)

Enum values for H265CodecProfile

func (H265CodecProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265CodecProfile) Values() []H265CodecProfile

Values returns all known values for H265CodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265DynamicSubGop 

type H265DynamicSubGop string
const (
	H265DynamicSubGopAdaptive H265DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE"
	H265DynamicSubGopStatic   H265DynamicSubGop = "STATIC"
)

Enum values for H265DynamicSubGop

func (H265DynamicSubGop) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265DynamicSubGop) Values() []H265DynamicSubGop

Values returns all known values for H265DynamicSubGop. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265EndOfStreamMarkers added in v1.43.0 

type H265EndOfStreamMarkers string
const (
	H265EndOfStreamMarkersInclude  H265EndOfStreamMarkers = "INCLUDE"
	H265EndOfStreamMarkersSuppress H265EndOfStreamMarkers = "SUPPRESS"
)

Enum values for H265EndOfStreamMarkers

func (H265EndOfStreamMarkers) Values added in v1.43.0 

func (H265EndOfStreamMarkers) Values() []H265EndOfStreamMarkers

Values returns all known values for H265EndOfStreamMarkers. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization 

type H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

func (H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265FramerateControl 

type H265FramerateControl string
const (
	H265FramerateControlInitializeFromSource H265FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H265FramerateControlSpecified            H265FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H265FramerateControl

func (H265FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265FramerateControl) Values() []H265FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for H265FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	H265FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265GopBReference 

type H265GopBReference string
const (
	H265GopBReferenceDisabled H265GopBReference = "DISABLED"
	H265GopBReferenceEnabled  H265GopBReference = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265GopBReference

func (H265GopBReference) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265GopBReference) Values() []H265GopBReference

Values returns all known values for H265GopBReference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265GopSizeUnits 

type H265GopSizeUnits string
const (
	H265GopSizeUnitsFrames  H265GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	H265GopSizeUnitsSeconds H265GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
	H265GopSizeUnitsAuto    H265GopSizeUnits = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for H265GopSizeUnits

func (H265GopSizeUnits) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265GopSizeUnits) Values() []H265GopSizeUnits

Values returns all known values for H265GopSizeUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265InterlaceMode 

type H265InterlaceMode string
const (
	H265InterlaceModeProgressive       H265InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	H265InterlaceModeTopField          H265InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	H265InterlaceModeBottomField       H265InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	H265InterlaceModeFollowTopField    H265InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	H265InterlaceModeFollowBottomField H265InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for H265InterlaceMode

func (H265InterlaceMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265InterlaceMode) Values() []H265InterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for H265InterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265ParControl 

type H265ParControl string
const (
	H265ParControlInitializeFromSource H265ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	H265ParControlSpecified            H265ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for H265ParControl

func (H265ParControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265ParControl) Values() []H265ParControl

Values returns all known values for H265ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265QualityTuningLevel 

type H265QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePass   H265QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	H265QualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq H265QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"
	H265QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq  H265QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for H265QualityTuningLevel

func (H265QualityTuningLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265QualityTuningLevel) Values() []H265QualityTuningLevel

Values returns all known values for H265QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265QvbrSettings 

type H265QvbrSettings struct {

	// Use this setting only when Rate control mode is QVBR and Quality tuning level
	// is Multi-pass HQ. For Max average bitrate values suited to the complexity of
	// your input video, the service limits the average bitrate of the video part of
	// this output to the value that you choose. That is, the total size of the video
	// element is less than or equal to the value you set multiplied by the number of
	// seconds of encoded output.
	MaxAverageBitrate *int32

	// Use this setting only when you set Rate control mode to QVBR. Specify the
	// target quality level for this output. MediaConvert determines the right number
	// of bits to use for each part of the video to maintain the video quality that you
	// specify. When you keep the default value, AUTO, MediaConvert picks a quality
	// level for you, based on characteristics of your input video. If you prefer to
	// specify a quality level, specify a number from 1 through 10. Use higher numbers
	// for greater quality. Level 10 results in nearly lossless compression. The
	// quality level for most broadcast-quality transcodes is between 6 and 9.
	// Optionally, to specify a value between whole numbers, also provide a value for
	// the setting qvbrQualityLevelFineTune. For example, if you want your QVBR quality
	// level to be 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to
	// .33.
	QvbrQualityLevel *int32

	// Optional. Specify a value here to set the QVBR quality to a level that is
	// between whole numbers. For example, if you want your QVBR quality level to be
	// 7.33, set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and set qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .33.
	// MediaConvert rounds your QVBR quality level to the nearest third of a whole
	// number. For example, if you set qvbrQualityLevel to 7 and you set
	// qvbrQualityLevelFineTune to .25, your actual QVBR quality level is 7.33.
	QvbrQualityLevelFineTune *float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec. Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.

type H265RateControlMode 

type H265RateControlMode string
const (
	H265RateControlModeVbr  H265RateControlMode = "VBR"
	H265RateControlModeCbr  H265RateControlMode = "CBR"
	H265RateControlModeQvbr H265RateControlMode = "QVBR"
)

Enum values for H265RateControlMode

func (H265RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265RateControlMode) Values() []H265RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for H265RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode 

type H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode string
const (
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeDefault  H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "DEFAULT"
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeAdaptive H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "ADAPTIVE"
	H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterModeOff      H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode = "OFF"
)

Enum values for H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode

func (H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode) Values() []H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode

Values returns all known values for H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265ScanTypeConversionMode added in v1.2.0 

type H265ScanTypeConversionMode string
const (
	H265ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced         H265ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"
	H265ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize H265ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

Enum values for H265ScanTypeConversionMode

func (H265ScanTypeConversionMode) Values added in v1.2.0 

func (H265ScanTypeConversionMode) Values() []H265ScanTypeConversionMode

Values returns all known values for H265ScanTypeConversionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265SceneChangeDetect 

type H265SceneChangeDetect string
const (
	H265SceneChangeDetectDisabled            H265SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	H265SceneChangeDetectEnabled             H265SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
	H265SceneChangeDetectTransitionDetection H265SceneChangeDetect = "TRANSITION_DETECTION"
)

Enum values for H265SceneChangeDetect

func (H265SceneChangeDetect) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265SceneChangeDetect) Values() []H265SceneChangeDetect

Values returns all known values for H265SceneChangeDetect. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265Settings 

type H265Settings struct {

	// When you set Adaptive Quantization to Auto, or leave blank, MediaConvert
	// automatically applies quantization to improve the video quality of your output.
	// Set Adaptive Quantization to Low, Medium, High, Higher, or Max to manually
	// control the strength of the quantization filter. When you do, you can specify a
	// value for Spatial Adaptive Quantization, Temporal Adaptive Quantization, and
	// Flicker Adaptive Quantization, to further control the quantization filter. Set
	// Adaptive Quantization to Off to apply no quantization to your output.
	AdaptiveQuantization H265AdaptiveQuantization

	// Enables Alternate Transfer Function SEI message for outputs using Hybrid Log
	// Gamma (HLG) Electro-Optical Transfer Function (EOTF).
	AlternateTransferFunctionSei H265AlternateTransferFunctionSei

	// The Bandwidth reduction filter increases the video quality of your output
	// relative to its bitrate. Use to lower the bitrate of your constant quality QVBR
	// output, with little or no perceptual decrease in quality. Or, use to increase
	// the video quality of outputs with other rate control modes relative to the
	// bitrate that you specify. Bandwidth reduction increases further when your input
	// is low quality or noisy. Outputs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing.
	// When you include Bandwidth reduction filter, you cannot include the Noise
	// reducer preprocessor.
	BandwidthReductionFilter *BandwidthReductionFilter

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR. For
	// MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate *int32

	// H.265 Level.
	CodecLevel H265CodecLevel

	// Represents the Profile and Tier, per the HEVC (H.265) specification. Selections
	// are grouped as [Profile] / [Tier], so "Main/High" represents Main Profile with
	// High Tier. 4:2:2 profiles are only available with the HEVC 4:2:2 License.
	CodecProfile H265CodecProfile

	// Specify whether to allow the number of B-frames in your output GOP structure to
	// vary or not depending on your input video content. To improve the subjective
	// video quality of your output that has high-motion content: Leave blank or keep
	// the default value Adaptive. MediaConvert will use fewer B-frames for high-motion
	// video content than low-motion content. The maximum number of B- frames is
	// limited by the value that you choose for B-frames between reference frames. To
	// use the same number B-frames for all types of content: Choose Static.
	DynamicSubGop H265DynamicSubGop

	// Optionally include or suppress markers at the end of your output that signal
	// the end of the video stream. To include end of stream markers: Leave blank or
	// keep the default value, Include. To not include end of stream markers: Choose
	// Suppress. This is useful when your output will be inserted into another stream.
	EndOfStreamMarkers H265EndOfStreamMarkers

	// Enable this setting to have the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears
	// as a visual flicker that can arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some
	// macroblocks many times from frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the
	// I-frame. When you enable this setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks
	// slightly more often to smooth out the flicker. This setting is disabled by
	// default. Related setting: In addition to enabling this setting, you must also
	// set adaptiveQuantization to a value other than Off.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization H265FlickerAdaptiveQuantization

	// Use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you
	// want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If
	// you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list
	// or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal
	// approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a
	// fraction.
	FramerateControl H265FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to
	// 30 fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For
	// numerically complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This
	// results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts.
	// For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already
	// been converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do
	// motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method
	// frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and
	// incurs a significant add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video
	// resolution must be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm H265FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Specify whether to allow B-frames to be referenced by other frame types. To use
	// reference B-frames when your GOP structure has 1 or more B-frames: Leave blank
	// or keep the default value Enabled. We recommend that you choose Enabled to help
	// improve the video quality of your output relative to its bitrate. To not use
	// reference B-frames: Choose Disabled.
	GopBReference H265GopBReference

	// Specify the relative frequency of open to closed GOPs in this output. For
	// example, if you want to allow four open GOPs and then require a closed GOP, set
	// this value to 5. We recommend that you have the transcoder automatically choose
	// this value for you based on characteristics of your input video. To enable this
	// automatic behavior, do this by keeping the default empty value. If you do
	// explicitly specify a value, for segmented outputs, don't set this value to 0.
	GopClosedCadence *int32

	// Use this setting only when you set GOP mode control to Specified, frames or
	// Specified, seconds. Specify the GOP length using a whole number of frames or a
	// decimal value of seconds. MediaConvert will interpret this value as frames or
	// seconds depending on the value you choose for GOP mode control. If you want to
	// allow MediaConvert to automatically determine GOP size, leave GOP size blank and
	// set GOP mode control to Auto. If your output group specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF,
	// leave GOP size blank and set GOP mode control to Auto in each output in your
	// output group.
	GopSize *float64

	// Specify how the transcoder determines GOP size for this output. We recommend
	// that you have the transcoder automatically choose this value for you based on
	// characteristics of your input video. To enable this automatic behavior, choose
	// Auto and and leave GOP size blank. By default, if you don't specify GOP mode
	// control, MediaConvert will use automatic behavior. If your output group
	// specifies HLS, DASH, or CMAF, set GOP mode control to Auto and leave GOP size
	// blank in each output in your output group. To explicitly specify the GOP length,
	// choose Specified, frames or Specified, seconds and then provide the GOP length
	// in the related setting GOP size.
	GopSizeUnits H265GopSizeUnits

	// If your downstream systems have strict buffer requirements: Specify the minimum
	// percentage of the HRD buffer that's available at the end of each encoded video
	// segment. For the best video quality: Set to 0 or leave blank to automatically
	// determine the final buffer fill percentage.
	HrdBufferFinalFillPercentage *int32

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int32

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize *int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use
	// Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced with
	// the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow, default
	// bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs
	// that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the
	// course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the
	// source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as
	// the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top
	// field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
	InterlaceMode H265InterlaceMode

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000. Required when Rate control mode is QVBR.
	MaxBitrate *int32

	// Specify the minimum number of frames allowed between two IDR-frames in your
	// output. This includes frames created at the start of a GOP or a scene change.
	// Use Min I-Interval to improve video compression by varying GOP size when two
	// IDR-frames would be created near each other. For example, if a regular
	// cadence-driven IDR-frame would fall within 5 frames of a scene-change IDR-frame,
	// and you set Min I-interval to 5, then the encoder would only write an IDR-frame
	// for the scene-change. In this way, one GOP is shortened or extended. If a
	// cadence-driven IDR-frame would be further than 5 frames from a scene-change
	// IDR-frame, then the encoder leaves all IDR-frames in place. To use an
	// automatically determined interval: We recommend that you keep this value blank.
	// This allows for MediaConvert to use an optimal setting according to the
	// characteristics of your input video, and results in better video compression. To
	// manually specify an interval: Enter a value from 1 to 30. Use when your
	// downstream systems have specific GOP size requirements. To disable GOP size
	// variance: Enter 0. MediaConvert will only create IDR-frames at the start of your
	// output's cadence-driven GOP. Use when your downstream systems require a regular
	// GOP size.
	MinIInterval *int32

	// Specify the number of B-frames between reference frames in this output. For the
	// best video quality: Leave blank. MediaConvert automatically determines the
	// number of B-frames to use based on the characteristics of your input video. To
	// manually specify the number of B-frames between reference frames: Enter an
	// integer from 0 to 7.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int32

	// Number of reference frames to use. The encoder may use more than requested if
	// using B-frames and/or interlaced encoding.
	NumberReferenceFrames *int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your input
	// video for your output. To specify a different PAR, choose any value other than
	// Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify
	// values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl H265ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator *int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator *int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
	// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
	// single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel H265QualityTuningLevel

	// Settings for quality-defined variable bitrate encoding with the H.265 codec.
	// Use these settings only when you set QVBR for Rate control mode.
	QvbrSettings *H265QvbrSettings

	// Use this setting to specify whether this output has a variable bitrate (VBR),
	// constant bitrate (CBR) or quality-defined variable bitrate (QVBR).
	RateControlMode H265RateControlMode

	// Specify Sample Adaptive Offset (SAO) filter strength. Adaptive mode dynamically
	// selects best strength based on content
	SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode H265SampleAdaptiveOffsetFilterMode

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of
	// your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing to create
	// a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from
	// the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default
	// value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With basic
	// interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then
	// interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your
	// output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing,
	// MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings:
	// To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to None or Soft. You can't
	// use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace
	// mode to a value other than Progressive.
	ScanTypeConversionMode H265ScanTypeConversionMode

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default. If
	// this output uses QVBR, choose Transition detection for further video quality
	// improvement. For more information about QVBR, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/cbr-vbr-qvbr.
	SceneChangeDetect H265SceneChangeDetect

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the
	// number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices *int32

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25.
	SlowPal H265SlowPal

	// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based
	// on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the
	// encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no
	// noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
	// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
	// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
	// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that
	// this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to
	// be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen
	// with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this feature. Related
	// setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for
	// Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such
	// as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of
	// textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

	// This field applies only if the Streams > Advanced > Framerate field is set to
	// 29.970. This field works with the Streams > Advanced > Preprocessors >
	// Deinterlacer field and the Streams > Advanced > Interlaced Mode field to
	// identify the scan type for the output: Progressive, Interlaced, Hard Telecine or
	// Soft Telecine. - Hard: produces 29.97i output from 23.976 input. - Soft:
	// produces 23.976; the player converts this output to 29.97i.
	Telecine H265Telecine

	// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based
	// on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the
	// encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more
	// bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this
	// feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on
	// sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video
	// quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the
	// viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their
	// attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp
	// edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to disable this feature.
	// Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization, adjust the strength of
	// the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization.
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

	// Enables temporal layer identifiers in the encoded bitstream. Up to 3 layers are
	// supported depending on GOP structure: I- and P-frames form one layer, reference
	// B-frames can form a second layer and non-reference b-frames can form a third
	// layer. Decoders can optionally decode only the lower temporal layers to generate
	// a lower frame rate output. For example, given a bitstream with temporal IDs and
	// with b-frames = 1 (i.e. IbPbPb display order), a decoder could decode all the
	// frames for full frame rate output or only the I and P frames (lowest temporal
	// layer) for a half frame rate output.
	TemporalIds H265TemporalIds

	// Enable use of tiles, allowing horizontal as well as vertical subdivision of the
	// encoded pictures.
	Tiles H265Tiles

	// Inserts timecode for each frame as 4 bytes of an unregistered SEI message.
	UnregisteredSeiTimecode H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode

	// If the location of parameter set NAL units doesn't matter in your workflow,
	// ignore this setting. Use this setting only with CMAF or DASH outputs, or with
	// standalone file outputs in an MPEG-4 container (MP4 outputs). Choose HVC1 to
	// mark your output as HVC1. This makes your output compliant with the following
	// specification: ISO IECJTC1 SC29 N13798 Text ISO/IEC FDIS 14496-15 3rd Edition.
	// For these outputs, the service stores parameter set NAL units in the sample
	// headers but not in the samples directly. For MP4 outputs, when you choose HVC1,
	// your output video might not work properly with some downstream systems and video
	// players. The service defaults to marking your output as HEV1. For these outputs,
	// the service writes parameter set NAL units directly into the samples.
	WriteMp4PackagingType H265WriteMp4PackagingType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for H265 codec

type H265SlowPal 

type H265SlowPal string
const (
	H265SlowPalDisabled H265SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	H265SlowPalEnabled  H265SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265SlowPal

func (H265SlowPal) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265SlowPal) Values() []H265SlowPal

Values returns all known values for H265SlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization 

type H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H265SpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265Telecine 

type H265Telecine string
const (
	H265TelecineNone H265Telecine = "NONE"
	H265TelecineSoft H265Telecine = "SOFT"
	H265TelecineHard H265Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for H265Telecine

func (H265Telecine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265Telecine) Values() []H265Telecine

Values returns all known values for H265Telecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization 

type H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for H265TemporalAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265TemporalIds 

type H265TemporalIds string
const (
	H265TemporalIdsDisabled H265TemporalIds = "DISABLED"
	H265TemporalIdsEnabled  H265TemporalIds = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265TemporalIds

func (H265TemporalIds) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265TemporalIds) Values() []H265TemporalIds

Values returns all known values for H265TemporalIds. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265Tiles 

type H265Tiles string
const (
	H265TilesDisabled H265Tiles = "DISABLED"
	H265TilesEnabled  H265Tiles = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265Tiles

func (H265Tiles) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265Tiles) Values() []H265Tiles

Values returns all known values for H265Tiles. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode 

type H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode string
const (
	H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeDisabled H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "DISABLED"
	H265UnregisteredSeiTimecodeEnabled  H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode

func (H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode) Values() []H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode

Values returns all known values for H265UnregisteredSeiTimecode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type H265WriteMp4PackagingType 

type H265WriteMp4PackagingType string
const (
	H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHvc1 H265WriteMp4PackagingType = "HVC1"
	H265WriteMp4PackagingTypeHev1 H265WriteMp4PackagingType = "HEV1"
)

Enum values for H265WriteMp4PackagingType

func (H265WriteMp4PackagingType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (H265WriteMp4PackagingType) Values() []H265WriteMp4PackagingType

Values returns all known values for H265WriteMp4PackagingType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HDRToSDRToneMapper added in v1.32.0 

type HDRToSDRToneMapper string
const (
	HDRToSDRToneMapperPreserveDetails HDRToSDRToneMapper = "PRESERVE_DETAILS"
	HDRToSDRToneMapperVibrant         HDRToSDRToneMapper = "VIBRANT"
)

Enum values for HDRToSDRToneMapper

func (HDRToSDRToneMapper) Values added in v1.32.0 

func (HDRToSDRToneMapper) Values() []HDRToSDRToneMapper

Values returns all known values for HDRToSDRToneMapper. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Hdr10Metadata 

type Hdr10Metadata struct {

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	BluePrimaryX *int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	BluePrimaryY *int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	GreenPrimaryX *int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	GreenPrimaryY *int32

	// Maximum light level among all samples in the coded video sequence, in units of
	// candelas per square meter. This setting doesn't have a default value; you must
	// specify a value that is suitable for the content.
	MaxContentLightLevel *int32

	// Maximum average light level of any frame in the coded video sequence, in units
	// of candelas per square meter. This setting doesn't have a default value; you
	// must specify a value that is suitable for the content.
	MaxFrameAverageLightLevel *int32

	// Nominal maximum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas per
	// square meter.
	MaxLuminance *int32

	// Nominal minimum mastering display luminance in units of of 0.0001 candelas per
	// square meter
	MinLuminance *int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	RedPrimaryX *int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	RedPrimaryY *int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	WhitePointX *int32

	// HDR Master Display Information must be provided by a color grader, using color
	// grading tools. Range is 0 to 50,000, each increment represents 0.00002 in
	// CIE1931 color coordinate. Note that this setting is not for color correction.
	WhitePointY *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings to specify static color calibration metadata, as defined by SMPTE ST 2086. These values don't affect the pixel values that are encoded in the video stream. They are intended to help the downstream video player display content in a way that reflects the intentions of the the content creator.

type Hdr10Plus added in v1.7.0 

type Hdr10Plus struct {

	// Specify the HDR10+ mastering display normalized peak luminance, in nits. This
	// is the normalized actual peak luminance of the mastering display, as defined by
	// ST 2094-40.
	MasteringMonitorNits *int32

	// Specify the HDR10+ target display nominal peak luminance, in nits. This is the
	// nominal maximum luminance of the target display as defined by ST 2094-40.
	TargetMonitorNits *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Setting for HDR10+ metadata insertion

type HlsAdMarkers 

type HlsAdMarkers string
const (
	HlsAdMarkersElemental       HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL"
	HlsAdMarkersElementalScte35 HlsAdMarkers = "ELEMENTAL_SCTE35"
)

Enum values for HlsAdMarkers

func (HlsAdMarkers) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsAdMarkers) Values() []HlsAdMarkers

Values returns all known values for HlsAdMarkers. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsAdditionalManifest 

type HlsAdditionalManifest struct {

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to
	// make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output
	// group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your HLS group is
	// film-name.m3u8. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the file name
	// the service generates for this top-level manifest is film-name-no-premium.m3u8.
	// For HLS output groups, specify a manifestNameModifier that is different from the
	// nameModifier of the output. The service uses the output name modifier to create
	// unique names for the individual variant manifests.
	ManifestNameModifier *string

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to
	// reference.
	SelectedOutputs []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the details for each additional HLS manifest that you want the service to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.

type HlsAudioOnlyContainer 

type HlsAudioOnlyContainer string
const (
	HlsAudioOnlyContainerAutomatic HlsAudioOnlyContainer = "AUTOMATIC"
	HlsAudioOnlyContainerM2ts      HlsAudioOnlyContainer = "M2TS"
)

Enum values for HlsAudioOnlyContainer

func (HlsAudioOnlyContainer) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsAudioOnlyContainer) Values() []HlsAudioOnlyContainer

Values returns all known values for HlsAudioOnlyContainer. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsAudioOnlyHeader added in v0.29.0 

type HlsAudioOnlyHeader string
const (
	HlsAudioOnlyHeaderInclude HlsAudioOnlyHeader = "INCLUDE"
	HlsAudioOnlyHeaderExclude HlsAudioOnlyHeader = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsAudioOnlyHeader

func (HlsAudioOnlyHeader) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsAudioOnlyHeader) Values() []HlsAudioOnlyHeader

Values returns all known values for HlsAudioOnlyHeader. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsAudioTrackType 

type HlsAudioTrackType string
const (
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelectDefault HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT_DEFAULT"
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioAutoSelect        HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_AUTO_SELECT"
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAlternateAudioNotAutoSelect     HlsAudioTrackType = "ALTERNATE_AUDIO_NOT_AUTO_SELECT"
	HlsAudioTrackTypeAudioOnlyVariantStream          HlsAudioTrackType = "AUDIO_ONLY_VARIANT_STREAM"
)

Enum values for HlsAudioTrackType

func (HlsAudioTrackType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsAudioTrackType) Values() []HlsAudioTrackType

Values returns all known values for HlsAudioTrackType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping 

type HlsCaptionLanguageMapping struct {

	// Caption channel.
	CaptionChannel *int32

	// Specify the language for this captions channel, using the ISO 639-2 or ISO
	// 639-3 three-letter language code
	CustomLanguageCode *string

	// Specify the language, using the ISO 639-2 three-letter code listed at
	// https://www.loc.gov/standards/iso639-2/php/code_list.php.
	LanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Caption language description.
	LanguageDescription *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Caption Language Mapping

type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting 

type HlsCaptionLanguageSetting string
const (
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingInsert HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "INSERT"
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingOmit   HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "OMIT"
	HlsCaptionLanguageSettingNone   HlsCaptionLanguageSetting = "NONE"
)

Enum values for HlsCaptionLanguageSetting

func (HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsCaptionLanguageSetting) Values() []HlsCaptionLanguageSetting

Values returns all known values for HlsCaptionLanguageSetting. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl added in v1.21.1 

type HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl string
const (
	HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControlLargeSegments HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl = "LARGE_SEGMENTS"
	HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControlMatchVideo    HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl = "MATCH_VIDEO"
)

Enum values for HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl

func (HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl) Values added in v1.21.1 

func (HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl) Values() []HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl

Values returns all known values for HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsClientCache 

type HlsClientCache string
const (
	HlsClientCacheDisabled HlsClientCache = "DISABLED"
	HlsClientCacheEnabled  HlsClientCache = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for HlsClientCache

func (HlsClientCache) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsClientCache) Values() []HlsClientCache

Values returns all known values for HlsClientCache. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsCodecSpecification 

type HlsCodecSpecification string
const (
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc6381 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_6381"
	HlsCodecSpecificationRfc4281 HlsCodecSpecification = "RFC_4281"
)

Enum values for HlsCodecSpecification

func (HlsCodecSpecification) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsCodecSpecification) Values() []HlsCodecSpecification

Values returns all known values for HlsCodecSpecification. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag added in v1.3.0 

type HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag string
const (
	HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagDontFlag HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag = "DONT_FLAG"
	HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlagFlag     HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag = "FLAG"
)

Enum values for HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag

func (HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag) Values added in v1.3.0 

func (HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag) Values() []HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag

Values returns all known values for HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsDirectoryStructure 

type HlsDirectoryStructure string
const (
	HlsDirectoryStructureSingleDirectory       HlsDirectoryStructure = "SINGLE_DIRECTORY"
	HlsDirectoryStructureSubdirectoryPerStream HlsDirectoryStructure = "SUBDIRECTORY_PER_STREAM"
)

Enum values for HlsDirectoryStructure

func (HlsDirectoryStructure) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsDirectoryStructure) Values() []HlsDirectoryStructure

Values returns all known values for HlsDirectoryStructure. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsEncryptionSettings 

type HlsEncryptionSettings struct {

	// This is a 128-bit, 16-byte hex value represented by a 32-character text string.
	// If this parameter is not set then the Initialization Vector will follow the
	// segment number by default.
	ConstantInitializationVector *string

	// Encrypts the segments with the given encryption scheme. Leave blank to disable.
	// Selecting 'Disabled' in the web interface also disables encryption.
	EncryptionMethod HlsEncryptionType

	// The Initialization Vector is a 128-bit number used in conjunction with the key
	// for encrypting blocks. If set to INCLUDE, Initialization Vector is listed in the
	// manifest. Otherwise Initialization Vector is not in the manifest.
	InitializationVectorInManifest HlsInitializationVectorInManifest

	// Enable this setting to insert the EXT-X-SESSION-KEY element into the master
	// playlist. This allows for offline Apple HLS FairPlay content protection.
	OfflineEncrypted HlsOfflineEncrypted

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider

	// Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.
	StaticKeyProvider *StaticKeyProvider

	// Specify whether your DRM encryption key is static or from a key provider that
	// follows the SPEKE standard. For more information about SPEKE, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/what-is-speke.html.
	Type HlsKeyProviderType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for HLS encryption

type HlsEncryptionType 

type HlsEncryptionType string
const (
	HlsEncryptionTypeAes128    HlsEncryptionType = "AES128"
	HlsEncryptionTypeSampleAes HlsEncryptionType = "SAMPLE_AES"
)

Enum values for HlsEncryptionType

func (HlsEncryptionType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsEncryptionType) Values() []HlsEncryptionType

Values returns all known values for HlsEncryptionType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsGroupSettings 

type HlsGroupSettings struct {

	// Choose one or more ad marker types to decorate your Apple HLS manifest. This
	// setting does not determine whether SCTE-35 markers appear in the outputs
	// themselves.
	AdMarkers []HlsAdMarkers

	// By default, the service creates one top-level .m3u8 HLS manifest for each HLS
	// output group in your job. This default manifest references every output in the
	// output group. To create additional top-level manifests that reference a subset
	// of the outputs in the output group, specify a list of them here.
	AdditionalManifests []HlsAdditionalManifest

	// Ignore this setting unless you are using FairPlay DRM with Verimatrix and you
	// encounter playback issues. Keep the default value, Include, to output audio-only
	// headers. Choose Exclude to remove the audio-only headers from your audio
	// segments.
	AudioOnlyHeader HlsAudioOnlyHeader

	// A partial URI prefix that will be prepended to each output in the media .m3u8
	// file. Can be used if base manifest is delivered from a different URL than the
	// main .m3u8 file.
	BaseUrl *string

	// Language to be used on Caption outputs
	CaptionLanguageMappings []HlsCaptionLanguageMapping

	// Applies only to 608 Embedded output captions. Insert: Include CLOSED-CAPTIONS
	// lines in the manifest. Specify at least one language in the CC1 Language Code
	// field. One CLOSED-CAPTION line is added for each Language Code you specify. Make
	// sure to specify the languages in the order in which they appear in the original
	// source (if the source is embedded format) or the order of the caption selectors
	// (if the source is other than embedded). Otherwise, languages in the manifest
	// will not match up properly with the output captions. None: Include
	// CLOSED-CAPTIONS=NONE line in the manifest. Omit: Omit any CLOSED-CAPTIONS line
	// from the manifest.
	CaptionLanguageSetting HlsCaptionLanguageSetting

	// Set Caption segment length control to Match video to create caption segments
	// that align with the video segments from the first video output in this output
	// group. For example, if the video segments are 2 seconds long, your WebVTT
	// segments will also be 2 seconds long. Keep the default setting, Large segments
	// to create caption segments that are 300 seconds long.
	CaptionSegmentLengthControl HlsCaptionSegmentLengthControl

	// Disable this setting only when your workflow requires the #EXT-X-ALLOW-CACHE:no
	// tag. Otherwise, keep the default value Enabled and control caching in your video
	// distribution set up. For example, use the Cache-Control http header.
	ClientCache HlsClientCache

	// Specification to use (RFC-6381 or the default RFC-4281) during m3u8 playlist
	// generation.
	CodecSpecification HlsCodecSpecification

	// Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base.
	// Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename
	// in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has
	// multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings

	// Indicates whether segments should be placed in subdirectories.
	DirectoryStructure HlsDirectoryStructure

	// DRM settings.
	Encryption *HlsEncryptionSettings

	// Specify whether MediaConvert generates images for trick play. Keep the default
	// value, None, to not generate any images. Choose Thumbnail to generate tiled
	// thumbnails. Choose Thumbnail and full frame to generate tiled thumbnails and
	// full-resolution images of single frames. MediaConvert creates a child manifest
	// for each set of images that you generate and adds corresponding entries to the
	// parent manifest. A common application for these images is Roku trick mode. The
	// thumbnails and full-frame images that MediaConvert creates with this feature are
	// compatible with this Roku specification:
	// https://developer.roku.com/docs/developer-program/media-playback/trick-mode/hls-and-dash.md
	ImageBasedTrickPlay HlsImageBasedTrickPlay

	// Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED
	ImageBasedTrickPlaySettings *HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings

	// When set to GZIP, compresses HLS playlist.
	ManifestCompression HlsManifestCompression

	// Indicates whether the output manifest should use floating point values for
	// segment duration.
	ManifestDurationFormat HlsManifestDurationFormat

	// Keep this setting at the default value of 0, unless you are troubleshooting a
	// problem with how devices play back the end of your video asset. If you know that
	// player devices are hanging on the final segment of your video because the length
	// of your final segment is too short, use this setting to specify a minimum final
	// segment length, in seconds. Choose a value that is greater than or equal to 1
	// and less than your segment length. When you specify a value for this setting,
	// the encoder will combine any final segment that is shorter than the length that
	// you specify with the previous segment. For example, your segment length is 3
	// seconds and your final segment is .5 seconds without a minimum final segment
	// length; when you set the minimum final segment length to 1, your final segment
	// is 3.5 seconds.
	MinFinalSegmentLength *float64

	// When set, Minimum Segment Size is enforced by looking ahead and back within the
	// specified range for a nearby avail and extending the segment size if needed.
	MinSegmentLength *int32

	// Indicates whether the .m3u8 manifest file should be generated for this HLS
	// output group.
	OutputSelection HlsOutputSelection

	// Includes or excludes EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME tag in .m3u8 manifest files. The
	// value is calculated as follows: either the program date and time are initialized
	// using the input timecode source, or the time is initialized using the input
	// timecode source and the date is initialized using the timestamp_offset.
	ProgramDateTime HlsProgramDateTime

	// Period of insertion of EXT-X-PROGRAM-DATE-TIME entry, in seconds.
	ProgramDateTimePeriod *int32

	// Specify whether MediaConvert generates HLS manifests while your job is running
	// or when your job is complete. To generate HLS manifests while your job is
	// running: Choose Enabled. Use if you want to play back your content as soon as
	// it's available. MediaConvert writes the parent and child manifests after the
	// first three media segments are written to your destination S3 bucket. It then
	// writes new updated manifests after each additional segment is written. The
	// parent manifest includes the latest BANDWIDTH and AVERAGE-BANDWIDTH attributes,
	// and child manifests include the latest available media segment. When your job
	// completes, the final child playlists include an EXT-X-ENDLIST tag. To generate
	// HLS manifests only when your job completes: Choose Disabled.
	ProgressiveWriteHlsManifest HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest

	// When set to SINGLE_FILE, emits program as a single media resource (.ts) file,
	// uses #EXT-X-BYTERANGE tags to index segment for playback.
	SegmentControl HlsSegmentControl

	// Specify the length, in whole seconds, of each segment. When you don't specify a
	// value, MediaConvert defaults to 10. Related settings: Use Segment length control
	// to specify whether the encoder enforces this value strictly. Use Segment control
	// to specify whether MediaConvert creates separate segment files or one content
	// file that has metadata to mark the segment boundaries.
	SegmentLength *int32

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the segment length. Choose Exact
	// to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting
	// Segment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP to
	// have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
	SegmentLengthControl HlsSegmentLengthControl

	// Specify the number of segments to write to a subdirectory before starting a new
	// one. You must also set Directory structure to Subdirectory per stream for this
	// setting to have an effect.
	SegmentsPerSubdirectory *int32

	// Include or exclude RESOLUTION attribute for video in EXT-X-STREAM-INF tag of
	// variant manifest.
	StreamInfResolution HlsStreamInfResolution

	// When set to LEGACY, the segment target duration is always rounded up to the
	// nearest integer value above its current value in seconds. When set to
	// SPEC\_COMPLIANT, the segment target duration is rounded up to the nearest
	// integer value if fraction seconds are greater than or equal to 0.5 (>= 0.5) and
	// rounded down if less than 0.5 (< 0.5). You may need to use LEGACY if your client
	// needs to ensure that the target duration is always longer than the actual
	// duration of the segment. Some older players may experience interrupted playback
	// when the actual duration of a track in a segment is longer than the target
	// duration.
	TargetDurationCompatibilityMode HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode

	// Specify the type of the ID3 frame to use for ID3 timestamps in your output. To
	// include ID3 timestamps: Specify PRIV or TDRL and set ID3 metadata to
	// Passthrough. To exclude ID3 timestamps: Set ID3 timestamp frame type to None.
	TimedMetadataId3Frame HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame

	// Specify the interval in seconds to write ID3 timestamps in your output. The
	// first timestamp starts at the output timecode and date, and increases
	// incrementally with each ID3 timestamp. To use the default interval of 10
	// seconds: Leave blank. To include this metadata in your output: Set ID3 timestamp
	// frame type to PRIV or TDRL, and set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataId3Period *int32

	// Provides an extra millisecond delta offset to fine tune the timestamps.
	TimestampDeltaMilliseconds *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to your HLS output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.

type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest 

type HlsIFrameOnlyManifest string
const (
	HlsIFrameOnlyManifestInclude HlsIFrameOnlyManifest = "INCLUDE"
	HlsIFrameOnlyManifestExclude HlsIFrameOnlyManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsIFrameOnlyManifest

func (HlsIFrameOnlyManifest) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsIFrameOnlyManifest) Values() []HlsIFrameOnlyManifest

Values returns all known values for HlsIFrameOnlyManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsImageBasedTrickPlay added in v1.7.0 

type HlsImageBasedTrickPlay string
const (
	HlsImageBasedTrickPlayNone                  HlsImageBasedTrickPlay = "NONE"
	HlsImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnail             HlsImageBasedTrickPlay = "THUMBNAIL"
	HlsImageBasedTrickPlayThumbnailAndFullframe HlsImageBasedTrickPlay = "THUMBNAIL_AND_FULLFRAME"
	HlsImageBasedTrickPlayAdvanced              HlsImageBasedTrickPlay = "ADVANCED"
)

Enum values for HlsImageBasedTrickPlay

func (HlsImageBasedTrickPlay) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (HlsImageBasedTrickPlay) Values() []HlsImageBasedTrickPlay

Values returns all known values for HlsImageBasedTrickPlay. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings added in v1.11.0 

type HlsImageBasedTrickPlaySettings struct {

	// The cadence MediaConvert follows for generating thumbnails. If set to
	// FOLLOW_IFRAME, MediaConvert generates thumbnails for each IDR frame in the
	// output (matching the GOP cadence). If set to FOLLOW_CUSTOM, MediaConvert
	// generates thumbnails according to the interval you specify in thumbnailInterval.
	IntervalCadence HlsIntervalCadence

	// Height of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Leave blank to
	// maintain aspect ratio with thumbnail width. If following the aspect ratio would
	// lead to a total tile height greater than 4096, then the job will be rejected.
	// Must be divisible by 2.
	ThumbnailHeight *int32

	// Enter the interval, in seconds, that MediaConvert uses to generate thumbnails.
	// If the interval you enter doesn't align with the output frame rate, MediaConvert
	// automatically rounds the interval to align with the output frame rate. For
	// example, if the output frame rate is 29.97 frames per second and you enter 5,
	// MediaConvert uses a 150 frame interval to generate thumbnails.
	ThumbnailInterval *float64

	// Width of each thumbnail within each tile image, in pixels. Default is 312. Must
	// be divisible by 8.
	ThumbnailWidth *int32

	// Number of thumbnails in each column of a tile image. Set a value between 2 and
	// 2048. Must be divisible by 2.
	TileHeight *int32

	// Number of thumbnails in each row of a tile image. Set a value between 1 and 512.
	TileWidth *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Tile and thumbnail settings applicable when imageBasedTrickPlay is ADVANCED

type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest 

type HlsInitializationVectorInManifest string
const (
	HlsInitializationVectorInManifestInclude HlsInitializationVectorInManifest = "INCLUDE"
	HlsInitializationVectorInManifestExclude HlsInitializationVectorInManifest = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsInitializationVectorInManifest

func (HlsInitializationVectorInManifest) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsInitializationVectorInManifest) Values() []HlsInitializationVectorInManifest

Values returns all known values for HlsInitializationVectorInManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsIntervalCadence added in v1.11.0 

type HlsIntervalCadence string
const (
	HlsIntervalCadenceFollowIframe HlsIntervalCadence = "FOLLOW_IFRAME"
	HlsIntervalCadenceFollowCustom HlsIntervalCadence = "FOLLOW_CUSTOM"
)

Enum values for HlsIntervalCadence

func (HlsIntervalCadence) Values added in v1.11.0 

func (HlsIntervalCadence) Values() []HlsIntervalCadence

Values returns all known values for HlsIntervalCadence. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsKeyProviderType 

type HlsKeyProviderType string
const (
	HlsKeyProviderTypeSpeke     HlsKeyProviderType = "SPEKE"
	HlsKeyProviderTypeStaticKey HlsKeyProviderType = "STATIC_KEY"
)

Enum values for HlsKeyProviderType

func (HlsKeyProviderType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsKeyProviderType) Values() []HlsKeyProviderType

Values returns all known values for HlsKeyProviderType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsManifestCompression 

type HlsManifestCompression string
const (
	HlsManifestCompressionGzip HlsManifestCompression = "GZIP"
	HlsManifestCompressionNone HlsManifestCompression = "NONE"
)

Enum values for HlsManifestCompression

func (HlsManifestCompression) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsManifestCompression) Values() []HlsManifestCompression

Values returns all known values for HlsManifestCompression. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsManifestDurationFormat 

type HlsManifestDurationFormat string
const (
	HlsManifestDurationFormatFloatingPoint HlsManifestDurationFormat = "FLOATING_POINT"
	HlsManifestDurationFormatInteger       HlsManifestDurationFormat = "INTEGER"
)

Enum values for HlsManifestDurationFormat

func (HlsManifestDurationFormat) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsManifestDurationFormat) Values() []HlsManifestDurationFormat

Values returns all known values for HlsManifestDurationFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsOfflineEncrypted 

type HlsOfflineEncrypted string
const (
	HlsOfflineEncryptedEnabled  HlsOfflineEncrypted = "ENABLED"
	HlsOfflineEncryptedDisabled HlsOfflineEncrypted = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for HlsOfflineEncrypted

func (HlsOfflineEncrypted) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsOfflineEncrypted) Values() []HlsOfflineEncrypted

Values returns all known values for HlsOfflineEncrypted. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsOutputSelection 

type HlsOutputSelection string
const (
	HlsOutputSelectionManifestsAndSegments HlsOutputSelection = "MANIFESTS_AND_SEGMENTS"
	HlsOutputSelectionSegmentsOnly         HlsOutputSelection = "SEGMENTS_ONLY"
)

Enum values for HlsOutputSelection

func (HlsOutputSelection) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsOutputSelection) Values() []HlsOutputSelection

Values returns all known values for HlsOutputSelection. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsProgramDateTime 

type HlsProgramDateTime string
const (
	HlsProgramDateTimeInclude HlsProgramDateTime = "INCLUDE"
	HlsProgramDateTimeExclude HlsProgramDateTime = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsProgramDateTime

func (HlsProgramDateTime) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsProgramDateTime) Values() []HlsProgramDateTime

Values returns all known values for HlsProgramDateTime. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest added in v1.38.0 

type HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest string
const (
	HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifestEnabled  HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest = "ENABLED"
	HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifestDisabled HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest

func (HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest) Values added in v1.38.0 

func (HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest) Values() []HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest

Values returns all known values for HlsProgressiveWriteHlsManifest. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsRenditionGroupSettings added in v1.7.0 

type HlsRenditionGroupSettings struct {

	// Optional. Specify alternative group ID
	RenditionGroupId *string

	// Optional. Specify ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3 code in the language property
	RenditionLanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Optional. Specify media name
	RenditionName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to audio sources in an HLS alternate rendition group. Specify the properties (renditionGroupId, renditionName or renditionLanguageCode) to identify the unique audio track among the alternative rendition groups present in the HLS manifest. If no unique track is found, or multiple tracks match the properties provided, the job fails. If no properties in hlsRenditionGroupSettings are specified, the default audio track within the video segment is chosen. If there is no audio within video segment, the alternative audio with DEFAULT=YES is chosen instead.

type HlsSegmentControl 

type HlsSegmentControl string
const (
	HlsSegmentControlSingleFile     HlsSegmentControl = "SINGLE_FILE"
	HlsSegmentControlSegmentedFiles HlsSegmentControl = "SEGMENTED_FILES"
)

Enum values for HlsSegmentControl

func (HlsSegmentControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsSegmentControl) Values() []HlsSegmentControl

Values returns all known values for HlsSegmentControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsSegmentLengthControl added in v1.10.0 

type HlsSegmentLengthControl string
const (
	HlsSegmentLengthControlExact       HlsSegmentLengthControl = "EXACT"
	HlsSegmentLengthControlGopMultiple HlsSegmentLengthControl = "GOP_MULTIPLE"
)

Enum values for HlsSegmentLengthControl

func (HlsSegmentLengthControl) Values added in v1.10.0 

func (HlsSegmentLengthControl) Values() []HlsSegmentLengthControl

Values returns all known values for HlsSegmentLengthControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsSettings 

type HlsSettings struct {

	// Specifies the group to which the audio rendition belongs.
	AudioGroupId *string

	// Use this setting only in audio-only outputs. Choose MPEG-2 Transport Stream
	// (M2TS) to create a file in an MPEG2-TS container. Keep the default value
	// Automatic to create an audio-only file in a raw container. Regardless of the
	// value that you specify here, if this output has video, the service will place
	// the output into an MPEG2-TS container.
	AudioOnlyContainer HlsAudioOnlyContainer

	// List all the audio groups that are used with the video output stream. Input all
	// the audio GROUP-IDs that are associated to the video, separate by ','.
	AudioRenditionSets *string

	// Four types of audio-only tracks are supported: Audio-Only Variant Stream The
	// client can play back this audio-only stream instead of video in low-bandwidth
	// scenarios. Represented as an EXT-X-STREAM-INF in the HLS manifest. Alternate
	// Audio, Auto Select, Default Alternate rendition that the client should try to
	// play back by default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with
	// DEFAULT=YES, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio, Auto Select, Not Default Alternate
	// rendition that the client may try to play back by default. Represented as an
	// EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO, AUTOSELECT=YES Alternate Audio,
	// not Auto Select Alternate rendition that the client will not try to play back by
	// default. Represented as an EXT-X-MEDIA in the HLS manifest with DEFAULT=NO,
	// AUTOSELECT=NO
	AudioTrackType HlsAudioTrackType

	// Specify whether to flag this audio track as descriptive video service (DVS) in
	// your HLS parent manifest. When you choose Flag, MediaConvert includes the
	// parameter CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-video" in the
	// EXT-X-MEDIA entry for this track. When you keep the default choice, Don't flag,
	// MediaConvert leaves this parameter out. The DVS flag can help with accessibility
	// on Apple devices. For more information, see the Apple documentation.
	DescriptiveVideoServiceFlag HlsDescriptiveVideoServiceFlag

	// Choose Include to have MediaConvert generate a child manifest that lists only
	// the I-frames for this rendition, in addition to your regular manifest for this
	// rendition. You might use this manifest as part of a workflow that creates
	// preview functions for your video. MediaConvert adds both the I-frame only child
	// manifest and the regular child manifest to the parent manifest. When you don't
	// need the I-frame only child manifest, keep the default value Exclude.
	IFrameOnlyManifest HlsIFrameOnlyManifest

	// Use this setting to add an identifying string to the filename of each segment.
	// The service adds this string between the name modifier and segment index number.
	// You can use format identifiers in the string. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/using-variables-in-your-job-settings.html
	SegmentModifier *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for HLS output groups

type HlsStreamInfResolution 

type HlsStreamInfResolution string
const (
	HlsStreamInfResolutionInclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "INCLUDE"
	HlsStreamInfResolutionExclude HlsStreamInfResolution = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for HlsStreamInfResolution

func (HlsStreamInfResolution) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsStreamInfResolution) Values() []HlsStreamInfResolution

Values returns all known values for HlsStreamInfResolution. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode added in v1.8.0 

type HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode string
const (
	HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityModeLegacy        HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode = "LEGACY"
	HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityModeSpecCompliant HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode = "SPEC_COMPLIANT"
)

Enum values for HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode

func (HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode) Values added in v1.8.0 

func (HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode) Values() []HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode

Values returns all known values for HlsTargetDurationCompatibilityMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame 

type HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame string
const (
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameNone HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "NONE"
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FramePriv HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "PRIV"
	HlsTimedMetadataId3FrameTdrl HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame = "TDRL"
)

Enum values for HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame

func (HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame) Values() []HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame

Values returns all known values for HlsTimedMetadataId3Frame. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type HopDestination 

type HopDestination struct {

	// Optional. When you set up a job to use queue hopping, you can specify a
	// different relative priority for the job in the destination queue. If you don't
	// specify, the relative priority will remain the same as in the previous queue.
	Priority *int32

	// Optional unless the job is submitted on the default queue. When you set up a
	// job to use queue hopping, you can specify a destination queue. This queue cannot
	// be the original queue to which the job is submitted. If the original queue isn't
	// the default queue and you don't specify the destination queue, the job will move
	// to the default queue.
	Queue *string

	// Required for setting up a job to use queue hopping. Minimum wait time in
	// minutes until the job can hop to the destination queue. Valid range is 1 to 4320
	// minutes, inclusive.
	WaitMinutes *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Optional. Configuration for a destination queue to which the job can hop once a customer-defined minimum wait time has passed.

type Id3Insertion 

type Id3Insertion struct {

	// Use ID3 tag to provide a fully formed ID3 tag in base64-encode format.
	Id3 *string

	// Provide a Timecode in HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF format.
	Timecode *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

To insert ID3 tags in your output, specify two values. Use ID3 tag to specify the base 64 encoded string and use Timecode to specify the time when the tag should be inserted. To insert multiple ID3 tags in your output, create multiple instances of ID3 insertion.

type ImageInserter 

type ImageInserter struct {

	// Specify the images that you want to overlay on your video. The images must be
	// PNG or TGA files.
	InsertableImages []InsertableImage

	// Specify the reference white level, in nits, for all of your image inserter
	// images. Use to correct brightness levels within HDR10 outputs. For 1,000 nit
	// peak brightness displays, we recommend that you set SDR reference white level to
	// 203 (according to ITU-R BT.2408). Leave blank to use the default value of 100,
	// or specify an integer from 100 to 1000.
	SdrReferenceWhiteLevel *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video. Enable or disable this feature for each input or output individually. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/graphic-overlay.html. This setting is disabled by default.

type ImscAccessibilitySubs added in v1.19.0 

type ImscAccessibilitySubs string
const (
	ImscAccessibilitySubsDisabled ImscAccessibilitySubs = "DISABLED"
	ImscAccessibilitySubsEnabled  ImscAccessibilitySubs = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for ImscAccessibilitySubs

func (ImscAccessibilitySubs) Values added in v1.19.0 

func (ImscAccessibilitySubs) Values() []ImscAccessibilitySubs

Values returns all known values for ImscAccessibilitySubs. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ImscDestinationSettings 

type ImscDestinationSettings struct {

	// If the IMSC captions track is intended to provide accessibility for people who
	// are deaf or hard of hearing: Set Accessibility subtitles to Enabled. When you
	// do, MediaConvert adds accessibility attributes to your output HLS or DASH
	// manifest. For HLS manifests, MediaConvert adds the following accessibility
	// attributes under EXT-X-MEDIA for this track:
	// CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-spoken-dialog,public.accessibility.describes-music-and-sound"
	// and AUTOSELECT="YES". For DASH manifests, MediaConvert adds the following in the
	// adaptation set for this track: . If the captions track is not intended to
	// provide such accessibility: Keep the default value, Disabled. When you do, for
	// DASH manifests, MediaConvert instead adds the following in the adaptation set
	// for this track: .
	Accessibility ImscAccessibilitySubs

	// Keep this setting enabled to have MediaConvert use the font style and position
	// information from the captions source in the output. This option is available
	// only when your input captions are IMSC, SMPTE-TT, or TTML. Disable this setting
	// for simplified output captions.
	StylePassthrough ImscStylePassthrough
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to IMSC captions. IMSC is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.

type ImscStylePassthrough 

type ImscStylePassthrough string
const (
	ImscStylePassthroughEnabled  ImscStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	ImscStylePassthroughDisabled ImscStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for ImscStylePassthrough

func (ImscStylePassthrough) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ImscStylePassthrough) Values() []ImscStylePassthrough

Values returns all known values for ImscStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Input 

type Input struct {

	// Use to remove noise, blocking, blurriness, or ringing from your input as a
	// pre-filter step before encoding. The Advanced input filter removes more types of
	// compression artifacts and is an improvement when compared to basic Deblock and
	// Denoise filters. To remove video compression artifacts from your input and
	// improve the video quality: Choose Enabled. Additionally, this filter can help
	// increase the video quality of your output relative to its bitrate, since noisy
	// inputs are more complex and require more bits to encode. To help restore loss of
	// detail after applying the filter, you can optionally add texture or sharpening
	// as an additional step. Jobs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing. To not
	// apply advanced input filtering: Choose Disabled. Note that you can still apply
	// basic filtering with Deblock and Denoise.
	AdvancedInputFilter AdvancedInputFilter

	// Optional settings for Advanced input filter when you set Advanced input filter
	// to Enabled.
	AdvancedInputFilterSettings *AdvancedInputFilterSettings

	// Use audio selector groups to combine multiple sidecar audio inputs so that you
	// can assign them to a single output audio tab. Note that, if you're working with
	// embedded audio, it's simpler to assign multiple input tracks into a single audio
	// selector rather than use an audio selector group.
	AudioSelectorGroups map[string]AudioSelectorGroup

	// Use Audio selectors to specify a track or set of tracks from the input that you
	// will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio selectors per input.
	AudioSelectors map[string]AudioSelector

	// Use captions selectors to specify the captions data from your input that you
	// use in your outputs. You can use up to 100 captions selectors per input.
	CaptionSelectors map[string]CaptionSelector

	// Use Cropping selection to specify the video area that the service will include
	// in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override any
	// value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection.
	Crop *Rectangle

	// Enable Deblock to produce smoother motion in the output. Default is disabled.
	// Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video inputs.
	DeblockFilter InputDeblockFilter

	// Settings for decrypting any input files that you encrypt before you upload them
	// to Amazon S3. MediaConvert can decrypt files only when you use AWS Key
	// Management Service (KMS) to encrypt the data key that you use to encrypt your
	// content.
	DecryptionSettings *InputDecryptionSettings

	// Enable Denoise to filter noise from the input. Default is disabled. Only
	// applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
	DenoiseFilter InputDenoiseFilter

	// Use this setting only when your video source has Dolby Vision studio mastering
	// metadata that is carried in a separate XML file. Specify the Amazon S3 location
	// for the metadata XML file. MediaConvert uses this file to provide global and
	// frame-level metadata for Dolby Vision preprocessing. When you specify a file
	// here and your input also has interleaved global and frame level metadata,
	// MediaConvert ignores the interleaved metadata and uses only the the metadata
	// from this external XML file. Note that your IAM service role must grant
	// MediaConvert read permissions to this file. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html.
	DolbyVisionMetadataXml *string

	// Specify the source file for your transcoding job. You can use multiple inputs
	// in a single job. The service concatenates these inputs, in the order that you
	// specify them in the job, to create the outputs. If your input format is IMF,
	// specify your input by providing the path to your CPL. For example,
	// "s3://bucket/vf/cpl.xml". If the CPL is in an incomplete IMP, make sure to use
	// Supplemental IMPs to specify any supplemental IMPs that contain assets
	// referenced by the CPL.
	FileInput *string

	// Specify whether to apply input filtering to improve the video quality of your
	// input. To apply filtering depending on your input type and quality: Choose Auto.
	// To apply no filtering: Choose Disable. To apply filtering regardless of your
	// input type and quality: Choose Force. When you do, you must also specify a value
	// for Filter strength.
	FilterEnable InputFilterEnable

	// Specify the strength of the input filter. To apply an automatic amount of
	// filtering based the compression artifacts measured in your input: We recommend
	// that you leave Filter strength blank and set Filter enable to Auto. To manually
	// apply filtering: Enter a value from 1 to 5, where 1 is the least amount of
	// filtering and 5 is the most. The value that you enter applies to the strength of
	// the Deblock or Denoise filters, or to the strength of the Advanced input filter.
	FilterStrength *int32

	// Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video.
	// Enable or disable this feature for each input individually. This setting is
	// disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter

	// Contains sets of start and end times that together specify a portion of the
	// input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start time, the clip will
	// be the entire input from that point to the end. If you provide only an end time,
	// it will be the entire input up to that point. When you specify more than one
	// input clip, the transcoding service creates the job outputs by stringing the
	// clips together in the order you specify them.
	InputClippings []InputClipping

	// When you have a progressive segmented frame (PsF) input, use this setting to
	// flag the input as PsF. MediaConvert doesn't automatically detect PsF. Therefore,
	// flagging your input as PsF results in better preservation of video quality when
	// you do deinterlacing and frame rate conversion. If you don't specify, the
	// default value is Auto. Auto is the correct setting for all inputs that are not
	// PsF. Don't set this value to PsF when your input is interlaced. Doing so creates
	// horizontal interlacing artifacts.
	InputScanType InputScanType

	// Use Selection placement to define the video area in your output frame. The area
	// outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you specify a value
	// here, it will override any value that you specify in the output setting
	// Selection placement. If you specify a value here, this will override any AFD
	// values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD to Respond. If you specify
	// a value here, this will ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling
	// Behavior.
	Position *Rectangle

	// Use Program to select a specific program from within a multi-program transport
	// stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is the first
	// program within the transport stream. If the program you specify doesn't exist,
	// the transcoding service will use this default.
	ProgramNumber *int32

	// Set PSI control for transport stream inputs to specify which data the demux
	// process to scans.
	//
	//   - Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and video.
	//   - Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.
	PsiControl InputPsiControl

	// Provide a list of any necessary supplemental IMPs. You need supplemental IMPs
	// if the CPL that you're using for your input is in an incomplete IMP. Specify
	// either the supplemental IMP directories with a trailing slash or the
	// ASSETMAP.xml files. For example ["s3://bucket/ov/",
	// "s3://bucket/vf2/ASSETMAP.xml"]. You don't need to specify the IMP that contains
	// your input CPL, because the service automatically detects it.
	SupplementalImps []string

	// Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings, to specify
	// how the service counts input video frames. This input frame count affects only
	// the behavior of features that apply to a single input at a time, such as input
	// clipping and synchronizing some captions formats. Choose Embedded to use the
	// timecodes in your input video. Choose Start at zero to start the first frame at
	// zero. Choose Specified start to start the first frame at the timecode that you
	// specify in the setting Start timecode. If you don't specify a value for Timecode
	// source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more information about
	// timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource

	// Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial
	// frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located
	// under the input settings, to Specified start. For more information about
	// timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeStart *string

	// When you include Video generator, MediaConvert creates a video input with black
	// frames. Use this setting if you do not have a video input or if you want to add
	// black video frames before, or after, other inputs. You can specify Video
	// generator, or you can specify an Input file, but you cannot specify both. For
	// more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/video-generator.html
	VideoGenerator *InputVideoGenerator

	// Contains an array of video overlays.
	VideoOverlays []VideoOverlay

	// Input video selectors contain the video settings for the input. Each of your
	// inputs can have up to one video selector.
	VideoSelector *VideoSelector
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use inputs to define the source files used in your transcoding job. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/specify-input-settings.html. You can use multiple video inputs to do input stitching. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/assembling-multiple-inputs-and-input-clips.html

type InputClipping 

type InputClipping struct {

	// Set End timecode to the end of the portion of the input you are clipping. The
	// frame corresponding to the End timecode value is included in the clip. Start
	// timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. Use the format
	// HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is the
	// second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value, take into account
	// your setting for timecode source under input settings. For example, if you have
	// embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to end six
	// minutes into the video, use 01:06:00:00.
	EndTimecode *string

	// Set Start timecode to the beginning of the portion of the input you are
	// clipping. The frame corresponding to the Start timecode value is included in the
	// clip. Start timecode or End timecode may be left blank, but not both. Use the
	// format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is
	// the second, and FF is the frame number. When choosing this value, take into
	// account your setting for Input timecode source. For example, if you have
	// embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your clip to begin
	// five minutes into the video, use 01:05:00:00.
	StartTimecode *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

To transcode only portions of your input, include one input clip for each part of your input that you want in your output. All input clips that you specify will be included in every output of the job. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/assembling-multiple-inputs-and-input-clips.html.

type InputDeblockFilter 

type InputDeblockFilter string
const (
	InputDeblockFilterEnabled  InputDeblockFilter = "ENABLED"
	InputDeblockFilterDisabled InputDeblockFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for InputDeblockFilter

func (InputDeblockFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDeblockFilter) Values() []InputDeblockFilter

Values returns all known values for InputDeblockFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputDecryptionSettings 

type InputDecryptionSettings struct {

	// Specify the encryption mode that you used to encrypt your input files.
	DecryptionMode DecryptionMode

	// Warning! Don't provide your encryption key in plaintext. Your job settings
	// could be intercepted, making your encrypted content vulnerable. Specify the
	// encrypted version of the data key that you used to encrypt your content. The
	// data key must be encrypted by AWS Key Management Service (KMS). The key can be
	// 128, 192, or 256 bits.
	EncryptedDecryptionKey *string

	// Specify the initialization vector that you used when you encrypted your content
	// before uploading it to Amazon S3. You can use a 16-byte initialization vector
	// with any encryption mode. Or, you can use a 12-byte initialization vector with
	// GCM or CTR. MediaConvert accepts only initialization vectors that are
	// base64-encoded.
	InitializationVector *string

	// Specify the AWS Region for AWS Key Management Service (KMS) that you used to
	// encrypt your data key, if that Region is different from the one you are using
	// for AWS Elemental MediaConvert.
	KmsKeyRegion *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for decrypting any input files that you encrypt before you upload them to Amazon S3. MediaConvert can decrypt files only when you use AWS Key Management Service (KMS) to encrypt the data key that you use to encrypt your content.

type InputDenoiseFilter 

type InputDenoiseFilter string
const (
	InputDenoiseFilterEnabled  InputDenoiseFilter = "ENABLED"
	InputDenoiseFilterDisabled InputDenoiseFilter = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for InputDenoiseFilter

func (InputDenoiseFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputDenoiseFilter) Values() []InputDenoiseFilter

Values returns all known values for InputDenoiseFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputFilterEnable 

type InputFilterEnable string
const (
	InputFilterEnableAuto    InputFilterEnable = "AUTO"
	InputFilterEnableDisable InputFilterEnable = "DISABLE"
	InputFilterEnableForce   InputFilterEnable = "FORCE"
)

Enum values for InputFilterEnable

func (InputFilterEnable) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputFilterEnable) Values() []InputFilterEnable

Values returns all known values for InputFilterEnable. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputPolicy added in v1.12.0 

type InputPolicy string
const (
	InputPolicyAllowed    InputPolicy = "ALLOWED"
	InputPolicyDisallowed InputPolicy = "DISALLOWED"
)

Enum values for InputPolicy

func (InputPolicy) Values added in v1.12.0 

func (InputPolicy) Values() []InputPolicy

Values returns all known values for InputPolicy. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputPsiControl 

type InputPsiControl string
const (
	InputPsiControlIgnorePsi InputPsiControl = "IGNORE_PSI"
	InputPsiControlUsePsi    InputPsiControl = "USE_PSI"
)

Enum values for InputPsiControl

func (InputPsiControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputPsiControl) Values() []InputPsiControl

Values returns all known values for InputPsiControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputRotate 

type InputRotate string
const (
	InputRotateDegree0    InputRotate = "DEGREE_0"
	InputRotateDegrees90  InputRotate = "DEGREES_90"
	InputRotateDegrees180 InputRotate = "DEGREES_180"
	InputRotateDegrees270 InputRotate = "DEGREES_270"
	InputRotateAuto       InputRotate = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for InputRotate

func (InputRotate) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputRotate) Values() []InputRotate

Values returns all known values for InputRotate. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputSampleRange added in v1.5.0 

type InputSampleRange string
const (
	InputSampleRangeFollow       InputSampleRange = "FOLLOW"
	InputSampleRangeFullRange    InputSampleRange = "FULL_RANGE"
	InputSampleRangeLimitedRange InputSampleRange = "LIMITED_RANGE"
)

Enum values for InputSampleRange

func (InputSampleRange) Values added in v1.5.0 

func (InputSampleRange) Values() []InputSampleRange

Values returns all known values for InputSampleRange. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputScanType added in v0.29.0 

type InputScanType string
const (
	InputScanTypeAuto InputScanType = "AUTO"
	InputScanTypePsf  InputScanType = "PSF"
)

Enum values for InputScanType

func (InputScanType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputScanType) Values() []InputScanType

Values returns all known values for InputScanType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputTemplate 

type InputTemplate struct {

	// Use to remove noise, blocking, blurriness, or ringing from your input as a
	// pre-filter step before encoding. The Advanced input filter removes more types of
	// compression artifacts and is an improvement when compared to basic Deblock and
	// Denoise filters. To remove video compression artifacts from your input and
	// improve the video quality: Choose Enabled. Additionally, this filter can help
	// increase the video quality of your output relative to its bitrate, since noisy
	// inputs are more complex and require more bits to encode. To help restore loss of
	// detail after applying the filter, you can optionally add texture or sharpening
	// as an additional step. Jobs that use this feature incur pro-tier pricing. To not
	// apply advanced input filtering: Choose Disabled. Note that you can still apply
	// basic filtering with Deblock and Denoise.
	AdvancedInputFilter AdvancedInputFilter

	// Optional settings for Advanced input filter when you set Advanced input filter
	// to Enabled.
	AdvancedInputFilterSettings *AdvancedInputFilterSettings

	// Use audio selector groups to combine multiple sidecar audio inputs so that you
	// can assign them to a single output audio tab. Note that, if you're working with
	// embedded audio, it's simpler to assign multiple input tracks into a single audio
	// selector rather than use an audio selector group.
	AudioSelectorGroups map[string]AudioSelectorGroup

	// Use Audio selectors to specify a track or set of tracks from the input that you
	// will use in your outputs. You can use multiple Audio selectors per input.
	AudioSelectors map[string]AudioSelector

	// Use captions selectors to specify the captions data from your input that you
	// use in your outputs. You can use up to 100 captions selectors per input.
	CaptionSelectors map[string]CaptionSelector

	// Use Cropping selection to specify the video area that the service will include
	// in the output video frame. If you specify a value here, it will override any
	// value that you specify in the output setting Cropping selection.
	Crop *Rectangle

	// Enable Deblock to produce smoother motion in the output. Default is disabled.
	// Only manually controllable for MPEG2 and uncompressed video inputs.
	DeblockFilter InputDeblockFilter

	// Enable Denoise to filter noise from the input. Default is disabled. Only
	// applicable to MPEG2, H.264, H.265, and uncompressed video inputs.
	DenoiseFilter InputDenoiseFilter

	// Use this setting only when your video source has Dolby Vision studio mastering
	// metadata that is carried in a separate XML file. Specify the Amazon S3 location
	// for the metadata XML file. MediaConvert uses this file to provide global and
	// frame-level metadata for Dolby Vision preprocessing. When you specify a file
	// here and your input also has interleaved global and frame level metadata,
	// MediaConvert ignores the interleaved metadata and uses only the the metadata
	// from this external XML file. Note that your IAM service role must grant
	// MediaConvert read permissions to this file. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html.
	DolbyVisionMetadataXml *string

	// Specify whether to apply input filtering to improve the video quality of your
	// input. To apply filtering depending on your input type and quality: Choose Auto.
	// To apply no filtering: Choose Disable. To apply filtering regardless of your
	// input type and quality: Choose Force. When you do, you must also specify a value
	// for Filter strength.
	FilterEnable InputFilterEnable

	// Specify the strength of the input filter. To apply an automatic amount of
	// filtering based the compression artifacts measured in your input: We recommend
	// that you leave Filter strength blank and set Filter enable to Auto. To manually
	// apply filtering: Enter a value from 1 to 5, where 1 is the least amount of
	// filtering and 5 is the most. The value that you enter applies to the strength of
	// the Deblock or Denoise filters, or to the strength of the Advanced input filter.
	FilterStrength *int32

	// Enable the image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video.
	// Enable or disable this feature for each input individually. This setting is
	// disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter

	// Contains sets of start and end times that together specify a portion of the
	// input to be used in the outputs. If you provide only a start time, the clip will
	// be the entire input from that point to the end. If you provide only an end time,
	// it will be the entire input up to that point. When you specify more than one
	// input clip, the transcoding service creates the job outputs by stringing the
	// clips together in the order you specify them.
	InputClippings []InputClipping

	// When you have a progressive segmented frame (PsF) input, use this setting to
	// flag the input as PsF. MediaConvert doesn't automatically detect PsF. Therefore,
	// flagging your input as PsF results in better preservation of video quality when
	// you do deinterlacing and frame rate conversion. If you don't specify, the
	// default value is Auto. Auto is the correct setting for all inputs that are not
	// PsF. Don't set this value to PsF when your input is interlaced. Doing so creates
	// horizontal interlacing artifacts.
	InputScanType InputScanType

	// Use Selection placement to define the video area in your output frame. The area
	// outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black. If you specify a value
	// here, it will override any value that you specify in the output setting
	// Selection placement. If you specify a value here, this will override any AFD
	// values in your input, even if you set Respond to AFD to Respond. If you specify
	// a value here, this will ignore anything that you specify for the setting Scaling
	// Behavior.
	Position *Rectangle

	// Use Program to select a specific program from within a multi-program transport
	// stream. Note that Quad 4K is not currently supported. Default is the first
	// program within the transport stream. If the program you specify doesn't exist,
	// the transcoding service will use this default.
	ProgramNumber *int32

	// Set PSI control for transport stream inputs to specify which data the demux
	// process to scans.
	//
	//   - Ignore PSI - Scan all PIDs for audio and video.
	//   - Use PSI - Scan only PSI data.
	PsiControl InputPsiControl

	// Use this Timecode source setting, located under the input settings, to specify
	// how the service counts input video frames. This input frame count affects only
	// the behavior of features that apply to a single input at a time, such as input
	// clipping and synchronizing some captions formats. Choose Embedded to use the
	// timecodes in your input video. Choose Start at zero to start the first frame at
	// zero. Choose Specified start to start the first frame at the timecode that you
	// specify in the setting Start timecode. If you don't specify a value for Timecode
	// source, the service will use Embedded by default. For more information about
	// timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource

	// Specify the timecode that you want the service to use for this input's initial
	// frame. To use this setting, you must set the Timecode source setting, located
	// under the input settings, to Specified start. For more information about
	// timecodes, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/timecode.
	TimecodeStart *string

	// Contains an array of video overlays.
	VideoOverlays []VideoOverlay

	// Input video selectors contain the video settings for the input. Each of your
	// inputs can have up to one video selector.
	VideoSelector *VideoSelector
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specified video input in a template.

type InputTimecodeSource 

type InputTimecodeSource string
const (
	InputTimecodeSourceEmbedded       InputTimecodeSource = "EMBEDDED"
	InputTimecodeSourceZerobased      InputTimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED"
	InputTimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart InputTimecodeSource = "SPECIFIEDSTART"
)

Enum values for InputTimecodeSource

func (InputTimecodeSource) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (InputTimecodeSource) Values() []InputTimecodeSource

Values returns all known values for InputTimecodeSource. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type InputVideoGenerator added in v1.23.0 

type InputVideoGenerator struct {

	// Specify the number of audio channels to include in your video generator input.
	// MediaConvert creates these audio channels as silent audio within a single audio
	// track. Enter an integer from 1 to 32.
	Channels *int32

	// Specify the duration, in milliseconds, for your video generator input. Enter an
	// integer from 50 to 86400000.
	Duration *int32

	// Specify the denominator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for your
	// video generator input. When you do, you must also specify a value for Frame rate
	// numerator. MediaConvert uses a default frame rate of 29.97 when you leave Frame
	// rate numerator and Frame rate denominator blank.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// Specify the numerator of the fraction that represents the frame rate for your
	// video generator input. When you do, you must also specify a value for Frame rate
	// denominator. MediaConvert uses a default frame rate of 29.97 when you leave
	// Frame rate numerator and Frame rate denominator blank.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Specify the audio sample rate, in Hz, for the silent audio in your video
	// generator input. Enter an integer from 32000 to 48000.
	SampleRate *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

When you include Video generator, MediaConvert creates a video input with black frames. Use this setting if you do not have a video input or if you want to add black video frames before, or after, other inputs. You can specify Video generator, or you can specify an Input file, but you cannot specify both. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/video-generator.html

type InsertableImage 

type InsertableImage struct {

	// Specify the time, in milliseconds, for the image to remain on the output video.
	// This duration includes fade-in time but not fade-out time.
	Duration *int32

	// Specify the length of time, in milliseconds, between the Start time that you
	// specify for the image insertion and the time that the image appears at full
	// opacity. Full opacity is the level that you specify for the opacity setting. If
	// you don't specify a value for Fade-in, the image will appear abruptly at the
	// overlay start time.
	FadeIn *int32

	// Specify the length of time, in milliseconds, between the end of the time that
	// you have specified for the image overlay Duration and when the overlaid image
	// has faded to total transparency. If you don't specify a value for Fade-out, the
	// image will disappear abruptly at the end of the inserted image duration.
	FadeOut *int32

	// Specify the height of the inserted image in pixels. If you specify a value
	// that's larger than the video resolution height, the service will crop your
	// overlaid image to fit. To use the native height of the image, keep this setting
	// blank.
	Height *int32

	// Specify the HTTP, HTTPS, or Amazon S3 location of the image that you want to
	// overlay on the video. Use a PNG or TGA file.
	ImageInserterInput *string

	// Specify the distance, in pixels, between the inserted image and the left edge
	// of the video frame. Required for any image overlay that you specify.
	ImageX *int32

	// Specify the distance, in pixels, between the overlaid image and the top edge of
	// the video frame. Required for any image overlay that you specify.
	ImageY *int32

	// Specify how overlapping inserted images appear. Images with higher values for
	// Layer appear on top of images with lower values for Layer.
	Layer *int32

	// Use Opacity to specify how much of the underlying video shows through the
	// inserted image. 0 is transparent and 100 is fully opaque. Default is 50.
	Opacity *int32

	// Specify the timecode of the frame that you want the overlay to first appear on.
	// This must be in timecode (HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF) format. Remember to take
	// into account your timecode source settings.
	StartTime *string

	// Specify the width of the inserted image in pixels. If you specify a value
	// that's larger than the video resolution width, the service will crop your
	// overlaid image to fit. To use the native width of the image, keep this setting
	// blank.
	Width *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings apply to a specific graphic overlay. You can include multiple overlays in your job.

type InternalServerErrorException 

type InternalServerErrorException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The service encountered an unexpected condition and can't fulfill your request.

func (*InternalServerErrorException) Error 

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) Error() string

func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorCode 

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorCode() string

func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorFault 

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*InternalServerErrorException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *InternalServerErrorException) ErrorMessage() string

type Job 

type Job struct {

	// The IAM role you use for creating this job. For details about permissions, see
	// the User Guide topic at the User Guide at
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html
	//
	// This member is required.
	Role *string

	// JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Settings *JobSettings

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings

	// Describes whether the current job is running with accelerated transcoding. For
	// jobs that have Acceleration (AccelerationMode) set to DISABLED,
	// AccelerationStatus is always NOT_APPLICABLE. For jobs that have Acceleration
	// (AccelerationMode) set to ENABLED or PREFERRED, AccelerationStatus is one of the
	// other states. AccelerationStatus is IN_PROGRESS initially, while the service
	// determines whether the input files and job settings are compatible with
	// accelerated transcoding. If they are, AcclerationStatus is ACCELERATED. If your
	// input files and job settings aren't compatible with accelerated transcoding, the
	// service either fails your job or runs it without accelerated transcoding,
	// depending on how you set Acceleration (AccelerationMode). When the service runs
	// your job without accelerated transcoding, AccelerationStatus is NOT_ACCELERATED.
	AccelerationStatus AccelerationStatus

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string

	// The tag type that AWS Billing and Cost Management will use to sort your AWS
	// Elemental MediaConvert costs on any billing report that you set up.
	BillingTagsSource BillingTagsSource

	// Prevent duplicate jobs from being created and ensure idempotency for your
	// requests. A client request token can be any string that includes up to 64 ASCII
	// characters. If you reuse a client request token within one minute of a
	// successful request, the API returns the job details of the original request
	// instead. For more information see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/apireference/idempotency.html.
	ClientRequestToken *string

	// The time, in Unix epoch format in seconds, when the job got created.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// A job's phase can be PROBING, TRANSCODING OR UPLOADING
	CurrentPhase JobPhase

	// Error code for the job
	ErrorCode *int32

	// Error message of Job
	ErrorMessage *string

	// Optional list of hop destinations.
	HopDestinations []HopDestination

	// A portion of the job's ARN, unique within your AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// resources
	Id *string

	// The Job engine version that you requested for your job. Valid versions are in a
	// YYYY-MM-DD format.
	JobEngineVersionRequested *string

	// The Job engine version that your job used. Job engine versions are in a
	// YYYY-MM-DD format. When you request an expired version, the response for this
	// property will be empty. Requests to create jobs with an expired version result
	// in a regular job, as if no specific Job engine version was requested. When you
	// request an invalid version, the response for this property will be empty.
	// Requests to create jobs with an invalid version result in a 400 error message,
	// and no job is created.
	JobEngineVersionUsed *string

	// An estimate of how far your job has progressed. This estimate is shown as a
	// percentage of the total time from when your job leaves its queue to when your
	// output files appear in your output Amazon S3 bucket. AWS Elemental MediaConvert
	// provides jobPercentComplete in CloudWatch STATUS_UPDATE events and in the
	// response to GetJob and ListJobs requests. The jobPercentComplete estimate is
	// reliable for the following input containers: Quicktime, Transport Stream, MP4,
	// and MXF. For some jobs, the service can't provide information about job
	// progress. In those cases, jobPercentComplete returns a null value.
	JobPercentComplete *int32

	// The job template that the job is created from, if it is created from a job
	// template.
	JobTemplate *string

	// Provides messages from the service about jobs that you have already
	// successfully submitted.
	Messages *JobMessages

	// List of output group details
	OutputGroupDetails []OutputGroupDetail

	// Relative priority on the job.
	Priority *int32

	// When you create a job, you can specify a queue to send it to. If you don't
	// specify, the job will go to the default queue. For more about queues, see the
	// User Guide topic at
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html
	Queue *string

	// The job's queue hopping history.
	QueueTransitions []QueueTransition

	// The number of times that the service automatically attempted to process your
	// job after encountering an error.
	RetryCount *int32

	// Enable this setting when you run a test job to estimate how many reserved
	// transcoding slots (RTS) you need. When this is enabled, MediaConvert runs your
	// job from an on-demand queue with similar performance to what you will see with
	// one RTS in a reserved queue. This setting is disabled by default.
	SimulateReservedQueue SimulateReservedQueue

	// A job's status can be SUBMITTED, PROGRESSING, COMPLETE, CANCELED, or ERROR.
	Status JobStatus

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert sends
	// an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing your job
	// to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval StatusUpdateInterval

	// Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified
	// in Unix epoch format in seconds.
	Timing *Timing

	// User-defined metadata that you want to associate with an MediaConvert job. You
	// specify metadata in key/value pairs.
	UserMetadata map[string]string

	// Contains any warning messages for the job. Use to help identify potential
	// issues with your input, output, or job. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/warning_codes.html
	Warnings []WarningGroup
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Each job converts an input file into an output file or files. For more information, see the User Guide at https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html

type JobEngineVersion added in v1.58.0 

type JobEngineVersion struct {

	// The date that this Job engine version expires. Requests to create jobs with an
	// expired version result in a regular job, as if no specific Job engine version
	// was requested.
	ExpirationDate *time.Time

	// Use Job engine versions to run jobs for your production workflow on one
	// version, while you test and validate the latest version. Job engine versions are
	// in a YYYY-MM-DD format.
	Version *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use Job engine versions to run jobs for your production workflow on one version, while you test and validate the latest version. Job engine versions are in a YYYY-MM-DD format.

type JobMessages 

type JobMessages struct {

	// List of messages that are informational only and don't indicate a problem with
	// your job.
	Info []string

	// List of messages that warn about conditions that might cause your job not to
	// run or to fail.
	Warning []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Provides messages from the service about jobs that you have already successfully submitted.

type JobPhase 

type JobPhase string
const (
	JobPhaseProbing     JobPhase = "PROBING"
	JobPhaseTranscoding JobPhase = "TRANSCODING"
	JobPhaseUploading   JobPhase = "UPLOADING"
)

Enum values for JobPhase

func (JobPhase) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (JobPhase) Values() []JobPhase

Values returns all known values for JobPhase. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type JobSettings 

type JobSettings struct {

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail
	// PTS time.
	AdAvailOffset *int32

	// Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an image,
	// and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails.
	AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking

	// Use 3D LUTs to specify custom color mapping behavior when you convert from one
	// color space into another. You can include up to 8 different 3D LUTs. For more
	// information, see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/3d-luts.html
	ColorConversion3DLUTSettings []ColorConversion3DLUTSetting

	// Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). If you don't do ad
	// insertion, you can ignore these settings.
	Esam *EsamSettings

	// If your source content has EIA-608 Line 21 Data Services, enable this feature
	// to specify what MediaConvert does with the Extended Data Services (XDS) packets.
	// You can choose to pass through XDS packets, or remove them from the output. For
	// more information about XDS, see EIA-608 Line Data Services, section 9.5.1.5 05h
	// Content Advisory.
	ExtendedDataServices *ExtendedDataServices

	// Specify the input that MediaConvert references for your default output
	// settings. MediaConvert uses this input's Resolution, Frame rate, and Pixel
	// aspect ratio for all outputs that you don't manually specify different output
	// settings for. Enabling this setting will disable "Follow source" for all other
	// inputs. If MediaConvert cannot follow your source, for example if you specify an
	// audio-only input, MediaConvert uses the first followable input instead. In your
	// JSON job specification, enter an integer from 1 to 150 corresponding to the
	// order of your inputs.
	FollowSource *int32

	// Use Inputs to define source file used in the transcode job. There can be
	// multiple inputs add in a job. These inputs will be concantenated together to
	// create the output.
	Inputs []Input

	// Use these settings only when you use Kantar watermarking. Specify the values
	// that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Kantar watermarks in your output
	// audio. These settings apply to every output in your job. In addition to
	// specifying these values, you also need to store your Kantar credentials in AWS
	// Secrets Manager. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/kantar-watermarking.html.
	KantarWatermark *KantarWatermarkSettings

	// Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you
	// specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups. For more information,
	// see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/motion-graphic-overlay.html.
	MotionImageInserter *MotionImageInserter

	// Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement
	// and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration,
	// MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job.
	NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration

	// Ignore these settings unless you are using Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	// Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Nielsen
	// watermarks in your output audio. In addition to specifying these values, you
	// also need to set up your cloud TIC server. These settings apply to every output
	// in your job. The MediaConvert implementation is currently with the following
	// Nielsen versions: Nielsen Watermark SDK Version 6.0.13 Nielsen NLM Watermark
	// Engine Version 1.3.3 Nielsen Watermark Authenticator [SID_TIC] Version [7.0.0]
	NielsenNonLinearWatermark *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings

	// Contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share a common
	// package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF, and no
	// container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in is a group
	// of settings that apply to the whole group. This required object depends on the
	// value you set for Type. Type, settings object pairs are as follows. *
	// FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, HlsGroupSettings *
	// DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS, CmafGroupSettings
	OutputGroups []OutputGroup

	// These settings control how the service handles timecodes throughout the job.
	// These settings don't affect input clipping.
	TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig

	// Insert user-defined custom ID3 metadata at timecodes that you specify. In each
	// output that you want to include this metadata, you must set ID3 metadata to
	// Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

JobSettings contains all the transcode settings for a job.

type JobStatus 

type JobStatus string
const (
	JobStatusSubmitted   JobStatus = "SUBMITTED"
	JobStatusProgressing JobStatus = "PROGRESSING"
	JobStatusComplete    JobStatus = "COMPLETE"
	JobStatusCanceled    JobStatus = "CANCELED"
	JobStatusError       JobStatus = "ERROR"
)

Enum values for JobStatus

func (JobStatus) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (JobStatus) Values() []JobStatus

Values returns all known values for JobStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type JobTemplate 

type JobTemplate struct {

	// A name you create for each job template. Each name must be unique within your
	// account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template
	// that will be applied to jobs created from it.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Settings *JobTemplateSettings

	// Accelerated transcoding can significantly speed up jobs with long, visually
	// complex content.
	AccelerationSettings *AccelerationSettings

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string

	// An optional category you create to organize your job templates.
	Category *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for Job template creation.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// An optional description you create for each job template.
	Description *string

	// Optional list of hop destinations.
	HopDestinations []HopDestination

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds when the Job template was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time

	// Relative priority on the job.
	Priority *int32

	// Optional. The queue that jobs created from this template are assigned to. If
	// you don't specify this, jobs will go to the default queue.
	Queue *string

	// Specify how often MediaConvert sends STATUS_UPDATE events to Amazon CloudWatch
	// Events. Set the interval, in seconds, between status updates. MediaConvert sends
	// an update at this interval from the time the service begins processing your job
	// to the time it completes the transcode or encounters an error.
	StatusUpdateInterval StatusUpdateInterval

	// A job template can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in job
	// templates can't be modified or deleted by the user.
	Type Type
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A job template is a pre-made set of encoding instructions that you can use to quickly create a job.

type JobTemplateListBy 

type JobTemplateListBy string
const (
	JobTemplateListByName         JobTemplateListBy = "NAME"
	JobTemplateListByCreationDate JobTemplateListBy = "CREATION_DATE"
	JobTemplateListBySystem       JobTemplateListBy = "SYSTEM"
)

Enum values for JobTemplateListBy

func (JobTemplateListBy) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (JobTemplateListBy) Values() []JobTemplateListBy

Values returns all known values for JobTemplateListBy. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type JobTemplateSettings 

type JobTemplateSettings struct {

	// When specified, this offset (in milliseconds) is added to the input Ad Avail
	// PTS time.
	AdAvailOffset *int32

	// Settings for ad avail blanking. Video can be blanked or overlaid with an image,
	// and audio muted during SCTE-35 triggered ad avails.
	AvailBlanking *AvailBlanking

	// Use 3D LUTs to specify custom color mapping behavior when you convert from one
	// color space into another. You can include up to 8 different 3D LUTs. For more
	// information, see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/3d-luts.html
	ColorConversion3DLUTSettings []ColorConversion3DLUTSetting

	// Settings for Event Signaling And Messaging (ESAM). If you don't do ad
	// insertion, you can ignore these settings.
	Esam *EsamSettings

	// If your source content has EIA-608 Line 21 Data Services, enable this feature
	// to specify what MediaConvert does with the Extended Data Services (XDS) packets.
	// You can choose to pass through XDS packets, or remove them from the output. For
	// more information about XDS, see EIA-608 Line Data Services, section 9.5.1.5 05h
	// Content Advisory.
	ExtendedDataServices *ExtendedDataServices

	// Specify the input that MediaConvert references for your default output
	// settings. MediaConvert uses this input's Resolution, Frame rate, and Pixel
	// aspect ratio for all outputs that you don't manually specify different output
	// settings for. Enabling this setting will disable "Follow source" for all other
	// inputs. If MediaConvert cannot follow your source, for example if you specify an
	// audio-only input, MediaConvert uses the first followable input instead. In your
	// JSON job specification, enter an integer from 1 to 150 corresponding to the
	// order of your inputs.
	FollowSource *int32

	// Use Inputs to define the source file used in the transcode job. There can only
	// be one input in a job template. Using the API, you can include multiple inputs
	// when referencing a job template.
	Inputs []InputTemplate

	// Use these settings only when you use Kantar watermarking. Specify the values
	// that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Kantar watermarks in your output
	// audio. These settings apply to every output in your job. In addition to
	// specifying these values, you also need to store your Kantar credentials in AWS
	// Secrets Manager. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/kantar-watermarking.html.
	KantarWatermark *KantarWatermarkSettings

	// Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you
	// specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups. For more information,
	// see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/motion-graphic-overlay.html.
	MotionImageInserter *MotionImageInserter

	// Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement
	// and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration,
	// MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job.
	NielsenConfiguration *NielsenConfiguration

	// Ignore these settings unless you are using Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	// Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Nielsen
	// watermarks in your output audio. In addition to specifying these values, you
	// also need to set up your cloud TIC server. These settings apply to every output
	// in your job. The MediaConvert implementation is currently with the following
	// Nielsen versions: Nielsen Watermark SDK Version 6.0.13 Nielsen NLM Watermark
	// Engine Version 1.3.3 Nielsen Watermark Authenticator [SID_TIC] Version [7.0.0]
	NielsenNonLinearWatermark *NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings

	// Contains one group of settings for each set of outputs that share a common
	// package type. All unpackaged files (MPEG-4, MPEG-2 TS, Quicktime, MXF, and no
	// container) are grouped in a single output group as well. Required in is a group
	// of settings that apply to the whole group. This required object depends on the
	// value you set for Type. Type, settings object pairs are as follows. *
	// FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS, FileGroupSettings * HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS, HlsGroupSettings *
	// DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS, DashIsoGroupSettings * MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS,
	// MsSmoothGroupSettings * CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS, CmafGroupSettings
	OutputGroups []OutputGroup

	// These settings control how the service handles timecodes throughout the job.
	// These settings don't affect input clipping.
	TimecodeConfig *TimecodeConfig

	// Insert user-defined custom ID3 metadata at timecodes that you specify. In each
	// output that you want to include this metadata, you must set ID3 metadata to
	// Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataInsertion *TimedMetadataInsertion
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

JobTemplateSettings contains all the transcode settings saved in the template that will be applied to jobs created from it.

type KantarWatermarkSettings added in v1.5.0 

type KantarWatermarkSettings struct {

	// Provide an audio channel name from your Kantar audio license.
	ChannelName *string

	// Specify a unique identifier for Kantar to use for this piece of content.
	ContentReference *string

	// Provide the name of the AWS Secrets Manager secret where your Kantar
	// credentials are stored. Note that your MediaConvert service role must provide
	// access to this secret. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/granting-permissions-for-mediaconvert-to-access-secrets-manager-secret.html.
	// For instructions on creating a secret, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/secretsmanager/latest/userguide/tutorials_basic.html,
	// in the AWS Secrets Manager User Guide.
	CredentialsSecretName *string

	// Optional. Specify an offset, in whole seconds, from the start of your output
	// and the beginning of the watermarking. When you don't specify an offset, Kantar
	// defaults to zero.
	FileOffset *float64

	// Provide your Kantar license ID number. You should get this number from Kantar.
	KantarLicenseId *int32

	// Provide the HTTPS endpoint to the Kantar server. You should get this endpoint
	// from Kantar.
	KantarServerUrl *string

	// Optional. Specify the Amazon S3 bucket where you want MediaConvert to store
	// your Kantar watermark XML logs. When you don't specify a bucket, MediaConvert
	// doesn't save these logs. Note that your MediaConvert service role must provide
	// access to this location. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/iam-role.html
	LogDestination *string

	// You can optionally use this field to specify the first timestamp that Kantar
	// embeds during watermarking. Kantar suggests that you be very cautious when using
	// this Kantar feature, and that you use it only on channels that are managed
	// specifically for use with this feature by your Audience Measurement Operator.
	// For more information about this feature, contact Kantar technical support.
	Metadata3 *string

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is 50
	// characters.
	Metadata4 *string

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is 50
	// characters.
	Metadata5 *string

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is 50
	// characters.
	Metadata6 *string

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is 50
	// characters.
	Metadata7 *string

	// Additional metadata that MediaConvert sends to Kantar. Maximum length is 50
	// characters.
	Metadata8 *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings only when you use Kantar watermarking. Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Kantar watermarks in your output audio. These settings apply to every output in your job. In addition to specifying these values, you also need to store your Kantar credentials in AWS Secrets Manager. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/kantar-watermarking.html.

type LanguageCode 

type LanguageCode string
const (
	LanguageCodeEng LanguageCode = "ENG"
	LanguageCodeSpa LanguageCode = "SPA"
	LanguageCodeFra LanguageCode = "FRA"
	LanguageCodeDeu LanguageCode = "DEU"
	LanguageCodeGer LanguageCode = "GER"
	LanguageCodeZho LanguageCode = "ZHO"
	LanguageCodeAra LanguageCode = "ARA"
	LanguageCodeHin LanguageCode = "HIN"
	LanguageCodeJpn LanguageCode = "JPN"
	LanguageCodeRus LanguageCode = "RUS"
	LanguageCodePor LanguageCode = "POR"
	LanguageCodeIta LanguageCode = "ITA"
	LanguageCodeUrd LanguageCode = "URD"
	LanguageCodeVie LanguageCode = "VIE"
	LanguageCodeKor LanguageCode = "KOR"
	LanguageCodePan LanguageCode = "PAN"
	LanguageCodeAbk LanguageCode = "ABK"
	LanguageCodeAar LanguageCode = "AAR"
	LanguageCodeAfr LanguageCode = "AFR"
	LanguageCodeAka LanguageCode = "AKA"
	LanguageCodeSqi LanguageCode = "SQI"
	LanguageCodeAmh LanguageCode = "AMH"
	LanguageCodeArg LanguageCode = "ARG"
	LanguageCodeHye LanguageCode = "HYE"
	LanguageCodeAsm LanguageCode = "ASM"
	LanguageCodeAva LanguageCode = "AVA"
	LanguageCodeAve LanguageCode = "AVE"
	LanguageCodeAym LanguageCode = "AYM"
	LanguageCodeAze LanguageCode = "AZE"
	LanguageCodeBam LanguageCode = "BAM"
	LanguageCodeBak LanguageCode = "BAK"
	LanguageCodeEus LanguageCode = "EUS"
	LanguageCodeBel LanguageCode = "BEL"
	LanguageCodeBen LanguageCode = "BEN"
	LanguageCodeBih LanguageCode = "BIH"
	LanguageCodeBis LanguageCode = "BIS"
	LanguageCodeBos LanguageCode = "BOS"
	LanguageCodeBre LanguageCode = "BRE"
	LanguageCodeBul LanguageCode = "BUL"
	LanguageCodeMya LanguageCode = "MYA"
	LanguageCodeCat LanguageCode = "CAT"
	LanguageCodeKhm LanguageCode = "KHM"
	LanguageCodeCha LanguageCode = "CHA"
	LanguageCodeChe LanguageCode = "CHE"
	LanguageCodeNya LanguageCode = "NYA"
	LanguageCodeChu LanguageCode = "CHU"
	LanguageCodeChv LanguageCode = "CHV"
	LanguageCodeCor LanguageCode = "COR"
	LanguageCodeCos LanguageCode = "COS"
	LanguageCodeCre LanguageCode = "CRE"
	LanguageCodeHrv LanguageCode = "HRV"
	LanguageCodeCes LanguageCode = "CES"
	LanguageCodeDan LanguageCode = "DAN"
	LanguageCodeDiv LanguageCode = "DIV"
	LanguageCodeNld LanguageCode = "NLD"
	LanguageCodeDzo LanguageCode = "DZO"
	LanguageCodeEnm LanguageCode = "ENM"
	LanguageCodeEpo LanguageCode = "EPO"
	LanguageCodeEst LanguageCode = "EST"
	LanguageCodeEwe LanguageCode = "EWE"
	LanguageCodeFao LanguageCode = "FAO"
	LanguageCodeFij LanguageCode = "FIJ"
	LanguageCodeFin LanguageCode = "FIN"
	LanguageCodeFrm LanguageCode = "FRM"
	LanguageCodeFul LanguageCode = "FUL"
	LanguageCodeGla LanguageCode = "GLA"
	LanguageCodeGlg LanguageCode = "GLG"
	LanguageCodeLug LanguageCode = "LUG"
	LanguageCodeKat LanguageCode = "KAT"
	LanguageCodeEll LanguageCode = "ELL"
	LanguageCodeGrn LanguageCode = "GRN"
	LanguageCodeGuj LanguageCode = "GUJ"
	LanguageCodeHat LanguageCode = "HAT"
	LanguageCodeHau LanguageCode = "HAU"
	LanguageCodeHeb LanguageCode = "HEB"
	LanguageCodeHer LanguageCode = "HER"
	LanguageCodeHmo LanguageCode = "HMO"
	LanguageCodeHun LanguageCode = "HUN"
	LanguageCodeIsl LanguageCode = "ISL"
	LanguageCodeIdo LanguageCode = "IDO"
	LanguageCodeIbo LanguageCode = "IBO"
	LanguageCodeInd LanguageCode = "IND"
	LanguageCodeIna LanguageCode = "INA"
	LanguageCodeIle LanguageCode = "ILE"
	LanguageCodeIku LanguageCode = "IKU"
	LanguageCodeIpk LanguageCode = "IPK"
	LanguageCodeGle LanguageCode = "GLE"
	LanguageCodeJav LanguageCode = "JAV"
	LanguageCodeKal LanguageCode = "KAL"
	LanguageCodeKan LanguageCode = "KAN"
	LanguageCodeKau LanguageCode = "KAU"
	LanguageCodeKas LanguageCode = "KAS"
	LanguageCodeKaz LanguageCode = "KAZ"
	LanguageCodeKik LanguageCode = "KIK"
	LanguageCodeKin LanguageCode = "KIN"
	LanguageCodeKir LanguageCode = "KIR"
	LanguageCodeKom LanguageCode = "KOM"
	LanguageCodeKon LanguageCode = "KON"
	LanguageCodeKua LanguageCode = "KUA"
	LanguageCodeKur LanguageCode = "KUR"
	LanguageCodeLao LanguageCode = "LAO"
	LanguageCodeLat LanguageCode = "LAT"
	LanguageCodeLav LanguageCode = "LAV"
	LanguageCodeLim LanguageCode = "LIM"
	LanguageCodeLin LanguageCode = "LIN"
	LanguageCodeLit LanguageCode = "LIT"
	LanguageCodeLub LanguageCode = "LUB"
	LanguageCodeLtz LanguageCode = "LTZ"
	LanguageCodeMkd LanguageCode = "MKD"
	LanguageCodeMlg LanguageCode = "MLG"
	LanguageCodeMsa LanguageCode = "MSA"
	LanguageCodeMal LanguageCode = "MAL"
	LanguageCodeMlt LanguageCode = "MLT"
	LanguageCodeGlv LanguageCode = "GLV"
	LanguageCodeMri LanguageCode = "MRI"
	LanguageCodeMar LanguageCode = "MAR"
	LanguageCodeMah LanguageCode = "MAH"
	LanguageCodeMon LanguageCode = "MON"
	LanguageCodeNau LanguageCode = "NAU"
	LanguageCodeNav LanguageCode = "NAV"
	LanguageCodeNde LanguageCode = "NDE"
	LanguageCodeNbl LanguageCode = "NBL"
	LanguageCodeNdo LanguageCode = "NDO"
	LanguageCodeNep LanguageCode = "NEP"
	LanguageCodeSme LanguageCode = "SME"
	LanguageCodeNor LanguageCode = "NOR"
	LanguageCodeNob LanguageCode = "NOB"
	LanguageCodeNno LanguageCode = "NNO"
	LanguageCodeOci LanguageCode = "OCI"
	LanguageCodeOji LanguageCode = "OJI"
	LanguageCodeOri LanguageCode = "ORI"
	LanguageCodeOrm LanguageCode = "ORM"
	LanguageCodeOss LanguageCode = "OSS"
	LanguageCodePli LanguageCode = "PLI"
	LanguageCodeFas LanguageCode = "FAS"
	LanguageCodePol LanguageCode = "POL"
	LanguageCodePus LanguageCode = "PUS"
	LanguageCodeQue LanguageCode = "QUE"
	LanguageCodeQaa LanguageCode = "QAA"
	LanguageCodeRon LanguageCode = "RON"
	LanguageCodeRoh LanguageCode = "ROH"
	LanguageCodeRun LanguageCode = "RUN"
	LanguageCodeSmo LanguageCode = "SMO"
	LanguageCodeSag LanguageCode = "SAG"
	LanguageCodeSan LanguageCode = "SAN"
	LanguageCodeSrd LanguageCode = "SRD"
	LanguageCodeSrb LanguageCode = "SRB"
	LanguageCodeSna LanguageCode = "SNA"
	LanguageCodeIii LanguageCode = "III"
	LanguageCodeSnd LanguageCode = "SND"
	LanguageCodeSin LanguageCode = "SIN"
	LanguageCodeSlk LanguageCode = "SLK"
	LanguageCodeSlv LanguageCode = "SLV"
	LanguageCodeSom LanguageCode = "SOM"
	LanguageCodeSot LanguageCode = "SOT"
	LanguageCodeSun LanguageCode = "SUN"
	LanguageCodeSwa LanguageCode = "SWA"
	LanguageCodeSsw LanguageCode = "SSW"
	LanguageCodeSwe LanguageCode = "SWE"
	LanguageCodeTgl LanguageCode = "TGL"
	LanguageCodeTah LanguageCode = "TAH"
	LanguageCodeTgk LanguageCode = "TGK"
	LanguageCodeTam LanguageCode = "TAM"
	LanguageCodeTat LanguageCode = "TAT"
	LanguageCodeTel LanguageCode = "TEL"
	LanguageCodeTha LanguageCode = "THA"
	LanguageCodeBod LanguageCode = "BOD"
	LanguageCodeTir LanguageCode = "TIR"
	LanguageCodeTon LanguageCode = "TON"
	LanguageCodeTso LanguageCode = "TSO"
	LanguageCodeTsn LanguageCode = "TSN"
	LanguageCodeTur LanguageCode = "TUR"
	LanguageCodeTuk LanguageCode = "TUK"
	LanguageCodeTwi LanguageCode = "TWI"
	LanguageCodeUig LanguageCode = "UIG"
	LanguageCodeUkr LanguageCode = "UKR"
	LanguageCodeUzb LanguageCode = "UZB"
	LanguageCodeVen LanguageCode = "VEN"
	LanguageCodeVol LanguageCode = "VOL"
	LanguageCodeWln LanguageCode = "WLN"
	LanguageCodeCym LanguageCode = "CYM"
	LanguageCodeFry LanguageCode = "FRY"
	LanguageCodeWol LanguageCode = "WOL"
	LanguageCodeXho LanguageCode = "XHO"
	LanguageCodeYid LanguageCode = "YID"
	LanguageCodeYor LanguageCode = "YOR"
	LanguageCodeZha LanguageCode = "ZHA"
	LanguageCodeZul LanguageCode = "ZUL"
	LanguageCodeOrj LanguageCode = "ORJ"
	LanguageCodeQpc LanguageCode = "QPC"
	LanguageCodeTng LanguageCode = "TNG"
	LanguageCodeSrp LanguageCode = "SRP"
)

Enum values for LanguageCode

func (LanguageCode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (LanguageCode) Values() []LanguageCode

Values returns all known values for LanguageCode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsAudioBufferModel 

type M2tsAudioBufferModel string
const (
	M2tsAudioBufferModelDvb  M2tsAudioBufferModel = "DVB"
	M2tsAudioBufferModelAtsc M2tsAudioBufferModel = "ATSC"
)

Enum values for M2tsAudioBufferModel

func (M2tsAudioBufferModel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsAudioBufferModel) Values() []M2tsAudioBufferModel

Values returns all known values for M2tsAudioBufferModel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsAudioDuration added in v0.31.0 

type M2tsAudioDuration string
const (
	M2tsAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration M2tsAudioDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"
	M2tsAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration   M2tsAudioDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

Enum values for M2tsAudioDuration

func (M2tsAudioDuration) Values added in v0.31.0 

func (M2tsAudioDuration) Values() []M2tsAudioDuration

Values returns all known values for M2tsAudioDuration. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsBufferModel 

type M2tsBufferModel string
const (
	M2tsBufferModelMultiplex M2tsBufferModel = "MULTIPLEX"
	M2tsBufferModelNone      M2tsBufferModel = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsBufferModel

func (M2tsBufferModel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsBufferModel) Values() []M2tsBufferModel

Values returns all known values for M2tsBufferModel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsDataPtsControl added in v1.10.0 

type M2tsDataPtsControl string
const (
	M2tsDataPtsControlAuto         M2tsDataPtsControl = "AUTO"
	M2tsDataPtsControlAlignToVideo M2tsDataPtsControl = "ALIGN_TO_VIDEO"
)

Enum values for M2tsDataPtsControl

func (M2tsDataPtsControl) Values added in v1.10.0 

func (M2tsDataPtsControl) Values() []M2tsDataPtsControl

Values returns all known values for M2tsDataPtsControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsEbpAudioInterval 

type M2tsEbpAudioInterval string
const (
	M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoAndFixedIntervals M2tsEbpAudioInterval = "VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS"
	M2tsEbpAudioIntervalVideoInterval          M2tsEbpAudioInterval = "VIDEO_INTERVAL"
)

Enum values for M2tsEbpAudioInterval

func (M2tsEbpAudioInterval) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsEbpAudioInterval) Values() []M2tsEbpAudioInterval

Values returns all known values for M2tsEbpAudioInterval. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsEbpPlacement 

type M2tsEbpPlacement string
const (
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoAndAudioPids M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_AND_AUDIO_PIDS"
	M2tsEbpPlacementVideoPid          M2tsEbpPlacement = "VIDEO_PID"
)

Enum values for M2tsEbpPlacement

func (M2tsEbpPlacement) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsEbpPlacement) Values() []M2tsEbpPlacement

Values returns all known values for M2tsEbpPlacement. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsEsRateInPes 

type M2tsEsRateInPes string
const (
	M2tsEsRateInPesInclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "INCLUDE"
	M2tsEsRateInPesExclude M2tsEsRateInPes = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for M2tsEsRateInPes

func (M2tsEsRateInPes) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsEsRateInPes) Values() []M2tsEsRateInPes

Values returns all known values for M2tsEsRateInPes. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder 

type M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder string
const (
	M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderForce   M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder = "FORCE"
	M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrderDefault M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder = "DEFAULT"
)

Enum values for M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder

func (M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder) Values() []M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder

Values returns all known values for M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsKlvMetadata added in v1.22.0 

type M2tsKlvMetadata string
const (
	M2tsKlvMetadataPassthrough M2tsKlvMetadata = "PASSTHROUGH"
	M2tsKlvMetadataNone        M2tsKlvMetadata = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsKlvMetadata

func (M2tsKlvMetadata) Values added in v1.22.0 

func (M2tsKlvMetadata) Values() []M2tsKlvMetadata

Values returns all known values for M2tsKlvMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsNielsenId3 

type M2tsNielsenId3 string
const (
	M2tsNielsenId3Insert M2tsNielsenId3 = "INSERT"
	M2tsNielsenId3None   M2tsNielsenId3 = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsNielsenId3

func (M2tsNielsenId3) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsNielsenId3) Values() []M2tsNielsenId3

Values returns all known values for M2tsNielsenId3. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsPcrControl 

type M2tsPcrControl string
const (
	M2tsPcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket   M2tsPcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"
	M2tsPcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod M2tsPcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
)

Enum values for M2tsPcrControl

func (M2tsPcrControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsPcrControl) Values() []M2tsPcrControl

Values returns all known values for M2tsPcrControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsPreventBufferUnderflow added in v1.53.0 

type M2tsPreventBufferUnderflow string
const (
	M2tsPreventBufferUnderflowDisabled M2tsPreventBufferUnderflow = "DISABLED"
	M2tsPreventBufferUnderflowEnabled  M2tsPreventBufferUnderflow = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for M2tsPreventBufferUnderflow

func (M2tsPreventBufferUnderflow) Values added in v1.53.0 

func (M2tsPreventBufferUnderflow) Values() []M2tsPreventBufferUnderflow

Values returns all known values for M2tsPreventBufferUnderflow. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsRateMode 

type M2tsRateMode string
const (
	M2tsRateModeVbr M2tsRateMode = "VBR"
	M2tsRateModeCbr M2tsRateMode = "CBR"
)

Enum values for M2tsRateMode

func (M2tsRateMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsRateMode) Values() []M2tsRateMode

Values returns all known values for M2tsRateMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsScte35Esam 

type M2tsScte35Esam struct {

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream generated
	// by ESAM.
	Scte35EsamPid *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for SCTE-35 signals from ESAM. Include this in your job settings to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and transport stream outputs at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML.

type M2tsScte35Source 

type M2tsScte35Source string
const (
	M2tsScte35SourcePassthrough M2tsScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	M2tsScte35SourceNone        M2tsScte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M2tsScte35Source

func (M2tsScte35Source) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsScte35Source) Values() []M2tsScte35Source

Values returns all known values for M2tsScte35Source. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsSegmentationMarkers 

type M2tsSegmentationMarkers string
const (
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersNone        M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "NONE"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiSegstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_SEGSTART"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersRaiAdapt    M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "RAI_ADAPT"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersPsiSegstart M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "PSI_SEGSTART"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbp         M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP"
	M2tsSegmentationMarkersEbpLegacy   M2tsSegmentationMarkers = "EBP_LEGACY"
)

Enum values for M2tsSegmentationMarkers

func (M2tsSegmentationMarkers) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsSegmentationMarkers) Values() []M2tsSegmentationMarkers

Values returns all known values for M2tsSegmentationMarkers. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsSegmentationStyle 

type M2tsSegmentationStyle string
const (
	M2tsSegmentationStyleMaintainCadence M2tsSegmentationStyle = "MAINTAIN_CADENCE"
	M2tsSegmentationStyleResetCadence    M2tsSegmentationStyle = "RESET_CADENCE"
)

Enum values for M2tsSegmentationStyle

func (M2tsSegmentationStyle) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M2tsSegmentationStyle) Values() []M2tsSegmentationStyle

Values returns all known values for M2tsSegmentationStyle. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M2tsSettings 

type M2tsSettings struct {

	// Selects between the DVB and ATSC buffer models for Dolby Digital audio.
	AudioBufferModel M2tsAudioBufferModel

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration. In all
	// other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When you choose
	// Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or
	// trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as
	// long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the
	// audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream.
	// MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last
	// segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only
	// to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies
	// between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration M2tsAudioDuration

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes *int32

	// Specify the packet identifiers (PIDs) for any elementary audio streams you
	// include in this output. Specify multiple PIDs as a JSON array. Default is the
	// range 482-492.
	AudioPids []int32

	// Specify the output bitrate of the transport stream in bits per second. Setting
	// to 0 lets the muxer automatically determine the appropriate bitrate. Other
	// common values are 3750000, 7500000, and 15000000.
	Bitrate *int32

	// Controls what buffer model to use for accurate interleaving. If set to
	// MULTIPLEX, use multiplex buffer model. If set to NONE, this can lead to lower
	// latency, but low-memory devices may not be able to play back the stream without
	// interruptions.
	BufferModel M2tsBufferModel

	// If you select ALIGN_TO_VIDEO, MediaConvert writes captions and data packets
	// with Presentation Timestamp (PTS) values greater than or equal to the first
	// video packet PTS (MediaConvert drops captions and data packets with lesser PTS
	// values). Keep the default value to allow all PTS values.
	DataPTSControl M2tsDataPtsControl

	// Use these settings to insert a DVB Network Information Table (NIT) in the
	// transport stream of this output.
	DvbNitSettings *DvbNitSettings

	// Use these settings to insert a DVB Service Description Table (SDT) in the
	// transport stream of this output.
	DvbSdtSettings *DvbSdtSettings

	// Specify the packet identifiers (PIDs) for DVB subtitle data included in this
	// output. Specify multiple PIDs as a JSON array. Default is the range 460-479.
	DvbSubPids []int32

	// Use these settings to insert a DVB Time and Date Table (TDT) in the transport
	// stream of this output.
	DvbTdtSettings *DvbTdtSettings

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for DVB teletext data you include in this
	// output. Default is 499.
	DvbTeletextPid *int32

	// When set to VIDEO_AND_FIXED_INTERVALS, audio EBP markers will be added to
	// partitions 3 and 4. The interval between these additional markers will be fixed,
	// and will be slightly shorter than the video EBP marker interval. When set to
	// VIDEO_INTERVAL, these additional markers will not be inserted. Only applicable
	// when EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or
	// EBP_LEGACY).
	EbpAudioInterval M2tsEbpAudioInterval

	// Selects which PIDs to place EBP markers on. They can either be placed only on
	// the video PID, or on both the video PID and all audio PIDs. Only applicable when
	// EBP segmentation markers are is selected (segmentationMarkers is EBP or
	// EBP_LEGACY).
	EbpPlacement M2tsEbpPlacement

	// Controls whether to include the ES Rate field in the PES header.
	EsRateInPes M2tsEsRateInPes

	// Keep the default value unless you know that your audio EBP markers are
	// incorrectly appearing before your video EBP markers. To correct this problem,
	// set this value to Force.
	ForceTsVideoEbpOrder M2tsForceTsVideoEbpOrder

	// The length, in seconds, of each fragment. Only used with EBP markers.
	FragmentTime *float64

	// To include key-length-value metadata in this output: Set KLV metadata insertion
	// to Passthrough. MediaConvert reads KLV metadata present in your input and passes
	// it through to the output transport stream. To exclude this KLV metadata: Set KLV
	// metadata insertion to None or leave blank.
	KlvMetadata M2tsKlvMetadata

	// Specify the maximum time, in milliseconds, between Program Clock References
	// (PCRs) inserted into the transport stream.
	MaxPcrInterval *int32

	// When set, enforces that Encoder Boundary Points do not come within the
	// specified time interval of each other by looking ahead at input video. If
	// another EBP is going to come in within the specified time interval, the current
	// EBP is not emitted, and the segment is "stretched" to the next marker. The
	// lookahead value does not add latency to the system. The Live Event must be
	// configured elsewhere to create sufficient latency to make the lookahead
	// accurate.
	MinEbpInterval *int32

	// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the
	// input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
	NielsenId3 M2tsNielsenId3

	// Value in bits per second of extra null packets to insert into the transport
	// stream. This can be used if a downstream encryption system requires periodic
	// null packets.
	NullPacketBitrate *float64

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PatInterval *int32

	// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET, a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
	// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This is effective only when
	// the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl M2tsPcrControl

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program clock reference (PCR) in
	// this output. If you do not specify a value, the service will use the value for
	// Video PID.
	PcrPid *int32

	// Specify the number of milliseconds between instances of the program map table
	// (PMT) in the output transport stream.
	PmtInterval *int32

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) for the program map table (PMT) itself.
	// Default is 480.
	PmtPid *int32

	// Specify whether MediaConvert automatically attempts to prevent decoder buffer
	// underflows in your transport stream output. Use if you are seeing decoder buffer
	// underflows in your output and are unable to increase your transport stream's
	// bitrate. For most workflows: We recommend that you keep the default value,
	// Disabled. To prevent decoder buffer underflows in your output, when possible:
	// Choose Enabled. Note that if MediaConvert prevents a decoder buffer underflow in
	// your output, output video quality is reduced and your job will take longer to
	// complete.
	PreventBufferUnderflow M2tsPreventBufferUnderflow

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream. Default is
	// 503.
	PrivateMetadataPid *int32

	// Use Program number to specify the program number used in the program map table
	// (PMT) for this output. Default is 1. Program numbers and program map tables are
	// parts of MPEG-2 transport stream containers, used for organizing data.
	ProgramNumber *int32

	// Manually specify the initial PTS offset, in seconds, when you set PTS offset to
	// Seconds. Enter an integer from 0 to 3600. Leave blank to keep the default value
	// 2.
	PtsOffset *int32

	// Specify the initial presentation timestamp (PTS) offset for your transport
	// stream output. To let MediaConvert automatically determine the initial PTS
	// offset: Keep the default value, Auto. We recommend that you choose Auto for the
	// widest player compatibility. The initial PTS will be at least two seconds and
	// vary depending on your output's bitrate, HRD buffer size and HRD buffer initial
	// fill percentage. To manually specify an initial PTS offset: Choose Seconds. Then
	// specify the number of seconds with PTS offset.
	PtsOffsetMode TsPtsOffset

	// When set to CBR, inserts null packets into transport stream to fill specified
	// bitrate. When set to VBR, the bitrate setting acts as the maximum bitrate, but
	// the output will not be padded up to that bitrate.
	RateMode M2tsRateMode

	// Include this in your job settings to put SCTE-35 markers in your HLS and
	// transport stream outputs at the insertion points that you specify in an ESAM XML
	// document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML.
	Scte35Esam *M2tsScte35Esam

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport
	// stream.
	Scte35Pid *int32

	// For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35
	// markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None if
	// you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from an ESAM
	// XML document-- Choose None. Also provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting
	// Signal processing notification XML. Also enable ESAM SCTE-35 (include the
	// property scte35Esam).
	Scte35Source M2tsScte35Source

	// Inserts segmentation markers at each segmentation_time period. rai_segstart
	// sets the Random Access Indicator bit in the adaptation field. rai_adapt sets the
	// RAI bit and adds the current timecode in the private data bytes. psi_segstart
	// inserts PAT and PMT tables at the start of segments. ebp adds Encoder Boundary
	// Point information to the adaptation field as per OpenCable specification
	// OC-SP-EBP-I01-130118. ebp_legacy adds Encoder Boundary Point information to the
	// adaptation field using a legacy proprietary format.
	SegmentationMarkers M2tsSegmentationMarkers

	// The segmentation style parameter controls how segmentation markers are inserted
	// into the transport stream. With avails, it is possible that segments may be
	// truncated, which can influence where future segmentation markers are inserted.
	// When a segmentation style of "reset_cadence" is selected and a segment is
	// truncated due to an avail, we will reset the segmentation cadence. This means
	// the subsequent segment will have a duration of of $segmentation_time seconds.
	// When a segmentation style of "maintain_cadence" is selected and a segment is
	// truncated due to an avail, we will not reset the segmentation cadence. This
	// means the subsequent segment will likely be truncated as well. However, all
	// segments after that will have a duration of $segmentation_time seconds. Note
	// that EBP lookahead is a slight exception to this rule.
	SegmentationStyle M2tsSegmentationStyle

	// Specify the length, in seconds, of each segment. Required unless markers is set
	// to none.
	SegmentationTime *float64

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the ID3 metadata stream in the transport stream.
	TimedMetadataPid *int32

	// Specify the ID for the transport stream itself in the program map table for
	// this output. Transport stream IDs and program map tables are parts of MPEG-2
	// transport stream containers, used for organizing data.
	TransportStreamId *int32

	// Specify the packet identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the
	// transport stream.
	VideoPid *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

MPEG-2 TS container settings. These apply to outputs in a File output group when the output's container is MPEG-2 Transport Stream (M2TS). In these assets, data is organized by the program map table (PMT). Each transport stream program contains subsets of data, including audio, video, and metadata. Each of these subsets of data has a numerical label called a packet identifier (PID). Each transport stream program corresponds to one MediaConvert output. The PMT lists the types of data in a program along with their PID. Downstream systems and players use the program map table to look up the PID for each type of data it accesses and then uses the PIDs to locate specific data within the asset.

type M3u8AudioDuration added in v0.31.0 

type M3u8AudioDuration string
const (
	M3u8AudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration M3u8AudioDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"
	M3u8AudioDurationMatchVideoDuration   M3u8AudioDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

Enum values for M3u8AudioDuration

func (M3u8AudioDuration) Values added in v0.31.0 

func (M3u8AudioDuration) Values() []M3u8AudioDuration

Values returns all known values for M3u8AudioDuration. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8DataPtsControl added in v1.10.0 

type M3u8DataPtsControl string
const (
	M3u8DataPtsControlAuto         M3u8DataPtsControl = "AUTO"
	M3u8DataPtsControlAlignToVideo M3u8DataPtsControl = "ALIGN_TO_VIDEO"
)

Enum values for M3u8DataPtsControl

func (M3u8DataPtsControl) Values added in v1.10.0 

func (M3u8DataPtsControl) Values() []M3u8DataPtsControl

Values returns all known values for M3u8DataPtsControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8NielsenId3 

type M3u8NielsenId3 string
const (
	M3u8NielsenId3Insert M3u8NielsenId3 = "INSERT"
	M3u8NielsenId3None   M3u8NielsenId3 = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M3u8NielsenId3

func (M3u8NielsenId3) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M3u8NielsenId3) Values() []M3u8NielsenId3

Values returns all known values for M3u8NielsenId3. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8PcrControl 

type M3u8PcrControl string
const (
	M3u8PcrControlPcrEveryPesPacket   M3u8PcrControl = "PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET"
	M3u8PcrControlConfiguredPcrPeriod M3u8PcrControl = "CONFIGURED_PCR_PERIOD"
)

Enum values for M3u8PcrControl

func (M3u8PcrControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M3u8PcrControl) Values() []M3u8PcrControl

Values returns all known values for M3u8PcrControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8Scte35Source 

type M3u8Scte35Source string
const (
	M3u8Scte35SourcePassthrough M3u8Scte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	M3u8Scte35SourceNone        M3u8Scte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for M3u8Scte35Source

func (M3u8Scte35Source) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (M3u8Scte35Source) Values() []M3u8Scte35Source

Values returns all known values for M3u8Scte35Source. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type M3u8Settings 

type M3u8Settings struct {

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration. In all
	// other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When you choose
	// Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or
	// trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as
	// long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the
	// audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream.
	// MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last
	// segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only
	// to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies
	// between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration M3u8AudioDuration

	// The number of audio frames to insert for each PES packet.
	AudioFramesPerPes *int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary audio stream(s) in the transport
	// stream. Multiple values are accepted, and can be entered in ranges and/or by
	// comma separation.
	AudioPids []int32

	// If you select ALIGN_TO_VIDEO, MediaConvert writes captions and data packets
	// with Presentation Timestamp (PTS) values greater than or equal to the first
	// video packet PTS (MediaConvert drops captions and data packets with lesser PTS
	// values). Keep the default value AUTO to allow all PTS values.
	DataPTSControl M3u8DataPtsControl

	// Specify the maximum time, in milliseconds, between Program Clock References
	// (PCRs) inserted into the transport stream.
	MaxPcrInterval *int32

	// If INSERT, Nielsen inaudible tones for media tracking will be detected in the
	// input audio and an equivalent ID3 tag will be inserted in the output.
	NielsenId3 M3u8NielsenId3

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PatInterval *int32

	// When set to PCR_EVERY_PES_PACKET a Program Clock Reference value is inserted
	// for every Packetized Elementary Stream (PES) header. This parameter is effective
	// only when the PCR PID is the same as the video or audio elementary stream.
	PcrControl M3u8PcrControl

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the Program Clock Reference (PCR) in the transport
	// stream. When no value is given, the encoder will assign the same value as the
	// Video PID.
	PcrPid *int32

	// The number of milliseconds between instances of this table in the output
	// transport stream.
	PmtInterval *int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) for the Program Map Table (PMT) in the transport stream.
	PmtPid *int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the private metadata stream in the transport stream.
	PrivateMetadataPid *int32

	// The value of the program number field in the Program Map Table.
	ProgramNumber *int32

	// Manually specify the initial PTS offset, in seconds, when you set PTS offset to
	// Seconds. Enter an integer from 0 to 3600. Leave blank to keep the default value
	// 2.
	PtsOffset *int32

	// Specify the initial presentation timestamp (PTS) offset for your transport
	// stream output. To let MediaConvert automatically determine the initial PTS
	// offset: Keep the default value, Auto. We recommend that you choose Auto for the
	// widest player compatibility. The initial PTS will be at least two seconds and
	// vary depending on your output's bitrate, HRD buffer size and HRD buffer initial
	// fill percentage. To manually specify an initial PTS offset: Choose Seconds. Then
	// specify the number of seconds with PTS offset.
	PtsOffsetMode TsPtsOffset

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the SCTE-35 stream in the transport stream.
	Scte35Pid *int32

	// For SCTE-35 markers from your input-- Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35
	// markers that appear in your input to also appear in this output. Choose None if
	// you don't want SCTE-35 markers in this output. For SCTE-35 markers from an ESAM
	// XML document-- Choose None if you don't want manifest conditioning. Choose
	// Passthrough and choose Ad markers if you do want manifest conditioning. In both
	// cases, also provide the ESAM XML as a string in the setting Signal processing
	// notification XML.
	Scte35Source M3u8Scte35Source

	// Set ID3 metadata to Passthrough to include ID3 metadata in this output. This
	// includes ID3 metadata from the following features: ID3 timestamp period, and
	// Custom ID3 metadata inserter. To exclude this ID3 metadata in this output: set
	// ID3 metadata to None or leave blank.
	TimedMetadata TimedMetadata

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the ID3 metadata stream in the transport stream.
	TimedMetadataPid *int32

	// The value of the transport stream ID field in the Program Map Table.
	TransportStreamId *int32

	// Packet Identifier (PID) of the elementary video stream in the transport stream.
	VideoPid *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings relate to the MPEG-2 transport stream (MPEG2-TS) container for the MPEG2-TS segments in your HLS outputs.

type MinBottomRenditionSize added in v1.24.0 

type MinBottomRenditionSize struct {

	// Use Height to define the video resolution height, in pixels, for this rule.
	Height *int32

	// Use Width to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this rule.
	Width *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use Min bottom rendition size to specify a minimum size for the lowest resolution in your ABR stack. * The lowest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or greater than the value that you enter. For example: If you specify 640x360 the lowest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or greater than to 640x360. * If you specify a Min top rendition size rule, the value that you specify for Min bottom rendition size must be less than, or equal to, Min top rendition size.

type MinTopRenditionSize added in v1.24.0 

type MinTopRenditionSize struct {

	// Use Height to define the video resolution height, in pixels, for this rule.
	Height *int32

	// Use Width to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this rule.
	Width *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use Min top rendition size to specify a minimum size for the highest resolution in your ABR stack. * The highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or greater than the value that you enter. For example: If you specify 1280x720 the highest resolution in your ABR stack will be equal to or greater than 1280x720. * If you specify a value for Max resolution, the value that you specify for Min top rendition size must be less than, or equal to, Max resolution.

type MotionImageInserter 

type MotionImageInserter struct {

	// If your motion graphic asset is a .mov file, keep this setting unspecified. If
	// your motion graphic asset is a series of .png files, specify the frame rate of
	// the overlay in frames per second, as a fraction. For example, specify 24 fps as
	// 24/1. Make sure that the number of images in your series matches the frame rate
	// and your intended overlay duration. For example, if you want a 30-second overlay
	// at 30 fps, you should have 900 .png images. This overlay frame rate doesn't need
	// to match the frame rate of the underlying video.
	Framerate *MotionImageInsertionFramerate

	// Specify the .mov file or series of .png files that you want to overlay on your
	// video. For .png files, provide the file name of the first file in the series.
	// Make sure that the names of the .png files end with sequential numbers that
	// specify the order that they are played in. For example, overlay_000.png,
	// overlay_001.png, overlay_002.png, and so on. The sequence must start at zero,
	// and each image file name must have the same number of digits. Pad your initial
	// file names with enough zeros to complete the sequence. For example, if the first
	// image is overlay_0.png, there can be only 10 images in the sequence, with the
	// last image being overlay_9.png. But if the first image is overlay_00.png, there
	// can be 100 images in the sequence.
	Input *string

	// Choose the type of motion graphic asset that you are providing for your
	// overlay. You can choose either a .mov file or a series of .png files.
	InsertionMode MotionImageInsertionMode

	// Use Offset to specify the placement of your motion graphic overlay on the video
	// frame. Specify in pixels, from the upper-left corner of the frame. If you don't
	// specify an offset, the service scales your overlay to the full size of the
	// frame. Otherwise, the service inserts the overlay at its native resolution and
	// scales the size up or down with any video scaling.
	Offset *MotionImageInsertionOffset

	// Specify whether your motion graphic overlay repeats on a loop or plays only
	// once.
	Playback MotionImagePlayback

	// Specify when the motion overlay begins. Use timecode format (HH:MM:SS:FF or
	// HH:MM:SS;FF). Make sure that the timecode you provide here takes into account
	// how you have set up your timecode configuration under both job settings and
	// input settings. The simplest way to do that is to set both to start at 0. If you
	// need to set up your job to follow timecodes embedded in your source that don't
	// start at zero, make sure that you specify a start time that is after the first
	// embedded timecode. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/setting-up-timecode.html
	StartTime *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Overlay motion graphics on top of your video. The motion graphics that you specify here appear on all outputs in all output groups. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/motion-graphic-overlay.html.

type MotionImageInsertionFramerate 

type MotionImageInsertionFramerate struct {

	// The bottom of the fraction that expresses your overlay frame rate. For example,
	// if your frame rate is 24 fps, set this value to 1.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// The top of the fraction that expresses your overlay frame rate. For example, if
	// your frame rate is 24 fps, set this value to 24.
	FramerateNumerator *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

For motion overlays that don't have a built-in frame rate, specify the frame rate of the overlay in frames per second, as a fraction. For example, specify 24 fps as 24/1. The overlay frame rate doesn't need to match the frame rate of the underlying video.

type MotionImageInsertionMode 

type MotionImageInsertionMode string
const (
	MotionImageInsertionModeMov MotionImageInsertionMode = "MOV"
	MotionImageInsertionModePng MotionImageInsertionMode = "PNG"
)

Enum values for MotionImageInsertionMode

func (MotionImageInsertionMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MotionImageInsertionMode) Values() []MotionImageInsertionMode

Values returns all known values for MotionImageInsertionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MotionImageInsertionOffset 

type MotionImageInsertionOffset struct {

	// Set the distance, in pixels, between the overlay and the left edge of the video
	// frame.
	ImageX *int32

	// Set the distance, in pixels, between the overlay and the top edge of the video
	// frame.
	ImageY *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the offset between the upper-left corner of the video frame and the top left corner of the overlay.

type MotionImagePlayback 

type MotionImagePlayback string
const (
	MotionImagePlaybackOnce   MotionImagePlayback = "ONCE"
	MotionImagePlaybackRepeat MotionImagePlayback = "REPEAT"
)

Enum values for MotionImagePlayback

func (MotionImagePlayback) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MotionImagePlayback) Values() []MotionImagePlayback

Values returns all known values for MotionImagePlayback. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovClapAtom 

type MovClapAtom string
const (
	MovClapAtomInclude MovClapAtom = "INCLUDE"
	MovClapAtomExclude MovClapAtom = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for MovClapAtom

func (MovClapAtom) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MovClapAtom) Values() []MovClapAtom

Values returns all known values for MovClapAtom. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovCslgAtom 

type MovCslgAtom string
const (
	MovCslgAtomInclude MovCslgAtom = "INCLUDE"
	MovCslgAtomExclude MovCslgAtom = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for MovCslgAtom

func (MovCslgAtom) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MovCslgAtom) Values() []MovCslgAtom

Values returns all known values for MovCslgAtom. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovMpeg2FourCCControl 

type MovMpeg2FourCCControl string
const (
	MovMpeg2FourCCControlXdcam MovMpeg2FourCCControl = "XDCAM"
	MovMpeg2FourCCControlMpeg  MovMpeg2FourCCControl = "MPEG"
)

Enum values for MovMpeg2FourCCControl

func (MovMpeg2FourCCControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MovMpeg2FourCCControl) Values() []MovMpeg2FourCCControl

Values returns all known values for MovMpeg2FourCCControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovPaddingControl 

type MovPaddingControl string
const (
	MovPaddingControlOmneon MovPaddingControl = "OMNEON"
	MovPaddingControlNone   MovPaddingControl = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MovPaddingControl

func (MovPaddingControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MovPaddingControl) Values() []MovPaddingControl

Values returns all known values for MovPaddingControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovReference 

type MovReference string
const (
	MovReferenceSelfContained MovReference = "SELF_CONTAINED"
	MovReferenceExternal      MovReference = "EXTERNAL"
)

Enum values for MovReference

func (MovReference) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MovReference) Values() []MovReference

Values returns all known values for MovReference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MovSettings 

type MovSettings struct {

	// When enabled, include 'clap' atom if appropriate for the video output settings.
	ClapAtom MovClapAtom

	// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in
	// the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a
	// 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1
	// amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
	CslgAtom MovCslgAtom

	// When set to XDCAM, writes MPEG2 video streams into the QuickTime file using
	// XDCAM fourcc codes. This increases compatibility with Apple editors and players,
	// but may decrease compatibility with other players. Only applicable when the
	// video codec is MPEG2.
	Mpeg2FourCCControl MovMpeg2FourCCControl

	// Unless you need Omneon compatibility: Keep the default value, None. To make
	// this output compatible with Omneon: Choose Omneon. When you do, MediaConvert
	// increases the length of the 'elst' edit list atom. Note that this might cause
	// file rejections when a recipient of the output file doesn't expect this extra
	// padding.
	PaddingControl MovPaddingControl

	// Always keep the default value (SELF_CONTAINED) for this setting.
	Reference MovReference
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings relate to your QuickTime MOV output container.

type Mp2Settings 

type Mp2Settings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second.
	Bitrate *int32

	// Set Channels to specify the number of channels in this output audio track.
	// Choosing Mono in will give you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo will give you
	// 2. In the API, valid values are 1 and 2.
	Channels *int32

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value MP2.

type Mp3RateControlMode 

type Mp3RateControlMode string
const (
	Mp3RateControlModeCbr Mp3RateControlMode = "CBR"
	Mp3RateControlModeVbr Mp3RateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for Mp3RateControlMode

func (Mp3RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mp3RateControlMode) Values() []Mp3RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for Mp3RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mp3Settings 

type Mp3Settings struct {

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second.
	Bitrate *int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono gives
	// you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API, valid values are
	// 1 and 2.
	Channels *int32

	// Specify whether the service encodes this MP3 audio output with a constant
	// bitrate (CBR) or a variable bitrate (VBR).
	RateControlMode Mp3RateControlMode

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int32

	// Required when you set Bitrate control mode to VBR. Specify the audio quality of
	// this MP3 output from 0 (highest quality) to 9 (lowest quality).
	VbrQuality *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value MP3.

type Mp4CslgAtom 

type Mp4CslgAtom string
const (
	Mp4CslgAtomInclude Mp4CslgAtom = "INCLUDE"
	Mp4CslgAtomExclude Mp4CslgAtom = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for Mp4CslgAtom

func (Mp4CslgAtom) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mp4CslgAtom) Values() []Mp4CslgAtom

Values returns all known values for Mp4CslgAtom. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mp4FreeSpaceBox 

type Mp4FreeSpaceBox string
const (
	Mp4FreeSpaceBoxInclude Mp4FreeSpaceBox = "INCLUDE"
	Mp4FreeSpaceBoxExclude Mp4FreeSpaceBox = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for Mp4FreeSpaceBox

func (Mp4FreeSpaceBox) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mp4FreeSpaceBox) Values() []Mp4FreeSpaceBox

Values returns all known values for Mp4FreeSpaceBox. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mp4MoovPlacement 

type Mp4MoovPlacement string
const (
	Mp4MoovPlacementProgressiveDownload Mp4MoovPlacement = "PROGRESSIVE_DOWNLOAD"
	Mp4MoovPlacementNormal              Mp4MoovPlacement = "NORMAL"
)

Enum values for Mp4MoovPlacement

func (Mp4MoovPlacement) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mp4MoovPlacement) Values() []Mp4MoovPlacement

Values returns all known values for Mp4MoovPlacement. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mp4Settings 

type Mp4Settings struct {

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration. In all
	// other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When you choose
	// Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or
	// trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as
	// long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the
	// audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream.
	// MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last
	// segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only
	// to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies
	// between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration CmfcAudioDuration

	// When enabled, file composition times will start at zero, composition times in
	// the 'ctts' (composition time to sample) box for B-frames will be negative, and a
	// 'cslg' (composition shift least greatest) box will be included per 14496-1
	// amendment 1. This improves compatibility with Apple players and tools.
	CslgAtom Mp4CslgAtom

	// Ignore this setting unless compliance to the CTTS box version specification
	// matters in your workflow. Specify a value of 1 to set your CTTS box version to 1
	// and make your output compliant with the specification. When you specify a value
	// of 1, you must also set CSLG atom to the value INCLUDE. Keep the default value 0
	// to set your CTTS box version to 0. This can provide backward compatibility for
	// some players and packagers.
	CttsVersion *int32

	// Inserts a free-space box immediately after the moov box.
	FreeSpaceBox Mp4FreeSpaceBox

	// To place the MOOV atom at the beginning of your output, which is useful for
	// progressive downloading: Leave blank or choose Progressive download. To place
	// the MOOV at the end of your output: Choose Normal.
	MoovPlacement Mp4MoovPlacement

	// Overrides the "Major Brand" field in the output file. Usually not necessary to
	// specify.
	Mp4MajorBrand *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings relate to your MP4 output container. You can create audio only outputs with this container. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/supported-codecs-containers-audio-only.html#output-codecs-and-containers-supported-for-audio-only.

type MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints added in v0.31.0 

type MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints string
const (
	MpdAccessibilityCaptionHintsInclude MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints = "INCLUDE"
	MpdAccessibilityCaptionHintsExclude MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints = "EXCLUDE"
)

Enum values for MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints

func (MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints) Values added in v0.31.0 

func (MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints) Values() []MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints

Values returns all known values for MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdAudioDuration added in v0.31.0 

type MpdAudioDuration string
const (
	MpdAudioDurationDefaultCodecDuration MpdAudioDuration = "DEFAULT_CODEC_DURATION"
	MpdAudioDurationMatchVideoDuration   MpdAudioDuration = "MATCH_VIDEO_DURATION"
)

Enum values for MpdAudioDuration

func (MpdAudioDuration) Values added in v0.31.0 

func (MpdAudioDuration) Values() []MpdAudioDuration

Values returns all known values for MpdAudioDuration. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdCaptionContainerType 

type MpdCaptionContainerType string
const (
	MpdCaptionContainerTypeRaw           MpdCaptionContainerType = "RAW"
	MpdCaptionContainerTypeFragmentedMp4 MpdCaptionContainerType = "FRAGMENTED_MP4"
)

Enum values for MpdCaptionContainerType

func (MpdCaptionContainerType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MpdCaptionContainerType) Values() []MpdCaptionContainerType

Values returns all known values for MpdCaptionContainerType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdKlvMetadata added in v1.22.0 

type MpdKlvMetadata string
const (
	MpdKlvMetadataNone        MpdKlvMetadata = "NONE"
	MpdKlvMetadataPassthrough MpdKlvMetadata = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for MpdKlvMetadata

func (MpdKlvMetadata) Values added in v1.22.0 

func (MpdKlvMetadata) Values() []MpdKlvMetadata

Values returns all known values for MpdKlvMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdManifestMetadataSignaling added in v1.28.0 

type MpdManifestMetadataSignaling string
const (
	MpdManifestMetadataSignalingEnabled  MpdManifestMetadataSignaling = "ENABLED"
	MpdManifestMetadataSignalingDisabled MpdManifestMetadataSignaling = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for MpdManifestMetadataSignaling

func (MpdManifestMetadataSignaling) Values added in v1.28.0 

func (MpdManifestMetadataSignaling) Values() []MpdManifestMetadataSignaling

Values returns all known values for MpdManifestMetadataSignaling. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdScte35Esam 

type MpdScte35Esam string
const (
	MpdScte35EsamInsert MpdScte35Esam = "INSERT"
	MpdScte35EsamNone   MpdScte35Esam = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MpdScte35Esam

func (MpdScte35Esam) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MpdScte35Esam) Values() []MpdScte35Esam

Values returns all known values for MpdScte35Esam. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdScte35Source 

type MpdScte35Source string
const (
	MpdScte35SourcePassthrough MpdScte35Source = "PASSTHROUGH"
	MpdScte35SourceNone        MpdScte35Source = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MpdScte35Source

func (MpdScte35Source) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MpdScte35Source) Values() []MpdScte35Source

Values returns all known values for MpdScte35Source. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdSettings 

type MpdSettings struct {

	// Optional. Choose Include to have MediaConvert mark up your DASH manifest with
	// elements for embedded 608 captions. This markup isn't generally required, but
	// some video players require it to discover and play embedded 608 captions. Keep
	// the default value, Exclude, to leave these elements out. When you enable this
	// setting, this is the markup that MediaConvert includes in your manifest:
	AccessibilityCaptionHints MpdAccessibilityCaptionHints

	// Specify this setting only when your output will be consumed by a downstream
	// repackaging workflow that is sensitive to very small duration differences
	// between video and audio. For this situation, choose Match video duration. In all
	// other cases, keep the default value, Default codec duration. When you choose
	// Match video duration, MediaConvert pads the output audio streams with silence or
	// trims them to ensure that the total duration of each audio stream is at least as
	// long as the total duration of the video stream. After padding or trimming, the
	// audio stream duration is no more than one frame longer than the video stream.
	// MediaConvert applies audio padding or trimming only to the end of the last
	// segment of the output. For unsegmented outputs, MediaConvert adds padding only
	// to the end of the file. When you keep the default value, any minor discrepancies
	// between audio and video duration will depend on your output audio codec.
	AudioDuration MpdAudioDuration

	// Use this setting only in DASH output groups that include sidecar TTML or IMSC
	// captions. You specify sidecar captions in a separate output from your audio and
	// video. Choose Raw for captions in a single XML file in a raw container. Choose
	// Fragmented MPEG-4 for captions in XML format contained within fragmented MP4
	// files. This set of fragmented MP4 files is separate from your video and audio
	// fragmented MP4 files.
	CaptionContainerType MpdCaptionContainerType

	// To include key-length-value metadata in this output: Set KLV metadata insertion
	// to Passthrough. MediaConvert reads KLV metadata present in your input and writes
	// each instance to a separate event message box in the output, according to MISB
	// ST1910.1. To exclude this KLV metadata: Set KLV metadata insertion to None or
	// leave blank.
	KlvMetadata MpdKlvMetadata

	// To add an InbandEventStream element in your output MPD manifest for each type
	// of event message, set Manifest metadata signaling to Enabled. For ID3 event
	// messages, the InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be same value that you
	// specify for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI. For SCTE35 event messages, the
	// InbandEventStream element schemeIdUri will be "urn:scte:scte35:2013:bin". To
	// leave these elements out of your output MPD manifest, set Manifest metadata
	// signaling to Disabled. To enable Manifest metadata signaling, you must also set
	// SCTE-35 source to Passthrough, ESAM SCTE-35 to insert, or ID3 metadata to
	// Passthrough.
	ManifestMetadataSignaling MpdManifestMetadataSignaling

	// Use this setting only when you specify SCTE-35 markers from ESAM. Choose INSERT
	// to put SCTE-35 markers in this output at the insertion points that you specify
	// in an ESAM XML document. Provide the document in the setting SCC XML.
	Scte35Esam MpdScte35Esam

	// Ignore this setting unless you have SCTE-35 markers in your input video file.
	// Choose Passthrough if you want SCTE-35 markers that appear in your input to also
	// appear in this output. Choose None if you don't want those SCTE-35 markers in
	// this output.
	Scte35Source MpdScte35Source

	// To include ID3 metadata in this output: Set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	// Specify this ID3 metadata in Custom ID3 metadata inserter. MediaConvert writes
	// each instance of ID3 metadata in a separate Event Message (eMSG) box. To exclude
	// this ID3 metadata: Set ID3 metadata to None or leave blank.
	TimedMetadata MpdTimedMetadata

	// Specify the event message box (eMSG) version for ID3 timed metadata in your
	// output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.3
	// Syntax. Leave blank to use the default value Version 0. When you specify Version
	// 1, you must also set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataBoxVersion MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion

	// Specify the event message box (eMSG) scheme ID URI for ID3 timed metadata in
	// your output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4
	// Semantics. Leave blank to use the default value: https://aomedia.org/emsg/ID3
	// When you specify a value for ID3 metadata scheme ID URI, you must also set ID3
	// metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataSchemeIdUri *string

	// Specify the event message box (eMSG) value for ID3 timed metadata in your
	// output. For more information, see ISO/IEC 23009-1:2022 section 5.10.3.3.4
	// Semantics. When you specify a value for ID3 Metadata Value, you must also set
	// ID3 metadata to Passthrough.
	TimedMetadataValue *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings relate to the fragmented MP4 container for the segments in your DASH outputs.

type MpdTimedMetadata added in v1.19.0 

type MpdTimedMetadata string
const (
	MpdTimedMetadataPassthrough MpdTimedMetadata = "PASSTHROUGH"
	MpdTimedMetadataNone        MpdTimedMetadata = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MpdTimedMetadata

func (MpdTimedMetadata) Values added in v1.19.0 

func (MpdTimedMetadata) Values() []MpdTimedMetadata

Values returns all known values for MpdTimedMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion added in v1.28.0 

type MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion string
const (
	MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion0 MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion = "VERSION_0"
	MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersionVersion1 MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion = "VERSION_1"
)

Enum values for MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion

func (MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion) Values added in v1.28.0 

func (MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion) Values() []MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion

Values returns all known values for MpdTimedMetadataBoxVersion. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization 

type Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationOff    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationLow    Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationMedium Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantizationHigh   Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization

func (Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization) Values() []Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2CodecLevel 

type Mpeg2CodecLevel string
const (
	Mpeg2CodecLevelAuto     Mpeg2CodecLevel = "AUTO"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelLow      Mpeg2CodecLevel = "LOW"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelMain     Mpeg2CodecLevel = "MAIN"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh1440 Mpeg2CodecLevel = "HIGH1440"
	Mpeg2CodecLevelHigh     Mpeg2CodecLevel = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2CodecLevel

func (Mpeg2CodecLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2CodecLevel) Values() []Mpeg2CodecLevel

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2CodecLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2CodecProfile 

type Mpeg2CodecProfile string
const (
	Mpeg2CodecProfileMain       Mpeg2CodecProfile = "MAIN"
	Mpeg2CodecProfileProfile422 Mpeg2CodecProfile = "PROFILE_422"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2CodecProfile

func (Mpeg2CodecProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2CodecProfile) Values() []Mpeg2CodecProfile

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2CodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2DynamicSubGop 

type Mpeg2DynamicSubGop string
const (
	Mpeg2DynamicSubGopAdaptive Mpeg2DynamicSubGop = "ADAPTIVE"
	Mpeg2DynamicSubGopStatic   Mpeg2DynamicSubGop = "STATIC"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2DynamicSubGop

func (Mpeg2DynamicSubGop) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2DynamicSubGop) Values() []Mpeg2DynamicSubGop

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2DynamicSubGop. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2FramerateControl 

type Mpeg2FramerateControl string
const (
	Mpeg2FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Mpeg2FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Mpeg2FramerateControlSpecified            Mpeg2FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2FramerateControl

func (Mpeg2FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2FramerateControl) Values() []Mpeg2FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits 

type Mpeg2GopSizeUnits string
const (
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsFrames  Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "FRAMES"
	Mpeg2GopSizeUnitsSeconds Mpeg2GopSizeUnits = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2GopSizeUnits

func (Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2GopSizeUnits) Values() []Mpeg2GopSizeUnits

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2GopSizeUnits. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2InterlaceMode 

type Mpeg2InterlaceMode string
const (
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeProgressive       Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeTopField          Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeBottomField       Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowTopField    Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	Mpeg2InterlaceModeFollowBottomField Mpeg2InterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2InterlaceMode

func (Mpeg2InterlaceMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2InterlaceMode) Values() []Mpeg2InterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2InterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision 

type Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision string
const (
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionAuto               Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "AUTO"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision8  Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_8"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision9  Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_9"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision10 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_10"
	Mpeg2IntraDcPrecisionIntraDcPrecision11 Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision = "INTRA_DC_PRECISION_11"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision

func (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision) Values() []Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2ParControl 

type Mpeg2ParControl string
const (
	Mpeg2ParControlInitializeFromSource Mpeg2ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Mpeg2ParControlSpecified            Mpeg2ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2ParControl

func (Mpeg2ParControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2ParControl) Values() []Mpeg2ParControl

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel 

type Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelSinglePass Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	Mpeg2QualityTuningLevelMultiPass  Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel

func (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel) Values() []Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2RateControlMode 

type Mpeg2RateControlMode string
const (
	Mpeg2RateControlModeVbr Mpeg2RateControlMode = "VBR"
	Mpeg2RateControlModeCbr Mpeg2RateControlMode = "CBR"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2RateControlMode

func (Mpeg2RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2RateControlMode) Values() []Mpeg2RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode added in v1.2.0 

type Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode string
const (
	Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced         Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"
	Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode

func (Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode) Values added in v1.2.0 

func (Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode) Values() []Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect 

type Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect string
const (
	Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectDisabled Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2SceneChangeDetectEnabled  Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect

func (Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect) Values() []Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2Settings 

type Mpeg2Settings struct {

	// Specify the strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. The
	// value that you choose here applies to the following settings: Spatial adaptive
	// quantization, and Temporal adaptive quantization.
	AdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2AdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Required for VBR and CBR. For
	// MS Smooth outputs, bitrates must be unique when rounded down to the nearest
	// multiple of 1000.
	Bitrate *int32

	// Use Level to set the MPEG-2 level for the video output.
	CodecLevel Mpeg2CodecLevel

	// Use Profile to set the MPEG-2 profile for the video output.
	CodecProfile Mpeg2CodecProfile

	// Choose Adaptive to improve subjective video quality for high-motion content.
	// This will cause the service to use fewer B-frames (which infer information based
	// on other frames) for high-motion portions of the video and more B-frames for
	// low-motion portions. The maximum number of B-frames is limited by the value you
	// provide for the setting B frames between reference frames.
	DynamicSubGop Mpeg2DynamicSubGop

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl Mpeg2FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to
	// 30 fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For
	// numerically complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This
	// results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts.
	// For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already
	// been converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do
	// motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method
	// frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and
	// incurs a significant add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video
	// resolution must be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Mpeg2FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Specify the relative frequency of open to closed GOPs in this output. For
	// example, if you want to allow four open GOPs and then require a closed GOP, set
	// this value to 5. When you create a streaming output, we recommend that you keep
	// the default value, 1, so that players starting mid-stream receive an IDR frame
	// as quickly as possible. Don't set this value to 0; that would break output
	// segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence *int32

	// Specify the interval between keyframes, in seconds or frames, for this output.
	// Default: 12 Related settings: When you specify the GOP size in seconds, set GOP
	// mode control to Specified, seconds. The default value for GOP mode control is
	// Frames.
	GopSize *float64

	// Specify the units for GOP size. If you don't specify a value here, by default
	// the encoder measures GOP size in frames.
	GopSizeUnits Mpeg2GopSizeUnits

	// If your downstream systems have strict buffer requirements: Specify the minimum
	// percentage of the HRD buffer that's available at the end of each encoded video
	// segment. For the best video quality: Set to 0 or leave blank to automatically
	// determine the final buffer fill percentage.
	HrdBufferFinalFillPercentage *int32

	// Percentage of the buffer that should initially be filled (HRD buffer model).
	HrdBufferInitialFillPercentage *int32

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize *int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use
	// Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced with
	// the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow, default
	// bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs
	// that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the
	// course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the
	// source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as
	// the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top
	// field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
	InterlaceMode Mpeg2InterlaceMode

	// Use Intra DC precision to set quantization precision for intra-block DC
	// coefficients. If you choose the value auto, the service will automatically
	// select the precision based on the per-frame compression ratio.
	IntraDcPrecision Mpeg2IntraDcPrecision

	// Maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000.
	MaxBitrate *int32

	// Specify the minimum number of frames allowed between two IDR-frames in your
	// output. This includes frames created at the start of a GOP or a scene change.
	// Use Min I-Interval to improve video compression by varying GOP size when two
	// IDR-frames would be created near each other. For example, if a regular
	// cadence-driven IDR-frame would fall within 5 frames of a scene-change IDR-frame,
	// and you set Min I-interval to 5, then the encoder would only write an IDR-frame
	// for the scene-change. In this way, one GOP is shortened or extended. If a
	// cadence-driven IDR-frame would be further than 5 frames from a scene-change
	// IDR-frame, then the encoder leaves all IDR-frames in place. To manually specify
	// an interval: Enter a value from 1 to 30. Use when your downstream systems have
	// specific GOP size requirements. To disable GOP size variance: Enter 0.
	// MediaConvert will only create IDR-frames at the start of your output's
	// cadence-driven GOP. Use when your downstream systems require a regular GOP size.
	MinIInterval *int32

	// Specify the number of B-frames that MediaConvert puts between reference frames
	// in this output. Valid values are whole numbers from 0 through 7. When you don't
	// specify a value, MediaConvert defaults to 2.
	NumberBFramesBetweenReferenceFrames *int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your input
	// video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose any
	// value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you
	// must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl Mpeg2ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator *int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator *int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
	// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
	// single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel Mpeg2QualityTuningLevel

	// Use Rate control mode to specify whether the bitrate is variable (vbr) or
	// constant (cbr).
	RateControlMode Mpeg2RateControlMode

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of
	// your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing to create
	// a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from
	// the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default
	// value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With basic
	// interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then
	// interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your
	// output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing,
	// MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings:
	// To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to None or Soft. You can't
	// use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace
	// mode to a value other than Progressive.
	ScanTypeConversionMode Mpeg2ScanTypeConversionMode

	// Enable this setting to insert I-frames at scene changes that the service
	// automatically detects. This improves video quality and is enabled by default.
	SceneChangeDetect Mpeg2SceneChangeDetect

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25.
	SlowPal Mpeg2SlowPal

	// Ignore this setting unless you need to comply with a specification that
	// requires a specific value. If you don't have a specification requirement, we
	// recommend that you adjust the softness of your output by using a lower value for
	// the setting Sharpness or by enabling a noise reducer filter. The Softness
	// setting specifies the quantization matrices that the encoder uses. Keep the
	// default value, 0, to use the AWS Elemental default matrices. Choose a value from
	// 17 to 128 to use planar interpolation. Increasing values from 17 to 128 result
	// in increasing reduction of high-frequency data. The value 128 results in the
	// softest video.
	Softness *int32

	// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based
	// on spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the
	// encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no
	// noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
	// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
	// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
	// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that
	// this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to
	// be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen
	// with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this feature. Related
	// setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for
	// Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such
	// as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of
	// textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify whether this output's video uses the D10 syntax. Keep the default value
	// to not use the syntax. Related settings: When you choose D10 for your MXF
	// profile, you must also set this value to D10.
	Syntax Mpeg2Syntax

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard or
	// soft telecine to create a smoother picture. Hard telecine produces a 29.97i
	// output. Soft telecine produces an output with a 23.976 output that signals to
	// the video player device to do the conversion during play back. When you keep the
	// default value, None, MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97
	// without doing anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine Mpeg2Telecine

	// Keep the default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based
	// on temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the
	// encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more
	// bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this
	// feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on
	// sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video
	// quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the
	// viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their
	// attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp
	// edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to disable this feature.
	// Related setting: When you enable temporal quantization, adjust the strength of
	// the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization.
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value MPEG2.

type Mpeg2SlowPal 

type Mpeg2SlowPal string
const (
	Mpeg2SlowPalDisabled Mpeg2SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2SlowPalEnabled  Mpeg2SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2SlowPal

func (Mpeg2SlowPal) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2SlowPal) Values() []Mpeg2SlowPal

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2SlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization 

type Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2SpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2Syntax 

type Mpeg2Syntax string
const (
	Mpeg2SyntaxDefault Mpeg2Syntax = "DEFAULT"
	Mpeg2SyntaxD10     Mpeg2Syntax = "D_10"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2Syntax

func (Mpeg2Syntax) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2Syntax) Values() []Mpeg2Syntax

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2Syntax. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2Telecine 

type Mpeg2Telecine string
const (
	Mpeg2TelecineNone Mpeg2Telecine = "NONE"
	Mpeg2TelecineSoft Mpeg2Telecine = "SOFT"
	Mpeg2TelecineHard Mpeg2Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2Telecine

func (Mpeg2Telecine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2Telecine) Values() []Mpeg2Telecine

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2Telecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization 

type Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for Mpeg2TemporalAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MsSmoothAdditionalManifest 

type MsSmoothAdditionalManifest struct {

	// Specify a name modifier that the service adds to the name of this manifest to
	// make it different from the file names of the other main manifests in the output
	// group. For example, say that the default main manifest for your Microsoft Smooth
	// group is film-name.ismv. If you enter "-no-premium" for this setting, then the
	// file name the service generates for this top-level manifest is
	// film-name-no-premium.ismv.
	ManifestNameModifier *string

	// Specify the outputs that you want this additional top-level manifest to
	// reference.
	SelectedOutputs []string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the details for each additional Microsoft Smooth Streaming manifest that you want the service to generate for this output group. Each manifest can reference a different subset of outputs in the group.

type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication 

type MsSmoothAudioDeduplication string
const (
	MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationCombineDuplicateStreams MsSmoothAudioDeduplication = "COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS"
	MsSmoothAudioDeduplicationNone                    MsSmoothAudioDeduplication = "NONE"
)

Enum values for MsSmoothAudioDeduplication

func (MsSmoothAudioDeduplication) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MsSmoothAudioDeduplication) Values() []MsSmoothAudioDeduplication

Values returns all known values for MsSmoothAudioDeduplication. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings 

type MsSmoothEncryptionSettings struct {

	// If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings
	// when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output
	// group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.
	SpekeKeyProvider *SpekeKeyProvider
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If you are using DRM, set DRM System to specify the value SpekeKeyProvider.

type MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl added in v1.10.0 

type MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl string
const (
	MsSmoothFragmentLengthControlExact       MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl = "EXACT"
	MsSmoothFragmentLengthControlGopMultiple MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl = "GOP_MULTIPLE"
)

Enum values for MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl

func (MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl) Values added in v1.10.0 

func (MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl) Values() []MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl

Values returns all known values for MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MsSmoothGroupSettings 

type MsSmoothGroupSettings struct {

	// By default, the service creates one .ism Microsoft Smooth Streaming manifest
	// for each Microsoft Smooth Streaming output group in your job. This default
	// manifest references every output in the output group. To create additional
	// manifests that reference a subset of the outputs in the output group, specify a
	// list of them here.
	AdditionalManifests []MsSmoothAdditionalManifest

	// COMBINE_DUPLICATE_STREAMS combines identical audio encoding settings across a
	// Microsoft Smooth output group into a single audio stream.
	AudioDeduplication MsSmoothAudioDeduplication

	// Use Destination to specify the S3 output location and the output filename base.
	// Destination accepts format identifiers. If you do not specify the base filename
	// in the URI, the service will use the filename of the input file. If your job has
	// multiple inputs, the service uses the filename of the first input file.
	Destination *string

	// Settings associated with the destination. Will vary based on the type of
	// destination
	DestinationSettings *DestinationSettings

	// If you are using DRM, set DRM System to specify the value SpekeKeyProvider.
	Encryption *MsSmoothEncryptionSettings

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the fragment length. Choose
	// Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting
	// Fragment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP to
	// have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
	FragmentLength *int32

	// Specify how you want MediaConvert to determine the fragment length. Choose
	// Exact to have the encoder use the exact length that you specify with the setting
	// Fragment length. This might result in extra I-frames. Choose Multiple of GOP to
	// have the encoder round up the segment lengths to match the next GOP boundary.
	FragmentLengthControl MsSmoothFragmentLengthControl

	// Use Manifest encoding to specify the encoding format for the server and client
	// manifest. Valid options are utf8 and utf16.
	ManifestEncoding MsSmoothManifestEncoding
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to your Microsoft Smooth Streaming output package. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.

type MsSmoothManifestEncoding 

type MsSmoothManifestEncoding string
const (
	MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf8  MsSmoothManifestEncoding = "UTF8"
	MsSmoothManifestEncodingUtf16 MsSmoothManifestEncoding = "UTF16"
)

Enum values for MsSmoothManifestEncoding

func (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MsSmoothManifestEncoding) Values() []MsSmoothManifestEncoding

Values returns all known values for MsSmoothManifestEncoding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MxfAfdSignaling 

type MxfAfdSignaling string
const (
	MxfAfdSignalingNoCopy        MxfAfdSignaling = "NO_COPY"
	MxfAfdSignalingCopyFromVideo MxfAfdSignaling = "COPY_FROM_VIDEO"
)

Enum values for MxfAfdSignaling

func (MxfAfdSignaling) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MxfAfdSignaling) Values() []MxfAfdSignaling

Values returns all known values for MxfAfdSignaling. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MxfProfile added in v0.29.0 

type MxfProfile string
const (
	MxfProfileD10       MxfProfile = "D_10"
	MxfProfileXdcam     MxfProfile = "XDCAM"
	MxfProfileOp1a      MxfProfile = "OP1A"
	MxfProfileXavc      MxfProfile = "XAVC"
	MxfProfileXdcamRdd9 MxfProfile = "XDCAM_RDD9"
)

Enum values for MxfProfile

func (MxfProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (MxfProfile) Values() []MxfProfile

Values returns all known values for MxfProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MxfSettings 

type MxfSettings struct {

	// Optional. When you have AFD signaling set up in your output video stream, use
	// this setting to choose whether to also include it in the MXF wrapper. Choose
	// Don't copy to exclude AFD signaling from the MXF wrapper. Choose Copy from video
	// stream to copy the AFD values from the video stream for this output to the MXF
	// wrapper. Regardless of which option you choose, the AFD values remain in the
	// video stream. Related settings: To set up your output to include or exclude AFD
	// values, see AfdSignaling, under VideoDescription. On the console, find AFD
	// signaling under the output's video encoding settings.
	AfdSignaling MxfAfdSignaling

	// Specify the MXF profile, also called shim, for this output. To automatically
	// select a profile according to your output video codec and resolution, leave
	// blank. For a list of codecs supported with each MXF profile, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/codecs-supported-with-each-mxf-profile.html.
	// For more information about the automatic selection behavior, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/default-automatic-selection-of-mxf-profiles.html.
	Profile MxfProfile

	// Specify the XAVC profile settings for MXF outputs when you set your MXF profile
	// to XAVC.
	XavcProfileSettings *MxfXavcProfileSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings relate to your MXF output container.

type MxfXavcDurationMode added in v1.7.0 

type MxfXavcDurationMode string
const (
	MxfXavcDurationModeAllowAnyDuration        MxfXavcDurationMode = "ALLOW_ANY_DURATION"
	MxfXavcDurationModeDropFramesForCompliance MxfXavcDurationMode = "DROP_FRAMES_FOR_COMPLIANCE"
)

Enum values for MxfXavcDurationMode

func (MxfXavcDurationMode) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (MxfXavcDurationMode) Values() []MxfXavcDurationMode

Values returns all known values for MxfXavcDurationMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type MxfXavcProfileSettings added in v1.7.0 

type MxfXavcProfileSettings struct {

	// To create an output that complies with the XAVC file format guidelines for
	// interoperability, keep the default value, Drop frames for compliance. To include
	// all frames from your input in this output, keep the default setting, Allow any
	// duration. The number of frames that MediaConvert excludes when you set this to
	// Drop frames for compliance depends on the output frame rate and duration.
	DurationMode MxfXavcDurationMode

	// Specify a value for this setting only for outputs that you set up with one of
	// these two XAVC profiles: XAVC HD Intra CBG or XAVC 4K Intra CBG. Specify the
	// amount of space in each frame that the service reserves for ancillary data, such
	// as teletext captions. The default value for this setting is 1492 bytes per
	// frame. This should be sufficient to prevent overflow unless you have multiple
	// pages of teletext captions data. If you have a large amount of teletext data,
	// specify a larger number.
	MaxAncDataSize *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify the XAVC profile settings for MXF outputs when you set your MXF profile to XAVC.

type NexGuardFileMarkerSettings 

type NexGuardFileMarkerSettings struct {

	// Use the base64 license string that Nagra provides you. Enter it directly in
	// your JSON job specification or in the console. Required when you include Nagra
	// NexGuard File Marker watermarking in your job.
	License *string

	// Specify the payload ID that you want associated with this output. Valid values
	// vary depending on your Nagra NexGuard forensic watermarking workflow. Required
	// when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking in your job. For
	// PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2), specify an integer from 1 through 4,194,303. You
	// must generate a unique ID for each asset you watermark, and keep a record of
	// which ID you have assigned to each asset. Neither Nagra nor MediaConvert keep
	// track of the relationship between output files and your IDs. For OTT Streaming,
	// create two adaptive bitrate (ABR) stacks for each asset. Do this by setting up
	// two output groups. For one output group, set the value of Payload ID to 0 in
	// every output. For the other output group, set Payload ID to 1 in every output.
	Payload *int32

	// Enter one of the watermarking preset strings that Nagra provides you. Required
	// when you include Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking in your job.
	Preset *string

	// Optional. Ignore this setting unless Nagra support directs you to specify a
	// value. When you don't specify a value here, the Nagra NexGuard library uses its
	// default value.
	Strength WatermarkingStrength
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

For forensic video watermarking, MediaConvert supports Nagra NexGuard File Marker watermarking. MediaConvert supports both PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2) and OTT Streaming workflows.

type NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType added in v0.29.0 

type NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType string
const (
	NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeNaes2AndNw        NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType = "NAES2_AND_NW"
	NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeCbet              NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType = "CBET"
	NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessTypeNaes2AndNwAndCbet NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType = "NAES2_AND_NW_AND_CBET"
)

Enum values for NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType

func (NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType) Values() []NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType

Values returns all known values for NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NielsenConfiguration 

type NielsenConfiguration struct {

	// Nielsen has discontinued the use of breakout code functionality. If you must
	// include this property, set the value to zero.
	BreakoutCode *int32

	// Use Distributor ID to specify the distributor ID that is assigned to your
	// organization by Nielsen.
	DistributorId *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for your Nielsen configuration. If you don't do Nielsen measurement and analytics, ignore these settings. When you enable Nielsen configuration, MediaConvert enables PCM to ID3 tagging for all outputs in the job.

type NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings added in v0.29.0 

type NielsenNonLinearWatermarkSettings struct {

	// Choose the type of Nielsen watermarks that you want in your outputs. When you
	// choose NAES 2 and NW, you must provide a value for the setting SID. When you
	// choose CBET, you must provide a value for the setting CSID. When you choose NAES
	// 2, NW, and CBET, you must provide values for both of these settings.
	ActiveWatermarkProcess NielsenActiveWatermarkProcessType

	// Optional. Use this setting when you want the service to include an ADI file in
	// the Nielsen metadata .zip file. To provide an ADI file, store it in Amazon S3
	// and provide a URL to it here. The URL should be in the following format:
	// S3://bucket/path/ADI-file. For more information about the metadata .zip file,
	// see the setting Metadata destination.
	AdiFilename *string

	// Use the asset ID that you provide to Nielsen to uniquely identify this asset.
	// Required for all Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	AssetId *string

	// Use the asset name that you provide to Nielsen for this asset. Required for all
	// Nielsen non-linear watermarking.
	AssetName *string

	// Use the CSID that Nielsen provides to you. This CBET source ID should be unique
	// to your Nielsen account but common to all of your output assets that have CBET
	// watermarking. Required when you choose a value for the setting Watermark types
	// that includes CBET.
	CbetSourceId *string

	// Optional. If this asset uses an episode ID with Nielsen, provide it here.
	EpisodeId *string

	// Specify the Amazon S3 location where you want MediaConvert to save your Nielsen
	// non-linear metadata .zip file. This Amazon S3 bucket must be in the same Region
	// as the one where you do your MediaConvert transcoding. If you want to include an
	// ADI file in this .zip file, use the setting ADI file to specify it. MediaConvert
	// delivers the Nielsen metadata .zip files only to your metadata destination
	// Amazon S3 bucket. It doesn't deliver the .zip files to Nielsen. You are
	// responsible for delivering the metadata .zip files to Nielsen.
	MetadataDestination *string

	// Use the SID that Nielsen provides to you. This source ID should be unique to
	// your Nielsen account but common to all of your output assets. Required for all
	// Nielsen non-linear watermarking. This ID should be unique to your Nielsen
	// account but common to all of your output assets. Required for all Nielsen
	// non-linear watermarking.
	SourceId *int32

	// Required. Specify whether your source content already contains Nielsen
	// non-linear watermarks. When you set this value to Watermarked, the service fails
	// the job. Nielsen requires that you add non-linear watermarking to only clean
	// content that doesn't already have non-linear Nielsen watermarks.
	SourceWatermarkStatus NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType

	// Specify the endpoint for the TIC server that you have deployed and configured
	// in the AWS Cloud. Required for all Nielsen non-linear watermarking. MediaConvert
	// can't connect directly to a TIC server. Instead, you must use API Gateway to
	// provide a RESTful interface between MediaConvert and a TIC server that you
	// deploy in your AWS account. For more information on deploying a TIC server in
	// your AWS account and the required API Gateway, contact Nielsen support.
	TicServerUrl *string

	// To create assets that have the same TIC values in each audio track, keep the
	// default value Share TICs. To create assets that have unique TIC values for each
	// audio track, choose Use unique TICs.
	UniqueTicPerAudioTrack NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Ignore these settings unless you are using Nielsen non-linear watermarking. Specify the values that MediaConvert uses to generate and place Nielsen watermarks in your output audio. In addition to specifying these values, you also need to set up your cloud TIC server. These settings apply to every output in your job. The MediaConvert implementation is currently with the following Nielsen versions: Nielsen Watermark SDK Version 6.0.13 Nielsen NLM Watermark Engine Version 1.3.3 Nielsen Watermark Authenticator [SID_TIC] Version [7.0.0]

type NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType added in v0.29.0 

type NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType string
const (
	NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusTypeClean       NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType = "CLEAN"
	NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusTypeWatermarked NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType = "WATERMARKED"
)

Enum values for NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType

func (NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType) Values() []NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType

Values returns all known values for NielsenSourceWatermarkStatusType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType added in v0.29.0 

type NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType string
const (
	NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackTypeReserveUniqueTicsPerTrack NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType = "RESERVE_UNIQUE_TICS_PER_TRACK"
	NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackTypeSameTicsPerTrack          NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType = "SAME_TICS_PER_TRACK"
)

Enum values for NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType

func (NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType) Values() []NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType

Values returns all known values for NielsenUniqueTicPerAudioTrackType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening 

type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening string
const (
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningDisabled NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening = "DISABLED"
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningEnabled  NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening = "ENABLED"
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningAuto     NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening = "AUTO"
)

Enum values for NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening

func (NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening) Values() []NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening

Values returns all known values for NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength added in v1.17.0 

type NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength string
const (
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthLow    NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength = "LOW"
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthMedium NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength = "MEDIUM"
	NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrengthHigh   NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength = "HIGH"
)

Enum values for NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength

func (NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength) Values added in v1.17.0 

func (NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength) Values() []NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength

Values returns all known values for NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NoiseReducer 

type NoiseReducer struct {

	// Use Noise reducer filter to select one of the following spatial image filtering
	// functions. To use this setting, you must also enable Noise reducer. * Bilateral
	// preserves edges while reducing noise. * Mean (softest), Gaussian, Lanczos, and
	// Sharpen (sharpest) do convolution filtering. * Conserve does min/max noise
	// reduction. * Spatial does frequency-domain filtering based on JND principles. *
	// Temporal optimizes video quality for complex motion.
	Filter NoiseReducerFilter

	// Settings for a noise reducer filter
	FilterSettings *NoiseReducerFilterSettings

	// Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter.
	SpatialFilterSettings *NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings

	// Noise reducer filter settings for temporal filter.
	TemporalFilterSettings *NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Enable the Noise reducer feature to remove noise from your video output if necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is disabled by default. When you enable Noise reducer, you must also select a value for Noise reducer filter. For AVC outputs, when you include Noise reducer, you cannot include the Bandwidth reduction filter.

type NoiseReducerFilter 

type NoiseReducerFilter string
const (
	NoiseReducerFilterBilateral NoiseReducerFilter = "BILATERAL"
	NoiseReducerFilterMean      NoiseReducerFilter = "MEAN"
	NoiseReducerFilterGaussian  NoiseReducerFilter = "GAUSSIAN"
	NoiseReducerFilterLanczos   NoiseReducerFilter = "LANCZOS"
	NoiseReducerFilterSharpen   NoiseReducerFilter = "SHARPEN"
	NoiseReducerFilterConserve  NoiseReducerFilter = "CONSERVE"
	NoiseReducerFilterSpatial   NoiseReducerFilter = "SPATIAL"
	NoiseReducerFilterTemporal  NoiseReducerFilter = "TEMPORAL"
)

Enum values for NoiseReducerFilter

func (NoiseReducerFilter) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (NoiseReducerFilter) Values() []NoiseReducerFilter

Values returns all known values for NoiseReducerFilter. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type NoiseReducerFilterSettings 

type NoiseReducerFilterSettings struct {

	// Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger
	// filtering.
	Strength *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for a noise reducer filter

type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings 

type NoiseReducerSpatialFilterSettings struct {

	// Specify strength of post noise reduction sharpening filter, with 0 disabling
	// the filter and 3 enabling it at maximum strength.
	PostFilterSharpenStrength *int32

	// The speed of the filter, from -2 (lower speed) to 3 (higher speed), with 0
	// being the nominal value.
	Speed *int32

	// Relative strength of noise reducing filter. Higher values produce stronger
	// filtering.
	Strength *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Noise reducer filter settings for spatial filter.

type NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings 

type NoiseReducerTemporalFilterSettings struct {

	// Use Aggressive mode for content that has complex motion. Higher values produce
	// stronger temporal filtering. This filters highly complex scenes more
	// aggressively and creates better VQ for low bitrate outputs.
	AggressiveMode *int32

	// When you set Noise reducer to Temporal, the bandwidth and sharpness of your
	// output is reduced. You can optionally use Post temporal sharpening to apply
	// sharpening to the edges of your output. Note that Post temporal sharpening will
	// also make the bandwidth reduction from the Noise reducer smaller. The default
	// behavior, Auto, allows the transcoder to determine whether to apply sharpening,
	// depending on your input type and quality. When you set Post temporal sharpening
	// to Enabled, specify how much sharpening is applied using Post temporal
	// sharpening strength. Set Post temporal sharpening to Disabled to not apply
	// sharpening.
	PostTemporalSharpening NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpening

	// Use Post temporal sharpening strength to define the amount of sharpening the
	// transcoder applies to your output. Set Post temporal sharpening strength to Low,
	// Medium, or High to indicate the amount of sharpening.
	PostTemporalSharpeningStrength NoiseFilterPostTemporalSharpeningStrength

	// The speed of the filter (higher number is faster). Low setting reduces bit rate
	// at the cost of transcode time, high setting improves transcode time at the cost
	// of bit rate.
	Speed *int32

	// Specify the strength of the noise reducing filter on this output. Higher values
	// produce stronger filtering. We recommend the following value ranges, depending
	// on the result that you want: * 0-2 for complexity reduction with minimal
	// sharpness loss * 2-8 for complexity reduction with image preservation * 8-16 for
	// a high level of complexity reduction
	Strength *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Noise reducer filter settings for temporal filter.

type NotFoundException 

type NotFoundException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The resource you requested doesn't exist.

func (*NotFoundException) Error 

func (e *NotFoundException) Error() string

func (*NotFoundException) ErrorCode 

func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorCode() string

func (*NotFoundException) ErrorFault 

func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*NotFoundException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *NotFoundException) ErrorMessage() string

type OpusSettings 

type OpusSettings struct {

	// Optional. Specify the average bitrate in bits per second. Valid values are
	// multiples of 8000, from 32000 through 192000. The default value is 96000, which
	// we recommend for quality and bandwidth.
	Bitrate *int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing Mono on
	// gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In the API, valid
	// values are 1 and 2.
	Channels *int32

	// Optional. Sample rate in Hz. Valid values are 16000, 24000, and 48000. The
	// default value is 48000.
	SampleRate *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value OPUS.

type Order 

type Order string
const (
	OrderAscending  Order = "ASCENDING"
	OrderDescending Order = "DESCENDING"
)

Enum values for Order

func (Order) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Order) Values() []Order

Values returns all known values for Order. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Output 

type Output struct {

	// Contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by audio codec. Include
	// one instance of per output. Can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
	AudioDescriptions []AudioDescription

	// Contains groups of captions settings. For each output that has captions,
	// include one instance of CaptionDescriptions. Can contain multiple groups of
	// captions settings.
	CaptionDescriptions []CaptionDescription

	// Container specific settings.
	ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings

	// Use Extension to specify the file extension for outputs in File output groups.
	// If you do not specify a value, the service will use default extensions by
	// container type as follows * MPEG-2 transport stream, m2ts * Quicktime, mov * MXF
	// container, mxf * MPEG-4 container, mp4 * WebM container, webm * No Container,
	// the service will use codec extensions (e.g. AAC, H265, H265, AC3)
	Extension *string

	// Use Name modifier to have the service add a string to the end of each output
	// filename. You specify the base filename as part of your destination URI. When
	// you create multiple outputs in the same output group, Name modifier is required.
	// Name modifier also accepts format identifiers. For DASH ISO outputs, if you use
	// the format identifiers $Number$ or $Time$ in one output, you must use them
	// in the same way in all outputs of the output group.
	NameModifier *string

	// Specific settings for this type of output.
	OutputSettings *OutputSettings

	// Use Preset to specify a preset for your transcoding settings. Provide the
	// system or custom preset name. You can specify either Preset or Container
	// settings, but not both.
	Preset *string

	// VideoDescription contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific
	// video settings depend on the video codec that you choose for the property codec.
	// Include one instance of VideoDescription per output.
	VideoDescription *VideoDescription
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Each output in your job is a collection of settings that describes how you want MediaConvert to encode a single output file or stream. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/create-outputs.html.

type OutputChannelMapping 

type OutputChannelMapping struct {

	// Use this setting to specify your remix values when they are integers, such as
	// -10, 0, or 4.
	InputChannels []int32

	// Use this setting to specify your remix values when they have a decimal
	// component, such as -10.312, 0.08, or 4.9. MediaConvert rounds your remixing
	// values to the nearest thousandth.
	InputChannelsFineTune []float64
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

OutputChannel mapping settings.

type OutputDetail 

type OutputDetail struct {

	// Duration in milliseconds
	DurationInMs *int32

	// Contains details about the output's video stream
	VideoDetails *VideoDetail
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details regarding output

type OutputGroup 

type OutputGroup struct {

	// Use automated encoding to have MediaConvert choose your encoding settings for
	// you, based on characteristics of your input video.
	AutomatedEncodingSettings *AutomatedEncodingSettings

	// Use Custom Group Name to specify a name for the output group. This value is
	// displayed on the console and can make your job settings JSON more
	// human-readable. It does not affect your outputs. Use up to twelve characters
	// that are either letters, numbers, spaces, or underscores.
	CustomName *string

	// Name of the output group
	Name *string

	// Output Group settings, including type
	OutputGroupSettings *OutputGroupSettings

	// This object holds groups of encoding settings, one group of settings per output.
	Outputs []Output
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Group of outputs

type OutputGroupDetail 

type OutputGroupDetail struct {

	// Details about the output
	OutputDetails []OutputDetail
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains details about the output groups specified in the job settings.

type OutputGroupSettings 

type OutputGroupSettings struct {

	// Settings related to your CMAF output package. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
	CmafGroupSettings *CmafGroupSettings

	// Settings related to your DASH output package. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
	DashIsoGroupSettings *DashIsoGroupSettings

	// Settings related to your File output group. MediaConvert uses this group of
	// settings to generate a single standalone file, rather than a streaming package.
	FileGroupSettings *FileGroupSettings

	// Settings related to your HLS output package. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
	HlsGroupSettings *HlsGroupSettings

	// Settings related to your Microsoft Smooth Streaming output package. For more
	// information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/outputs-file-ABR.html.
	MsSmoothGroupSettings *MsSmoothGroupSettings

	// Type of output group (File group, Apple HLS, DASH ISO, Microsoft Smooth
	// Streaming, CMAF)
	Type OutputGroupType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Output Group settings, including type

type OutputGroupType 

type OutputGroupType string
const (
	OutputGroupTypeHlsGroupSettings      OutputGroupType = "HLS_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeDashIsoGroupSettings  OutputGroupType = "DASH_ISO_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeFileGroupSettings     OutputGroupType = "FILE_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeMsSmoothGroupSettings OutputGroupType = "MS_SMOOTH_GROUP_SETTINGS"
	OutputGroupTypeCmafGroupSettings     OutputGroupType = "CMAF_GROUP_SETTINGS"
)

Enum values for OutputGroupType

func (OutputGroupType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (OutputGroupType) Values() []OutputGroupType

Values returns all known values for OutputGroupType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type OutputSdt 

type OutputSdt string
const (
	OutputSdtSdtFollow          OutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW"
	OutputSdtSdtFollowIfPresent OutputSdt = "SDT_FOLLOW_IF_PRESENT"
	OutputSdtSdtManual          OutputSdt = "SDT_MANUAL"
	OutputSdtSdtNone            OutputSdt = "SDT_NONE"
)

Enum values for OutputSdt

func (OutputSdt) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (OutputSdt) Values() []OutputSdt

Values returns all known values for OutputSdt. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type OutputSettings 

type OutputSettings struct {

	// Settings for HLS output groups
	HlsSettings *HlsSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specific settings for this type of output.

type PadVideo added in v1.23.0 

type PadVideo string
const (
	PadVideoDisabled PadVideo = "DISABLED"
	PadVideoBlack    PadVideo = "BLACK"
)

Enum values for PadVideo

func (PadVideo) Values added in v1.23.0 

func (PadVideo) Values() []PadVideo

Values returns all known values for PadVideo. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type PartnerWatermarking 

type PartnerWatermarking struct {

	// For forensic video watermarking, MediaConvert supports Nagra NexGuard File
	// Marker watermarking. MediaConvert supports both PreRelease Content (NGPR/G2) and
	// OTT Streaming workflows.
	NexguardFileMarkerSettings *NexGuardFileMarkerSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If you work with a third party video watermarking partner, use the group of settings that correspond with your watermarking partner to include watermarks in your output.

type Policy added in v1.12.0 

type Policy struct {

	// Allow or disallow jobs that specify HTTP inputs.
	HttpInputs InputPolicy

	// Allow or disallow jobs that specify HTTPS inputs.
	HttpsInputs InputPolicy

	// Allow or disallow jobs that specify Amazon S3 inputs.
	S3Inputs InputPolicy
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A policy configures behavior that you allow or disallow for your account. For information about MediaConvert policies, see the user guide at http://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/what-is.html

type Preset 

type Preset struct {

	// A name you create for each preset. Each name must be unique within your account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// Settings for preset
	//
	// This member is required.
	Settings *PresetSettings

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string

	// An optional category you create to organize your presets.
	Category *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for preset creation.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// An optional description you create for each preset.
	Description *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds when the preset was last updated.
	LastUpdated *time.Time

	// A preset can be of two types: system or custom. System or built-in preset can't
	// be modified or deleted by the user.
	Type Type
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A preset is a collection of preconfigured media conversion settings that you want MediaConvert to apply to the output during the conversion process.

type PresetListBy 

type PresetListBy string
const (
	PresetListByName         PresetListBy = "NAME"
	PresetListByCreationDate PresetListBy = "CREATION_DATE"
	PresetListBySystem       PresetListBy = "SYSTEM"
)

Enum values for PresetListBy

func (PresetListBy) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (PresetListBy) Values() []PresetListBy

Values returns all known values for PresetListBy. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type PresetSettings 

type PresetSettings struct {

	// Contains groups of audio encoding settings organized by audio codec. Include
	// one instance of per output. Can contain multiple groups of encoding settings.
	AudioDescriptions []AudioDescription

	// This object holds groups of settings related to captions for one output. For
	// each output that has captions, include one instance of CaptionDescriptions.
	CaptionDescriptions []CaptionDescriptionPreset

	// Container specific settings.
	ContainerSettings *ContainerSettings

	// VideoDescription contains a group of video encoding settings. The specific
	// video settings depend on the video codec that you choose for the property codec.
	// Include one instance of VideoDescription per output.
	VideoDescription *VideoDescription
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for preset

type PresetSpeke20Audio added in v1.59.0 

type PresetSpeke20Audio string
const (
	PresetSpeke20AudioPresetAudio1 PresetSpeke20Audio = "PRESET_AUDIO_1"
	PresetSpeke20AudioPresetAudio2 PresetSpeke20Audio = "PRESET_AUDIO_2"
	PresetSpeke20AudioPresetAudio3 PresetSpeke20Audio = "PRESET_AUDIO_3"
	PresetSpeke20AudioShared       PresetSpeke20Audio = "SHARED"
	PresetSpeke20AudioUnencrypted  PresetSpeke20Audio = "UNENCRYPTED"
)

Enum values for PresetSpeke20Audio

func (PresetSpeke20Audio) Values added in v1.59.0 

func (PresetSpeke20Audio) Values() []PresetSpeke20Audio

Values returns all known values for PresetSpeke20Audio. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type PresetSpeke20Video added in v1.59.0 

type PresetSpeke20Video string
const (
	PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo1 PresetSpeke20Video = "PRESET_VIDEO_1"
	PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo2 PresetSpeke20Video = "PRESET_VIDEO_2"
	PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo3 PresetSpeke20Video = "PRESET_VIDEO_3"
	PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo4 PresetSpeke20Video = "PRESET_VIDEO_4"
	PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo5 PresetSpeke20Video = "PRESET_VIDEO_5"
	PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo6 PresetSpeke20Video = "PRESET_VIDEO_6"
	PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo7 PresetSpeke20Video = "PRESET_VIDEO_7"
	PresetSpeke20VideoPresetVideo8 PresetSpeke20Video = "PRESET_VIDEO_8"
	PresetSpeke20VideoShared       PresetSpeke20Video = "SHARED"
	PresetSpeke20VideoUnencrypted  PresetSpeke20Video = "UNENCRYPTED"
)

Enum values for PresetSpeke20Video

func (PresetSpeke20Video) Values added in v1.59.0 

func (PresetSpeke20Video) Values() []PresetSpeke20Video

Values returns all known values for PresetSpeke20Video. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type PricingPlan 

type PricingPlan string
const (
	PricingPlanOnDemand PricingPlan = "ON_DEMAND"
	PricingPlanReserved PricingPlan = "RESERVED"
)

Enum values for PricingPlan

func (PricingPlan) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (PricingPlan) Values() []PricingPlan

Values returns all known values for PricingPlan. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresChromaSampling added in v1.7.0 

type ProresChromaSampling string
const (
	ProresChromaSamplingPreserve444Sampling ProresChromaSampling = "PRESERVE_444_SAMPLING"
	ProresChromaSamplingSubsampleTo422      ProresChromaSampling = "SUBSAMPLE_TO_422"
)

Enum values for ProresChromaSampling

func (ProresChromaSampling) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (ProresChromaSampling) Values() []ProresChromaSampling

Values returns all known values for ProresChromaSampling. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresCodecProfile 

type ProresCodecProfile string
const (
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422      ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Hq    ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_HQ"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Lt    ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_LT"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres422Proxy ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_422_PROXY"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres4444     ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_4444"
	ProresCodecProfileAppleProres4444Xq   ProresCodecProfile = "APPLE_PRORES_4444_XQ"
)

Enum values for ProresCodecProfile

func (ProresCodecProfile) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresCodecProfile) Values() []ProresCodecProfile

Values returns all known values for ProresCodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresFramerateControl 

type ProresFramerateControl string
const (
	ProresFramerateControlInitializeFromSource ProresFramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	ProresFramerateControlSpecified            ProresFramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for ProresFramerateControl

func (ProresFramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresFramerateControl) Values() []ProresFramerateControl

Values returns all known values for ProresFramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresInterlaceMode 

type ProresInterlaceMode string
const (
	ProresInterlaceModeProgressive       ProresInterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	ProresInterlaceModeTopField          ProresInterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	ProresInterlaceModeBottomField       ProresInterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	ProresInterlaceModeFollowTopField    ProresInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	ProresInterlaceModeFollowBottomField ProresInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for ProresInterlaceMode

func (ProresInterlaceMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresInterlaceMode) Values() []ProresInterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for ProresInterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresParControl 

type ProresParControl string
const (
	ProresParControlInitializeFromSource ProresParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	ProresParControlSpecified            ProresParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for ProresParControl

func (ProresParControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresParControl) Values() []ProresParControl

Values returns all known values for ProresParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresScanTypeConversionMode added in v1.2.0 

type ProresScanTypeConversionMode string
const (
	ProresScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced         ProresScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"
	ProresScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize ProresScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

Enum values for ProresScanTypeConversionMode

func (ProresScanTypeConversionMode) Values added in v1.2.0 

func (ProresScanTypeConversionMode) Values() []ProresScanTypeConversionMode

Values returns all known values for ProresScanTypeConversionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresSettings 

type ProresSettings struct {

	// This setting applies only to ProRes 4444 and ProRes 4444 XQ outputs that you
	// create from inputs that use 4:4:4 chroma sampling. Set Preserve 4:4:4 sampling
	// to allow outputs to also use 4:4:4 chroma sampling. You must specify a value for
	// this setting when your output codec profile supports 4:4:4 chroma sampling.
	// Related Settings: For Apple ProRes outputs with 4:4:4 chroma sampling: Choose
	// Preserve 4:4:4 sampling. Use when your input has 4:4:4 chroma sampling and your
	// output codec Profile is Apple ProRes 4444 or 4444 XQ. Note that when you choose
	// Preserve 4:4:4 sampling, you cannot include any of the following Preprocessors:
	// Dolby Vision, HDR10+, or Noise reducer.
	ChromaSampling ProresChromaSampling

	// Use Profile to specify the type of Apple ProRes codec to use for this output.
	CodecProfile ProresCodecProfile

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl ProresFramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to
	// 30 fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For
	// numerically complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This
	// results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts.
	// For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already
	// been converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do
	// motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method
	// frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and
	// incurs a significant add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video
	// resolution must be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm ProresFramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use
	// Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced with
	// the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow, default
	// bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs
	// that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the
	// course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the
	// source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as
	// the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top
	// field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
	InterlaceMode ProresInterlaceMode

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your input
	// video for your output. To specify a different PAR, choose any value other than
	// Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you must also specify
	// values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl ProresParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator *int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator *int32

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of
	// your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing to create
	// a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from
	// the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default
	// value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With basic
	// interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then
	// interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your
	// output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing,
	// MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings:
	// To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to None or Soft. You can't
	// use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace
	// mode to a value other than Progressive.
	ScanTypeConversionMode ProresScanTypeConversionMode

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output. When you enable slow
	// PAL, MediaConvert relabels the video frames to 25 fps and resamples your audio
	// to keep it synchronized with the video. Note that enabling this setting will
	// slightly reduce the duration of your video. Required settings: You must also set
	// Framerate to 25.
	SlowPal ProresSlowPal

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard
	// telecine to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value, None,
	// MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing
	// anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine ProresTelecine
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value PRORES.

type ProresSlowPal 

type ProresSlowPal string
const (
	ProresSlowPalDisabled ProresSlowPal = "DISABLED"
	ProresSlowPalEnabled  ProresSlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for ProresSlowPal

func (ProresSlowPal) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresSlowPal) Values() []ProresSlowPal

Values returns all known values for ProresSlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ProresTelecine 

type ProresTelecine string
const (
	ProresTelecineNone ProresTelecine = "NONE"
	ProresTelecineHard ProresTelecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for ProresTelecine

func (ProresTelecine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ProresTelecine) Values() []ProresTelecine

Values returns all known values for ProresTelecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Queue 

type Queue struct {

	// A name that you create for each queue. Each name must be unique within your
	// account.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Name *string

	// An identifier for this resource that is unique within all of AWS.
	Arn *string

	// The maximum number of jobs your queue can process concurrently.
	ConcurrentJobs *int32

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you created the queue.
	CreatedAt *time.Time

	// An optional description that you create for each queue.
	Description *string

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you most recently updated the queue.
	LastUpdated *time.Time

	// Specifies whether the pricing plan for the queue is on-demand or reserved. For
	// on-demand, you pay per minute, billed in increments of .01 minute. For reserved,
	// you pay for the transcoding capacity of the entire queue, regardless of how much
	// or how little you use it. Reserved pricing requires a 12-month commitment.
	PricingPlan PricingPlan

	// The estimated number of jobs with a PROGRESSING status.
	ProgressingJobsCount *int32

	// Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved
	// queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.
	ReservationPlan *ReservationPlan

	// A list of any service overrides applied by MediaConvert to the settings that
	// you have configured. If you see any overrides, we recommend that you contact AWS
	// Support.
	ServiceOverrides []ServiceOverride

	// Queues can be ACTIVE or PAUSED. If you pause a queue, the service won't begin
	// processing jobs in that queue. Jobs that are running when you pause the queue
	// continue to run until they finish or result in an error.
	Status QueueStatus

	// The estimated number of jobs with a SUBMITTED status.
	SubmittedJobsCount *int32

	// Specifies whether this on-demand queue is system or custom. System queues are
	// built in. You can't modify or delete system queues. You can create and modify
	// custom queues.
	Type Type
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

You can use queues to manage the resources that are available to your AWS account for running multiple transcoding jobs at the same time. If you don't specify a queue, the service sends all jobs through the default queue. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-queues.html.

type QueueListBy 

type QueueListBy string
const (
	QueueListByName         QueueListBy = "NAME"
	QueueListByCreationDate QueueListBy = "CREATION_DATE"
)

Enum values for QueueListBy

func (QueueListBy) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (QueueListBy) Values() []QueueListBy

Values returns all known values for QueueListBy. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type QueueStatus 

type QueueStatus string
const (
	QueueStatusActive QueueStatus = "ACTIVE"
	QueueStatusPaused QueueStatus = "PAUSED"
)

Enum values for QueueStatus

func (QueueStatus) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (QueueStatus) Values() []QueueStatus

Values returns all known values for QueueStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type QueueTransition 

type QueueTransition struct {

	// The queue that the job was on after the transition.
	DestinationQueue *string

	// The queue that the job was on before the transition.
	SourceQueue *string

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that the job moved from the source queue to the
	// destination queue.
	Timestamp *time.Time
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Description of the source and destination queues between which the job has moved, along with the timestamp of the move

type Rectangle 

type Rectangle struct {

	// Height of rectangle in pixels. Specify only even numbers.
	Height *int32

	// Width of rectangle in pixels. Specify only even numbers.
	Width *int32

	// The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the left edge of the video
	// frame. Specify only even numbers.
	X *int32

	// The distance, in pixels, between the rectangle and the top edge of the video
	// frame. Specify only even numbers.
	Y *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use Rectangle to identify a specific area of the video frame.

type RemixSettings 

type RemixSettings struct {

	// Optionally specify the channel in your input that contains your audio
	// description audio signal. MediaConvert mixes your audio signal across all output
	// channels, while reducing their volume according to your data stream. When you
	// specify an audio description audio channel, you must also specify an audio
	// description data channel. For more information about audio description signals,
	// see the BBC WHP 198 and 051 white papers.
	AudioDescriptionAudioChannel *int32

	// Optionally specify the channel in your input that contains your audio
	// description data stream. MediaConvert mixes your audio signal across all output
	// channels, while reducing their volume according to your data stream. When you
	// specify an audio description data channel, you must also specify an audio
	// description audio channel. For more information about audio description signals,
	// see the BBC WHP 198 and 051 white papers.
	AudioDescriptionDataChannel *int32

	// Channel mapping contains the group of fields that hold the remixing value for
	// each channel, in dB. Specify remix values to indicate how much of the content
	// from your input audio channel you want in your output audio channels. Each
	// instance of the InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune array specifies these
	// values for one output channel. Use one instance of this array for each output
	// channel. In the console, each array corresponds to a column in the graphical
	// depiction of the mapping matrix. The rows of the graphical matrix correspond to
	// input channels. Valid values are within the range from -60 (mute) through 6. A
	// setting of 0 passes the input channel unchanged to the output channel (no
	// attenuation or amplification). Use InputChannels or InputChannelsFineTune to
	// specify your remix values. Don't use both.
	ChannelMapping *ChannelMapping

	// Specify the number of audio channels from your input that you want to use in
	// your output. With remixing, you might combine or split the data in these
	// channels, so the number of channels in your final output might be different. If
	// you are doing both input channel mapping and output channel mapping, the number
	// of output channels in your input mapping must be the same as the number of input
	// channels in your output mapping.
	ChannelsIn *int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output after remixing. Valid values: 1,
	// 2, 4, 6, 8... 64. (1 and even numbers to 64.) If you are doing both input
	// channel mapping and output channel mapping, the number of output channels in
	// your input mapping must be the same as the number of input channels in your
	// output mapping.
	ChannelsOut *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use Manual audio remixing to adjust audio levels for each audio channel in each output of your job. With audio remixing, you can output more or fewer audio channels than your input audio source provides.

type RenewalType 

type RenewalType string
const (
	RenewalTypeAutoRenew RenewalType = "AUTO_RENEW"
	RenewalTypeExpire    RenewalType = "EXPIRE"
)

Enum values for RenewalType

func (RenewalType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (RenewalType) Values() []RenewalType

Values returns all known values for RenewalType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type RequiredFlag added in v1.24.0 

type RequiredFlag string
const (
	RequiredFlagEnabled  RequiredFlag = "ENABLED"
	RequiredFlagDisabled RequiredFlag = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for RequiredFlag

func (RequiredFlag) Values added in v1.24.0 

func (RequiredFlag) Values() []RequiredFlag

Values returns all known values for RequiredFlag. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ReservationPlan 

type ReservationPlan struct {

	// The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment.
	Commitment Commitment

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when the current pricing plan term for this
	// reserved queue expires.
	ExpiresAt *time.Time

	// The timestamp in epoch seconds for when you set up the current pricing plan for
	// this reserved queue.
	PurchasedAt *time.Time

	// Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically
	// extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term.
	RenewalType RenewalType

	// Specifies the number of reserved transcode slots (RTS) for this queue. The
	// number of RTS determines how many jobs the queue can process in parallel; each
	// RTS can process one job at a time. When you increase this number, you extend
	// your existing commitment with a new 12-month commitment for a larger number of
	// RTS. The new commitment begins when you purchase the additional capacity. You
	// can't decrease the number of RTS in your reserved queue.
	ReservedSlots *int32

	// Specifies whether the pricing plan for your reserved queue is ACTIVE or EXPIRED.
	Status ReservationPlanStatus
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.

type ReservationPlanSettings 

type ReservationPlanSettings struct {

	// The length of the term of your reserved queue pricing plan commitment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Commitment Commitment

	// Specifies whether the term of your reserved queue pricing plan is automatically
	// extended (AUTO_RENEW) or expires (EXPIRE) at the end of the term. When your term
	// is auto renewed, you extend your commitment by 12 months from the auto renew
	// date. You can cancel this commitment.
	//
	// This member is required.
	RenewalType RenewalType

	// Specifies the number of reserved transcode slots (RTS) for this queue. The
	// number of RTS determines how many jobs the queue can process in parallel; each
	// RTS can process one job at a time. You can't decrease the number of RTS in your
	// reserved queue. You can increase the number of RTS by extending your existing
	// commitment with a new 12-month commitment for the larger number. The new
	// commitment begins when you purchase the additional capacity. You can't cancel
	// your commitment or revert to your original commitment after you increase the
	// capacity.
	//
	// This member is required.
	ReservedSlots *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Details about the pricing plan for your reserved queue. Required for reserved queues and not applicable to on-demand queues.

type ReservationPlanStatus 

type ReservationPlanStatus string
const (
	ReservationPlanStatusActive  ReservationPlanStatus = "ACTIVE"
	ReservationPlanStatusExpired ReservationPlanStatus = "EXPIRED"
)

Enum values for ReservationPlanStatus

func (ReservationPlanStatus) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ReservationPlanStatus) Values() []ReservationPlanStatus

Values returns all known values for ReservationPlanStatus. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ResourceTags 

type ResourceTags struct {

	// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource.
	Arn *string

	// The tags for the resource.
	Tags map[string]string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) and tags for an AWS Elemental MediaConvert resource.

type RespondToAfd 

type RespondToAfd string
const (
	RespondToAfdNone        RespondToAfd = "NONE"
	RespondToAfdRespond     RespondToAfd = "RESPOND"
	RespondToAfdPassthrough RespondToAfd = "PASSTHROUGH"
)

Enum values for RespondToAfd

func (RespondToAfd) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (RespondToAfd) Values() []RespondToAfd

Values returns all known values for RespondToAfd. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type RuleType added in v1.24.0 

type RuleType string
const (
	RuleTypeMinTopRenditionSize    RuleType = "MIN_TOP_RENDITION_SIZE"
	RuleTypeMinBottomRenditionSize RuleType = "MIN_BOTTOM_RENDITION_SIZE"
	RuleTypeForceIncludeRenditions RuleType = "FORCE_INCLUDE_RENDITIONS"
	RuleTypeAllowedRenditions      RuleType = "ALLOWED_RENDITIONS"
)

Enum values for RuleType

func (RuleType) Values added in v1.24.0 

func (RuleType) Values() []RuleType

Values returns all known values for RuleType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type S3DestinationAccessControl 

type S3DestinationAccessControl struct {

	// Choose an Amazon S3 canned ACL for MediaConvert to apply to this output.
	CannedAcl S3ObjectCannedAcl
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Optional. Have MediaConvert automatically apply Amazon S3 access control for the outputs in this output group. When you don't use this setting, S3 automatically applies the default access control list PRIVATE.

type S3DestinationSettings 

type S3DestinationSettings struct {

	// Optional. Have MediaConvert automatically apply Amazon S3 access control for
	// the outputs in this output group. When you don't use this setting, S3
	// automatically applies the default access control list PRIVATE.
	AccessControl *S3DestinationAccessControl

	// Settings for how your job outputs are encrypted as they are uploaded to Amazon
	// S3.
	Encryption *S3EncryptionSettings

	// Specify the S3 storage class to use for this output. To use your destination's
	// default storage class: Keep the default value, Not set. For more information
	// about S3 storage classes, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonS3/latest/userguide/storage-class-intro.html
	StorageClass S3StorageClass
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings associated with S3 destination

type S3EncryptionSettings 

type S3EncryptionSettings struct {

	// Specify how you want your data keys managed. AWS uses data keys to encrypt your
	// content. AWS also encrypts the data keys themselves, using a customer master key
	// (CMK), and then stores the encrypted data keys alongside your encrypted content.
	// Use this setting to specify which AWS service manages the CMK. For simplest set
	// up, choose Amazon S3. If you want your master key to be managed by AWS Key
	// Management Service (KMS), choose AWS KMS. By default, when you choose AWS KMS,
	// KMS uses the AWS managed customer master key (CMK) associated with Amazon S3 to
	// encrypt your data keys. You can optionally choose to specify a different,
	// customer managed CMK. Do so by specifying the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the
	// key for the setting KMS ARN.
	EncryptionType S3ServerSideEncryptionType

	// Optionally, specify the encryption context that you want to use alongside your
	// KMS key. AWS KMS uses this encryption context as additional authenticated data
	// (AAD) to support authenticated encryption. This value must be a base64-encoded
	// UTF-8 string holding JSON which represents a string-string map. To use this
	// setting, you must also set Server-side encryption to AWS KMS. For more
	// information about encryption context, see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#encrypt_context.
	KmsEncryptionContext *string

	// Optionally, specify the customer master key (CMK) that you want to use to
	// encrypt the data key that AWS uses to encrypt your output content. Enter the
	// Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the CMK. To use this setting, you must also set
	// Server-side encryption to AWS KMS. If you set Server-side encryption to AWS KMS
	// but don't specify a CMK here, AWS uses the AWS managed CMK associated with
	// Amazon S3.
	KmsKeyArn *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for how your job outputs are encrypted as they are uploaded to Amazon S3.

type S3ObjectCannedAcl 

type S3ObjectCannedAcl string
const (
	S3ObjectCannedAclPublicRead             S3ObjectCannedAcl = "PUBLIC_READ"
	S3ObjectCannedAclAuthenticatedRead      S3ObjectCannedAcl = "AUTHENTICATED_READ"
	S3ObjectCannedAclBucketOwnerRead        S3ObjectCannedAcl = "BUCKET_OWNER_READ"
	S3ObjectCannedAclBucketOwnerFullControl S3ObjectCannedAcl = "BUCKET_OWNER_FULL_CONTROL"
)

Enum values for S3ObjectCannedAcl

func (S3ObjectCannedAcl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (S3ObjectCannedAcl) Values() []S3ObjectCannedAcl

Values returns all known values for S3ObjectCannedAcl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type S3ServerSideEncryptionType 

type S3ServerSideEncryptionType string
const (
	S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionS3  S3ServerSideEncryptionType = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_S3"
	S3ServerSideEncryptionTypeServerSideEncryptionKms S3ServerSideEncryptionType = "SERVER_SIDE_ENCRYPTION_KMS"
)

Enum values for S3ServerSideEncryptionType

func (S3ServerSideEncryptionType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (S3ServerSideEncryptionType) Values() []S3ServerSideEncryptionType

Values returns all known values for S3ServerSideEncryptionType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type S3StorageClass added in v1.41.0 

type S3StorageClass string
const (
	S3StorageClassStandard           S3StorageClass = "STANDARD"
	S3StorageClassReducedRedundancy  S3StorageClass = "REDUCED_REDUNDANCY"
	S3StorageClassStandardIa         S3StorageClass = "STANDARD_IA"
	S3StorageClassOnezoneIa          S3StorageClass = "ONEZONE_IA"
	S3StorageClassIntelligentTiering S3StorageClass = "INTELLIGENT_TIERING"
	S3StorageClassGlacier            S3StorageClass = "GLACIER"
	S3StorageClassDeepArchive        S3StorageClass = "DEEP_ARCHIVE"
)

Enum values for S3StorageClass

func (S3StorageClass) Values added in v1.41.0 

func (S3StorageClass) Values() []S3StorageClass

Values returns all known values for S3StorageClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SampleRangeConversion added in v1.7.0 

type SampleRangeConversion string
const (
	SampleRangeConversionLimitedRangeSqueeze SampleRangeConversion = "LIMITED_RANGE_SQUEEZE"
	SampleRangeConversionNone                SampleRangeConversion = "NONE"
	SampleRangeConversionLimitedRangeClip    SampleRangeConversion = "LIMITED_RANGE_CLIP"
)

Enum values for SampleRangeConversion

func (SampleRangeConversion) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (SampleRangeConversion) Values() []SampleRangeConversion

Values returns all known values for SampleRangeConversion. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type ScalingBehavior 

type ScalingBehavior string
const (
	ScalingBehaviorDefault         ScalingBehavior = "DEFAULT"
	ScalingBehaviorStretchToOutput ScalingBehavior = "STRETCH_TO_OUTPUT"
	ScalingBehaviorFit             ScalingBehavior = "FIT"
	ScalingBehaviorFitNoUpscale    ScalingBehavior = "FIT_NO_UPSCALE"
	ScalingBehaviorFill            ScalingBehavior = "FILL"
)

Enum values for ScalingBehavior

func (ScalingBehavior) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (ScalingBehavior) Values() []ScalingBehavior

Values returns all known values for ScalingBehavior. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SccDestinationFramerate 

type SccDestinationFramerate string
const (
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2397             SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_23_97"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate24               SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_24"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate25               SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_25"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997Dropframe    SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_29_97_DROPFRAME"
	SccDestinationFramerateFramerate2997NonDropframe SccDestinationFramerate = "FRAMERATE_29_97_NON_DROPFRAME"
)

Enum values for SccDestinationFramerate

func (SccDestinationFramerate) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (SccDestinationFramerate) Values() []SccDestinationFramerate

Values returns all known values for SccDestinationFramerate. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SccDestinationSettings 

type SccDestinationSettings struct {

	// Set Framerate to make sure that the captions and the video are synchronized in
	// the output. Specify a frame rate that matches the frame rate of the associated
	// video. If the video frame rate is 29.97, choose 29.97 dropframe only if the
	// video has video_insertion=true and drop_frame_timecode=true; otherwise, choose
	// 29.97 non-dropframe.
	Framerate SccDestinationFramerate
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to SCC captions. SCC is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/scc-srt-output-captions.html.

type ServiceOverride added in v1.63.0 

type ServiceOverride struct {

	// Details about the service override that MediaConvert has applied.
	Message *string

	// The name of the setting that MediaConvert has applied an override to.
	Name *string

	// The current value of the service override that MediaConvert has applied.
	OverrideValue *string

	// The value of the setting that you configured, prior to any overrides that
	// MediaConvert has applied.
	Value *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

A service override applied by MediaConvert to the settings that you have configured. If you see any overrides, we recommend that you contact AWS Support.

type SimulateReservedQueue 

type SimulateReservedQueue string
const (
	SimulateReservedQueueDisabled SimulateReservedQueue = "DISABLED"
	SimulateReservedQueueEnabled  SimulateReservedQueue = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for SimulateReservedQueue

func (SimulateReservedQueue) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (SimulateReservedQueue) Values() []SimulateReservedQueue

Values returns all known values for SimulateReservedQueue. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type SpekeKeyProvider 

type SpekeKeyProvider struct {

	// If you want your key provider to encrypt the content keys that it provides to
	// MediaConvert, set up a certificate with a master key using AWS Certificate
	// Manager. Specify the certificate's Amazon Resource Name (ARN) here.
	CertificateArn *string

	// Specify the SPEKE version, either v1.0 or v2.0, that MediaConvert uses when
	// encrypting your output. For more information, see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/speke-api-specification.html
	// To use SPEKE v1.0: Leave blank. To use SPEKE v2.0: Specify a SPEKE v2.0 video
	// preset and a SPEKE v2.0 audio preset.
	EncryptionContractConfiguration *EncryptionContractConfiguration

	// Specify the resource ID that your SPEKE-compliant key provider uses to identify
	// this content.
	ResourceId *string

	// Relates to SPEKE implementation. DRM system identifiers. DASH output groups
	// support a max of two system ids. Other group types support one system id. See
	// https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/ for more details.
	SystemIds []string

	// Specify the URL to the key server that your SPEKE-compliant DRM key provider
	// uses to provide keys for encrypting your content.
	Url *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use these settings when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is CMAF, use the SpekeKeyProviderCmaf settings instead.

type SpekeKeyProviderCmaf 

type SpekeKeyProviderCmaf struct {

	// If you want your key provider to encrypt the content keys that it provides to
	// MediaConvert, set up a certificate with a master key using AWS Certificate
	// Manager. Specify the certificate's Amazon Resource Name (ARN) here.
	CertificateArn *string

	// Specify the DRM system IDs that you want signaled in the DASH manifest that
	// MediaConvert creates as part of this CMAF package. The DASH manifest can
	// currently signal up to three system IDs. For more information, see
	// https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/.
	DashSignaledSystemIds []string

	// Specify the SPEKE version, either v1.0 or v2.0, that MediaConvert uses when
	// encrypting your output. For more information, see:
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/speke/latest/documentation/speke-api-specification.html
	// To use SPEKE v1.0: Leave blank. To use SPEKE v2.0: Specify a SPEKE v2.0 video
	// preset and a SPEKE v2.0 audio preset.
	EncryptionContractConfiguration *EncryptionContractConfiguration

	// Specify the DRM system ID that you want signaled in the HLS manifest that
	// MediaConvert creates as part of this CMAF package. The HLS manifest can
	// currently signal only one system ID. For more information, see
	// https://dashif.org/identifiers/content_protection/.
	HlsSignaledSystemIds []string

	// Specify the resource ID that your SPEKE-compliant key provider uses to identify
	// this content.
	ResourceId *string

	// Specify the URL to the key server that your SPEKE-compliant DRM key provider
	// uses to provide keys for encrypting your content.
	Url *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

If your output group type is CMAF, use these settings when doing DRM encryption with a SPEKE-compliant key provider. If your output group type is HLS, DASH, or Microsoft Smooth, use the SpekeKeyProvider settings instead.

type SrtDestinationSettings added in v1.8.0 

type SrtDestinationSettings struct {

	// Set Style passthrough to ENABLED to use the available style, color, and
	// position information from your input captions. MediaConvert uses default
	// settings for any missing style and position information in your input captions.
	// Set Style passthrough to DISABLED, or leave blank, to ignore the style and
	// position information from your input captions and use simplified output
	// captions.
	StylePassthrough SrtStylePassthrough
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to SRT captions. SRT is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video.

type SrtStylePassthrough added in v1.8.0 

type SrtStylePassthrough string
const (
	SrtStylePassthroughEnabled  SrtStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	SrtStylePassthroughDisabled SrtStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for SrtStylePassthrough

func (SrtStylePassthrough) Values added in v1.8.0 

func (SrtStylePassthrough) Values() []SrtStylePassthrough

Values returns all known values for SrtStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type StaticKeyProvider 

type StaticKeyProvider struct {

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Sets the value of the KEYFORMAT attribute. Must
	// be 'identity' or a reverse DNS string. May be omitted to indicate an implicit
	// value of 'identity'.
	KeyFormat *string

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Either a single positive integer version value
	// or a slash delimited list of version values (1/2/3).
	KeyFormatVersions *string

	// Relates to DRM implementation. Use a 32-character hexidecimal string to specify
	// Key Value.
	StaticKeyValue *string

	// Relates to DRM implementation. The location of the license server used for
	// protecting content.
	Url *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Use these settings to set up encryption with a static key provider.

type StatusUpdateInterval 

type StatusUpdateInterval string
const (
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds10  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_10"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds12  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_12"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds15  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_15"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds20  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_20"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds30  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_30"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds60  StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_60"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds120 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_120"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds180 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_180"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds240 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_240"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds300 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_300"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds360 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_360"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds420 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_420"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds480 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_480"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds540 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_540"
	StatusUpdateIntervalSeconds600 StatusUpdateInterval = "SECONDS_600"
)

Enum values for StatusUpdateInterval

func (StatusUpdateInterval) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (StatusUpdateInterval) Values() []StatusUpdateInterval

Values returns all known values for StatusUpdateInterval. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TeletextDestinationSettings 

type TeletextDestinationSettings struct {

	// Set pageNumber to the Teletext page number for the destination captions for
	// this output. This value must be a three-digit hexadecimal string; strings ending
	// in -FF are invalid. If you are passing through the entire set of Teletext data,
	// do not use this field.
	PageNumber *string

	// Specify the page types for this Teletext page. If you don't specify a value
	// here, the service sets the page type to the default value Subtitle. If you pass
	// through the entire set of Teletext data, don't use this field. When you pass
	// through a set of Teletext pages, your output has the same page types as your
	// input.
	PageTypes []TeletextPageType
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to teletext captions. Set up teletext captions in the same output as your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/teletext-output-captions.html.

type TeletextPageType 

type TeletextPageType string
const (
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeInitial                 TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_INITIAL"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeSubtitle                TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_SUBTITLE"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeAddlInfo                TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_ADDL_INFO"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeProgramSchedule         TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_PROGRAM_SCHEDULE"
	TeletextPageTypePageTypeHearingImpairedSubtitle TeletextPageType = "PAGE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED_SUBTITLE"
)

Enum values for TeletextPageType

func (TeletextPageType) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TeletextPageType) Values() []TeletextPageType

Values returns all known values for TeletextPageType. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TeletextSourceSettings 

type TeletextSourceSettings struct {

	// Use Page Number to specify the three-digit hexadecimal page number that will be
	// used for Teletext captions. Do not use this setting if you are passing through
	// teletext from the input source to output.
	PageNumber *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to Teletext caption sources, including Page number.

type TimecodeBurnin 

type TimecodeBurnin struct {

	// Use Font size to set the font size of any burned-in timecode. Valid values are
	// 10, 16, 32, 48.
	FontSize *int32

	// Use Position under Timecode burn-in to specify the location the burned-in
	// timecode on output video.
	Position TimecodeBurninPosition

	// Use Prefix to place ASCII characters before any burned-in timecode. For
	// example, a prefix of "EZ-" will result in the timecode "EZ-00:00:00:00". Provide
	// either the characters themselves or the ASCII code equivalents. The supported
	// range of characters is 0x20 through 0x7e. This includes letters, numbers, and
	// all special characters represented on a standard English keyboard.
	Prefix *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings for burning the output timecode and specified prefix into the output.

type TimecodeBurninPosition 

type TimecodeBurninPosition string
const (
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopCenter    TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopLeft      TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionTopRight     TimecodeBurninPosition = "TOP_RIGHT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleLeft   TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleCenter TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionMiddleRight  TimecodeBurninPosition = "MIDDLE_RIGHT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomLeft   TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_LEFT"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomCenter TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_CENTER"
	TimecodeBurninPositionBottomRight  TimecodeBurninPosition = "BOTTOM_RIGHT"
)

Enum values for TimecodeBurninPosition

func (TimecodeBurninPosition) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TimecodeBurninPosition) Values() []TimecodeBurninPosition

Values returns all known values for TimecodeBurninPosition. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TimecodeConfig 

type TimecodeConfig struct {

	// If you use an editing platform that relies on an anchor timecode, use Anchor
	// Timecode to specify a timecode that will match the input video frame to the
	// output video frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number, (HH:MM:SS:FF) or
	// (HH:MM:SS;FF). This setting ignores frame rate conversion. System behavior for
	// Anchor Timecode varies depending on your setting for Source. * If Source is set
	// to Specified Start, the first input frame is the specified value in Start
	// Timecode. Anchor Timecode and Start Timecode are used calculate output timecode.
	// * If Source is set to Start at 0 the first frame is 00:00:00:00. * If Source is
	// set to Embedded, the first frame is the timecode value on the first input frame
	// of the input.
	Anchor *string

	// Use Source to set how timecodes are handled within this job. To make sure that
	// your video, audio, captions, and markers are synchronized and that time-based
	// features, such as image inserter, work correctly, choose the Timecode source
	// option that matches your assets. All timecodes are in a 24-hour format with
	// frame number (HH:MM:SS:FF). * Embedded - Use the timecode that is in the input
	// video. If no embedded timecode is in the source, the service will use Start at 0
	// instead. * Start at 0 - Set the timecode of the initial frame to 00:00:00:00. *
	// Specified Start - Set the timecode of the initial frame to a value other than
	// zero. You use Start timecode to provide this value.
	Source TimecodeSource

	// Only use when you set Source to Specified start. Use Start timecode to specify
	// the timecode for the initial frame. Use 24-hour format with frame number,
	// (HH:MM:SS:FF) or (HH:MM:SS;FF).
	Start *string

	// Only applies to outputs that support program-date-time stamp. Use Timestamp
	// offset to overwrite the timecode date without affecting the time and frame
	// number. Provide the new date as a string in the format "yyyy-mm-dd". To use
	// Timestamp offset, you must also enable Insert program-date-time in the output
	// settings. For example, if the date part of your timecodes is 2002-1-25 and you
	// want to change it to one year later, set Timestamp offset to 2003-1-25.
	TimestampOffset *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

These settings control how the service handles timecodes throughout the job. These settings don't affect input clipping.

type TimecodeSource 

type TimecodeSource string
const (
	TimecodeSourceEmbedded       TimecodeSource = "EMBEDDED"
	TimecodeSourceZerobased      TimecodeSource = "ZEROBASED"
	TimecodeSourceSpecifiedstart TimecodeSource = "SPECIFIEDSTART"
)

Enum values for TimecodeSource

func (TimecodeSource) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TimecodeSource) Values() []TimecodeSource

Values returns all known values for TimecodeSource. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TimedMetadata 

type TimedMetadata string
const (
	TimedMetadataPassthrough TimedMetadata = "PASSTHROUGH"
	TimedMetadataNone        TimedMetadata = "NONE"
)

Enum values for TimedMetadata

func (TimedMetadata) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TimedMetadata) Values() []TimedMetadata

Values returns all known values for TimedMetadata. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TimedMetadataInsertion 

type TimedMetadataInsertion struct {

	// Id3Insertions contains the array of Id3Insertion instances.
	Id3Insertions []Id3Insertion
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Insert user-defined custom ID3 metadata at timecodes that you specify. In each output that you want to include this metadata, you must set ID3 metadata to Passthrough.

type Timing 

type Timing struct {

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that the transcoding job finished
	FinishTime *time.Time

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that transcoding for the job began.
	StartTime *time.Time

	// The time, in Unix epoch format, that you submitted the job.
	SubmitTime *time.Time
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Information about when jobs are submitted, started, and finished is specified in Unix epoch format in seconds.

type TooManyRequestsException 

type TooManyRequestsException struct {
	Message *string

	ErrorCodeOverride *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Too many requests have been sent in too short of a time. The service limits the rate at which it will accept requests.

func (*TooManyRequestsException) Error 

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) Error() string

func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorCode 

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorCode() string

func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorFault 

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorFault() smithy.ErrorFault

func (*TooManyRequestsException) ErrorMessage 

func (e *TooManyRequestsException) ErrorMessage() string

type TrackSourceSettings 

type TrackSourceSettings struct {

	// Use this setting to select a single captions track from a source. Track numbers
	// correspond to the order in the captions source file. For IMF sources, track
	// numbering is based on the order that the captions appear in the CPL. For
	// example, use 1 to select the captions asset that is listed first in the CPL. To
	// include more than one captions track in your job outputs, create multiple input
	// captions selectors. Specify one track per selector.
	TrackNumber *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to caption sources that are specified by track number. Currently, this is only IMSC captions in an IMF package. If your caption source is IMSC 1.1 in a separate xml file, use FileSourceSettings instead of TrackSourceSettings.

type TsPtsOffset added in v1.41.0 

type TsPtsOffset string
const (
	TsPtsOffsetAuto    TsPtsOffset = "AUTO"
	TsPtsOffsetSeconds TsPtsOffset = "SECONDS"
)

Enum values for TsPtsOffset

func (TsPtsOffset) Values added in v1.41.0 

func (TsPtsOffset) Values() []TsPtsOffset

Values returns all known values for TsPtsOffset. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type TtmlDestinationSettings 

type TtmlDestinationSettings struct {

	// Pass through style and position information from a TTML-like input source
	// (TTML, IMSC, SMPTE-TT) to the TTML output.
	StylePassthrough TtmlStylePassthrough
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to TTML captions. TTML is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.

type TtmlStylePassthrough 

type TtmlStylePassthrough string
const (
	TtmlStylePassthroughEnabled  TtmlStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	TtmlStylePassthroughDisabled TtmlStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
)

Enum values for TtmlStylePassthrough

func (TtmlStylePassthrough) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (TtmlStylePassthrough) Values() []TtmlStylePassthrough

Values returns all known values for TtmlStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Type 

type Type string
const (
	TypeSystem Type = "SYSTEM"
	TypeCustom Type = "CUSTOM"
)

Enum values for Type

func (Type) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Type) Values() []Type

Values returns all known values for Type. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type UncompressedFourcc added in v1.49.0 

type UncompressedFourcc string
const (
	UncompressedFourccI420 UncompressedFourcc = "I420"
	UncompressedFourccI422 UncompressedFourcc = "I422"
	UncompressedFourccI444 UncompressedFourcc = "I444"
)

Enum values for UncompressedFourcc

func (UncompressedFourcc) Values added in v1.49.0 

func (UncompressedFourcc) Values() []UncompressedFourcc

Values returns all known values for UncompressedFourcc. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type UncompressedFramerateControl added in v1.49.0 

type UncompressedFramerateControl string
const (
	UncompressedFramerateControlInitializeFromSource UncompressedFramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	UncompressedFramerateControlSpecified            UncompressedFramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for UncompressedFramerateControl

func (UncompressedFramerateControl) Values added in v1.49.0 

func (UncompressedFramerateControl) Values() []UncompressedFramerateControl

Values returns all known values for UncompressedFramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithm added in v1.49.0 

type UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v1.49.0 

func (UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type UncompressedInterlaceMode added in v1.49.0 

type UncompressedInterlaceMode string
const (
	UncompressedInterlaceModeInterlaced  UncompressedInterlaceMode = "INTERLACED"
	UncompressedInterlaceModeProgressive UncompressedInterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
)

Enum values for UncompressedInterlaceMode

func (UncompressedInterlaceMode) Values added in v1.49.0 

func (UncompressedInterlaceMode) Values() []UncompressedInterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for UncompressedInterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type UncompressedScanTypeConversionMode added in v1.49.0 

type UncompressedScanTypeConversionMode string
const (
	UncompressedScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced         UncompressedScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"
	UncompressedScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize UncompressedScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

Enum values for UncompressedScanTypeConversionMode

func (UncompressedScanTypeConversionMode) Values added in v1.49.0 

func (UncompressedScanTypeConversionMode) Values() []UncompressedScanTypeConversionMode

Values returns all known values for UncompressedScanTypeConversionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type UncompressedSettings added in v1.49.0 

type UncompressedSettings struct {

	// The four character code for the uncompressed video.
	Fourcc UncompressedFourcc

	// Use the Framerate setting to specify the frame rate for this output. If you
	// want to keep the same frame rate as the input video, choose Follow source. If
	// you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a frame rate from the dropdown list
	// or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are decimal
	// approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom, specify your frame rate as a
	// fraction.
	FramerateControl UncompressedFramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to
	// 30 fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For
	// numerically complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This
	// results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts.
	// For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already
	// been converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do
	// motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method
	// frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and
	// incurs a significant add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video
	// resolution must be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm UncompressedFramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Optional. Choose the scan line type for this output. If you don't specify a
	// value, MediaConvert will create a progressive output.
	InterlaceMode UncompressedInterlaceMode

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of
	// your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing to create
	// a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from
	// the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default
	// value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With basic
	// interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then
	// interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your
	// output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing,
	// MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings:
	// To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to None or Soft. You can't
	// use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace
	// mode to a value other than Progressive.
	ScanTypeConversionMode UncompressedScanTypeConversionMode

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the video
	// frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will slightly
	// reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also set Framerate
	// to 25.
	SlowPal UncompressedSlowPal

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard
	// telecine to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value, None,
	// MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing
	// anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine UncompressedTelecine
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec, under VideoDescription>CodecSettings to the value UNCOMPRESSED.

type UncompressedSlowPal added in v1.49.0 

type UncompressedSlowPal string
const (
	UncompressedSlowPalDisabled UncompressedSlowPal = "DISABLED"
	UncompressedSlowPalEnabled  UncompressedSlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for UncompressedSlowPal

func (UncompressedSlowPal) Values added in v1.49.0 

func (UncompressedSlowPal) Values() []UncompressedSlowPal

Values returns all known values for UncompressedSlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type UncompressedTelecine added in v1.49.0 

type UncompressedTelecine string
const (
	UncompressedTelecineNone UncompressedTelecine = "NONE"
	UncompressedTelecineHard UncompressedTelecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for UncompressedTelecine

func (UncompressedTelecine) Values added in v1.49.0 

func (UncompressedTelecine) Values() []UncompressedTelecine

Values returns all known values for UncompressedTelecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3Class added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3Class string
const (
	Vc3ClassClass1458bit  Vc3Class = "CLASS_145_8BIT"
	Vc3ClassClass2208bit  Vc3Class = "CLASS_220_8BIT"
	Vc3ClassClass22010bit Vc3Class = "CLASS_220_10BIT"
)

Enum values for Vc3Class

func (Vc3Class) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vc3Class) Values() []Vc3Class

Values returns all known values for Vc3Class. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3FramerateControl added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3FramerateControl string
const (
	Vc3FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Vc3FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vc3FramerateControlSpecified            Vc3FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vc3FramerateControl

func (Vc3FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vc3FramerateControl) Values() []Vc3FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for Vc3FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3InterlaceMode added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3InterlaceMode string
const (
	Vc3InterlaceModeInterlaced  Vc3InterlaceMode = "INTERLACED"
	Vc3InterlaceModeProgressive Vc3InterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
)

Enum values for Vc3InterlaceMode

func (Vc3InterlaceMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vc3InterlaceMode) Values() []Vc3InterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for Vc3InterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode added in v1.2.0 

type Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode string
const (
	Vc3ScanTypeConversionModeInterlaced         Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED"
	Vc3ScanTypeConversionModeInterlacedOptimize Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode = "INTERLACED_OPTIMIZE"
)

Enum values for Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode

func (Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode) Values added in v1.2.0 

func (Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode) Values() []Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode

Values returns all known values for Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3Settings added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3Settings struct {

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl Vc3FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to
	// 30 fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For
	// numerically complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This
	// results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts.
	// For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already
	// been converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do
	// motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method
	// frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and
	// incurs a significant add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video
	// resolution must be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Vc3FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Optional. Choose the scan line type for this output. If you don't specify a
	// value, MediaConvert will create a progressive output.
	InterlaceMode Vc3InterlaceMode

	// Use this setting for interlaced outputs, when your output frame rate is half of
	// your input frame rate. In this situation, choose Optimized interlacing to create
	// a better quality interlaced output. In this case, each progressive frame from
	// the input corresponds to an interlaced field in the output. Keep the default
	// value, Basic interlacing, for all other output frame rates. With basic
	// interlacing, MediaConvert performs any frame rate conversion first and then
	// interlaces the frames. When you choose Optimized interlacing and you set your
	// output frame rate to a value that isn't suitable for optimized interlacing,
	// MediaConvert automatically falls back to basic interlacing. Required settings:
	// To use optimized interlacing, you must set Telecine to None or Soft. You can't
	// use optimized interlacing for hard telecine outputs. You must also set Interlace
	// mode to a value other than Progressive.
	ScanTypeConversionMode Vc3ScanTypeConversionMode

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the video
	// frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will slightly
	// reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also set Framerate
	// to 25.
	SlowPal Vc3SlowPal

	// When you do frame rate conversion from 23.976 frames per second (fps) to 29.97
	// fps, and your output scan type is interlaced, you can optionally enable hard
	// telecine to create a smoother picture. When you keep the default value, None,
	// MediaConvert does a standard frame rate conversion to 29.97 without doing
	// anything with the field polarity to create a smoother picture.
	Telecine Vc3Telecine

	// Specify the VC3 class to choose the quality characteristics for this output.
	// VC3 class, together with the settings Framerate (framerateNumerator and
	// framerateDenominator) and Resolution (height and width), determine your output
	// bitrate. For example, say that your video resolution is 1920x1080 and your
	// framerate is 29.97. Then Class 145 gives you an output with a bitrate of
	// approximately 145 Mbps and Class 220 gives you and output with a bitrate of
	// approximately 220 Mbps. VC3 class also specifies the color bit depth of your
	// output.
	Vc3Class Vc3Class
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value VC3

type Vc3SlowPal added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3SlowPal string
const (
	Vc3SlowPalDisabled Vc3SlowPal = "DISABLED"
	Vc3SlowPalEnabled  Vc3SlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for Vc3SlowPal

func (Vc3SlowPal) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vc3SlowPal) Values() []Vc3SlowPal

Values returns all known values for Vc3SlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vc3Telecine added in v0.29.0 

type Vc3Telecine string
const (
	Vc3TelecineNone Vc3Telecine = "NONE"
	Vc3TelecineHard Vc3Telecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for Vc3Telecine

func (Vc3Telecine) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vc3Telecine) Values() []Vc3Telecine

Values returns all known values for Vc3Telecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VchipAction added in v1.9.0 

type VchipAction string
const (
	VchipActionPassthrough VchipAction = "PASSTHROUGH"
	VchipActionStrip       VchipAction = "STRIP"
)

Enum values for VchipAction

func (VchipAction) Values added in v1.9.0 

func (VchipAction) Values() []VchipAction

Values returns all known values for VchipAction. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VideoCodec 

type VideoCodec string
const (
	VideoCodecAv1          VideoCodec = "AV1"
	VideoCodecAvcIntra     VideoCodec = "AVC_INTRA"
	VideoCodecFrameCapture VideoCodec = "FRAME_CAPTURE"
	VideoCodecH264         VideoCodec = "H_264"
	VideoCodecH265         VideoCodec = "H_265"
	VideoCodecMpeg2        VideoCodec = "MPEG2"
	VideoCodecPassthrough  VideoCodec = "PASSTHROUGH"
	VideoCodecProres       VideoCodec = "PRORES"
	VideoCodecUncompressed VideoCodec = "UNCOMPRESSED"
	VideoCodecVc3          VideoCodec = "VC3"
	VideoCodecVp8          VideoCodec = "VP8"
	VideoCodecVp9          VideoCodec = "VP9"
	VideoCodecXavc         VideoCodec = "XAVC"
)

Enum values for VideoCodec

func (VideoCodec) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (VideoCodec) Values() []VideoCodec

Values returns all known values for VideoCodec. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VideoCodecSettings 

type VideoCodecSettings struct {

	// Required when you set Codec, under VideoDescription>CodecSettings to the value
	// AV1.
	Av1Settings *Av1Settings

	// Required when you choose AVC-Intra for your output video codec. For more
	// information about the AVC-Intra settings, see the relevant specification. For
	// detailed information about SD and HD in AVC-Intra, see
	// https://ieeexplore.ieee.org/document/7290936. For information about 4K/2K in
	// AVC-Intra, see https://pro-av.panasonic.net/en/avc-ultra/AVC-ULTRAoverview.pdf.
	AvcIntraSettings *AvcIntraSettings

	// Specifies the video codec. This must be equal to one of the enum values defined
	// by the object VideoCodec. To passthrough the video stream of your input
	// JPEG2000, VC-3, AVC-INTRA or Apple ProRes video without any video encoding:
	// Choose Passthrough. If you have multiple input videos, note that they must have
	// identical encoding attributes. When you choose Passthrough, your output
	// container must be MXF or QuickTime MOV.
	Codec VideoCodec

	// Required when you set Codec to the value FRAME_CAPTURE.
	FrameCaptureSettings *FrameCaptureSettings

	// Required when you set Codec to the value H_264.
	H264Settings *H264Settings

	// Settings for H265 codec
	H265Settings *H265Settings

	// Required when you set Codec to the value MPEG2.
	Mpeg2Settings *Mpeg2Settings

	// Required when you set Codec to the value PRORES.
	ProresSettings *ProresSettings

	// Required when you set Codec, under VideoDescription>CodecSettings to the value
	// UNCOMPRESSED.
	UncompressedSettings *UncompressedSettings

	// Required when you set Codec to the value VC3
	Vc3Settings *Vc3Settings

	// Required when you set Codec to the value VP8.
	Vp8Settings *Vp8Settings

	// Required when you set Codec to the value VP9.
	Vp9Settings *Vp9Settings

	// Required when you set Codec to the value XAVC.
	XavcSettings *XavcSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Video codec settings contains the group of settings related to video encoding. The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for Video codec. For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AV1, Av1Settings * AVC_INTRA, AvcIntraSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, FrameCaptureSettings * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES, ProresSettings * UNCOMPRESSED, UncompressedSettings * VC3, Vc3Settings * VP8, Vp8Settings * VP9, Vp9Settings * XAVC, XavcSettings

type VideoDescription 

type VideoDescription struct {

	// This setting only applies to H.264, H.265, and MPEG2 outputs. Use Insert AFD
	// signaling to specify whether the service includes AFD values in the output video
	// data and what those values are. * Choose None to remove all AFD values from this
	// output. * Choose Fixed to ignore input AFD values and instead encode the value
	// specified in the job. * Choose Auto to calculate output AFD values based on the
	// input AFD scaler data.
	AfdSignaling AfdSignaling

	// The anti-alias filter is automatically applied to all outputs. The service no
	// longer accepts the value DISABLED for AntiAlias. If you specify that in your
	// job, the service will ignore the setting.
	AntiAlias AntiAlias

	// Video codec settings contains the group of settings related to video encoding.
	// The settings in this group vary depending on the value that you choose for Video
	// codec. For each codec enum that you choose, define the corresponding settings
	// object. The following lists the codec enum, settings object pairs. * AV1,
	// Av1Settings * AVC_INTRA, AvcIntraSettings * FRAME_CAPTURE, FrameCaptureSettings
	// * H_264, H264Settings * H_265, H265Settings * MPEG2, Mpeg2Settings * PRORES,
	// ProresSettings * UNCOMPRESSED, UncompressedSettings * VC3, Vc3Settings * VP8,
	// Vp8Settings * VP9, Vp9Settings * XAVC, XavcSettings
	CodecSettings *VideoCodecSettings

	// Choose Insert for this setting to include color metadata in this output. Choose
	// Ignore to exclude color metadata from this output. If you don't specify a value,
	// the service sets this to Insert by default.
	ColorMetadata ColorMetadata

	// Use Cropping selection to specify the video area that the service will include
	// in the output video frame.
	Crop *Rectangle

	// Applies only to 29.97 fps outputs. When this feature is enabled, the service
	// will use drop-frame timecode on outputs. If it is not possible to use drop-frame
	// timecode, the system will fall back to non-drop-frame. This setting is enabled
	// by default when Timecode insertion is enabled.
	DropFrameTimecode DropFrameTimecode

	// Applies only if you set AFD Signaling to Fixed. Use Fixed to specify a four-bit
	// AFD value which the service will write on all frames of this video output.
	FixedAfd *int32

	// Use Height to define the video resolution height, in pixels, for this output.
	// To use the same resolution as your input: Leave both Width and Height blank. To
	// evenly scale from your input resolution: Leave Height blank and enter a value
	// for Width. For example, if your input is 1920x1080 and you set Width to 1280,
	// your output will be 1280x720.
	Height *int32

	// Use Selection placement to define the video area in your output frame. The area
	// outside of the rectangle that you specify here is black.
	Position *Rectangle

	// Use Respond to AFD to specify how the service changes the video itself in
	// response to AFD values in the input. * Choose Respond to clip the input video
	// frame according to the AFD value, input display aspect ratio, and output display
	// aspect ratio. * Choose Passthrough to include the input AFD values. Do not
	// choose this when AfdSignaling is set to NONE. A preferred implementation of this
	// workflow is to set RespondToAfd to and set AfdSignaling to AUTO. * Choose None
	// to remove all input AFD values from this output.
	RespondToAfd RespondToAfd

	// Specify the video Scaling behavior when your output has a different resolution
	// than your input. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/video-scaling.html
	ScalingBehavior ScalingBehavior

	// Use Sharpness setting to specify the strength of anti-aliasing. This setting
	// changes the width of the anti-alias filter kernel used for scaling. Sharpness
	// only applies if your output resolution is different from your input resolution.
	// 0 is the softest setting, 100 the sharpest, and 50 recommended for most content.
	Sharpness *int32

	// Applies only to H.264, H.265, MPEG2, and ProRes outputs. Only enable Timecode
	// insertion when the input frame rate is identical to the output frame rate. To
	// include timecodes in this output, set Timecode insertion to PIC_TIMING_SEI. To
	// leave them out, set it to DISABLED. Default is DISABLED. When the service
	// inserts timecodes in an output, by default, it uses any embedded timecodes from
	// the input. If none are present, the service will set the timecode for the first
	// output frame to zero. To change this default behavior, adjust the settings under
	// Timecode configuration. In the console, these settings are located under Job >
	// Job settings > Timecode configuration. Note - Timecode source under input
	// settings does not affect the timecodes that are inserted in the output. Source
	// under Job settings > Timecode configuration does.
	TimecodeInsertion VideoTimecodeInsertion

	// Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors. Enable the features
	// at each output individually. These features are disabled by default.
	VideoPreprocessors *VideoPreprocessor

	// Use Width to define the video resolution width, in pixels, for this output. To
	// use the same resolution as your input: Leave both Width and Height blank. To
	// evenly scale from your input resolution: Leave Width blank and enter a value for
	// Height. For example, if your input is 1920x1080 and you set Height to 720, your
	// output will be 1280x720.
	Width *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to video encoding of your output. The specific video settings depend on the video codec that you choose.

type VideoDetail 

type VideoDetail struct {

	// Height in pixels for the output
	HeightInPx *int32

	// Width in pixels for the output
	WidthInPx *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains details about the output's video stream

type VideoOverlay added in v1.43.0 

type VideoOverlay struct {

	// Enter the end timecode in the base input video for this overlay. Your overlay
	// will be active through this frame. To display your video overlay for the
	// duration of the base input video: Leave blank. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or
	// HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS isthe second, and FF is
	// the frame number. When entering this value, take into account your choice for
	// the base input video's timecode source. For example, if you have embedded
	// timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your overlay to end ten minutes
	// into the video, enter 01:10:00:00.
	EndTimecode *string

	// Specify the Initial position of your video overlay. To specify the Initial
	// position of your video overlay, including distance from the left or top edge of
	// the base input video's frame, or size: Enter a value for X position, Y position,
	// Width, or Height. To use the full frame of the base input video: Leave blank.
	InitialPosition *VideoOverlayPosition

	// Input settings for Video overlay. You can include one or more video overlays in
	// sequence at different times that you specify.
	Input *VideoOverlayInput

	// Specify whether your video overlay repeats or plays only once. To repeat your
	// video overlay on a loop: Keep the default value, Repeat. Your overlay will
	// repeat for the duration of the base input video. To playback your video overlay
	// only once: Choose Once. With either option, you can end playback at a time that
	// you specify by entering a value for End timecode.
	Playback VideoOverlayPlayBackMode

	// Enter the start timecode in the base input video for this overlay. Your overlay
	// will be active starting with this frame. To display your video overlay starting
	// at the beginning of the base input video: Leave blank. Use the format
	// HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is the
	// second, and FF is the frame number. When entering this value, take into account
	// your choice for the base input video's timecode source. For example, if you have
	// embedded timecodes that start at 01:00:00:00 and you want your overlay to begin
	// five minutes into the video, enter 01:05:00:00.
	StartTimecode *string

	// Specify one or more transitions for your video overlay. Use Transitions to
	// reposition or resize your overlay over time. To use the same position and size
	// for the duration of your video overlay: Leave blank. To specify a Transition:
	// Enter a value for Start timecode, End Timecode, X Position, Y Position, Width,
	// or Height.
	Transitions []VideoOverlayTransition
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Overlay one or more videos on top of your input video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/video-overlays.html

type VideoOverlayInput added in v1.43.0 

type VideoOverlayInput struct {

	// Specify the input file S3, HTTP, or HTTPS URL for your video overlay. To
	// specify one or more Transitions for your base input video instead: Leave blank.
	FileInput *string

	// Specify one or more clips to use from your video overlay. When you include an
	// input clip, you must also specify its start timecode, end timecode, or both
	// start and end timecode.
	InputClippings []VideoOverlayInputClipping

	// Specify the timecode source for your video overlay input clips. To use the
	// timecode present in your video overlay: Choose Embedded. To use a zerobased
	// timecode: Choose Start at 0. To choose a timecode: Choose Specified start. When
	// you do, enter the starting timecode in Start timecode. If you don't specify a
	// value for Timecode source, MediaConvert uses Embedded by default.
	TimecodeSource InputTimecodeSource

	// Specify the starting timecode for this video overlay. To use this setting, you
	// must set Timecode source to Specified start.
	TimecodeStart *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Input settings for Video overlay. You can include one or more video overlays in sequence at different times that you specify.

type VideoOverlayInputClipping added in v1.43.0 

type VideoOverlayInputClipping struct {

	// Specify the timecode of the last frame to include in your video overlay's clip.
	// Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the
	// minute, SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When entering this value,
	// take into account your choice for Timecode source.
	EndTimecode *string

	// Specify the timecode of the first frame to include in your video overlay's
	// clip. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the
	// minute, SS is the second, and FF is the frame number. When entering this value,
	// take into account your choice for Timecode source.
	StartTimecode *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

To transcode only portions of your video overlay, include one input clip for each part of your video overlay that you want in your output.

type VideoOverlayPlayBackMode added in v1.58.0 

type VideoOverlayPlayBackMode string
const (
	VideoOverlayPlayBackModeOnce   VideoOverlayPlayBackMode = "ONCE"
	VideoOverlayPlayBackModeRepeat VideoOverlayPlayBackMode = "REPEAT"
)

Enum values for VideoOverlayPlayBackMode

func (VideoOverlayPlayBackMode) Values added in v1.58.0 

func (VideoOverlayPlayBackMode) Values() []VideoOverlayPlayBackMode

Values returns all known values for VideoOverlayPlayBackMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VideoOverlayPosition added in v1.58.0 

type VideoOverlayPosition struct {

	// To scale your video overlay to the same height as the base input video: Leave
	// blank. To scale the height of your video overlay to a different height: Enter an
	// integer representing the Unit type that you choose, either Pixels or Percentage.
	// For example, when you enter 360 and choose Pixels, your video overlay will be
	// rendered with a height of 360. When you enter 50, choose Percentage, and your
	// overlay's source has a height of 1080, your video overlay will be rendered with
	// a height of 540. To scale your overlay to a specific height while automatically
	// maintaining its original aspect ratio, enter a value for Height and leave Width
	// blank.
	Height *int32

	// Specify the Unit type to use when you enter a value for X position, Y position,
	// Width, or Height. You can choose Pixels or Percentage. Leave blank to use the
	// default value, Pixels.
	Unit VideoOverlayUnit

	// To scale your video overlay to the same width as the base input video: Leave
	// blank. To scale the width of your video overlay to a different width: Enter an
	// integer representing the Unit type that you choose, either Pixels or Percentage.
	// For example, when you enter 640 and choose Pixels, your video overlay will scale
	// to a height of 640 pixels. When you enter 50, choose Percentage, and your
	// overlay's source has a width of 1920, your video overlay will scale to a width
	// of 960. To scale your overlay to a specific width while automatically
	// maintaining its original aspect ratio, enter a value for Width and leave Height
	// blank.
	Width *int32

	// To position the left edge of your video overlay along the left edge of the base
	// input video's frame: Keep blank, or enter 0. To position the left edge of your
	// video overlay to the right, relative to the left edge of the base input video's
	// frame: Enter an integer representing the Unit type that you choose, either
	// Pixels or Percentage. For example, when you enter 10 and choose Pixels, your
	// video overlay will be positioned 10 pixels from the left edge of the base input
	// video's frame. When you enter 10, choose Percentage, and your base input video
	// is 1920x1080, your video overlay will be positioned 192 pixels from the left
	// edge of the base input video's frame.
	XPosition *int32

	// To position the top edge of your video overlay along the top edge of the base
	// input video's frame: Keep blank, or enter 0. To position the top edge of your
	// video overlay down, relative to the top edge of the base input video's frame:
	// Enter an integer representing the Unit type that you choose, either Pixels or
	// Percentage. For example, when you enter 10 and choose Pixels, your video overlay
	// will be positioned 10 pixels from the top edge of the base input video's frame.
	// When you enter 10, choose Percentage, and your underlying video is 1920x1080,
	// your video overlay will be positioned 108 pixels from the top edge of the base
	// input video's frame.
	YPosition *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

position of video overlay

type VideoOverlayTransition added in v1.58.0 

type VideoOverlayTransition struct {

	// Specify the ending position for this transition, relative to the base input
	// video's frame. Your video overlay will move smoothly to this position, beginning
	// at this transition's Start timecode and ending at this transition's End
	// timecode.
	EndPosition *VideoOverlayPosition

	// Specify the timecode for when this transition ends. Use the format HH:MM:SS:FF
	// or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is the second, and FF
	// is the frame number. When entering this value, take into account your choice for
	// Timecode source.
	EndTimecode *string

	// Specify the timecode for when this transition begins. Use the format
	// HH:MM:SS:FF or HH:MM:SS;FF, where HH is the hour, MM is the minute, SS is the
	// second, and FF is the frame number. When entering this value, take into account
	// your choice for Timecode source.
	StartTimecode *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Specify one or more Transitions for your video overlay. Use Transitions to reposition or resize your overlay over time. To use the same position and size for the duration of your video overlay: Leave blank. To specify a Transition: Enter a value for Start timecode, End Timecode, X Position, Y Position, Width, or Height.

type VideoOverlayUnit added in v1.58.0 

type VideoOverlayUnit string
const (
	VideoOverlayUnitPixels     VideoOverlayUnit = "PIXELS"
	VideoOverlayUnitPercentage VideoOverlayUnit = "PERCENTAGE"
)

Enum values for VideoOverlayUnit

func (VideoOverlayUnit) Values added in v1.58.0 

func (VideoOverlayUnit) Values() []VideoOverlayUnit

Values returns all known values for VideoOverlayUnit. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VideoPreprocessor 

type VideoPreprocessor struct {

	// Use these settings to convert the color space or to modify properties such as
	// hue and contrast for this output. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/converting-the-color-space.html.
	ColorCorrector *ColorCorrector

	// Use the deinterlacer to produce smoother motion and a clearer picture. For more
	// information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-scan-type.html.
	Deinterlacer *Deinterlacer

	// Enable Dolby Vision feature to produce Dolby Vision compatible video output.
	DolbyVision *DolbyVision

	// Enable HDR10+ analysis and metadata injection. Compatible with HEVC only.
	Hdr10Plus *Hdr10Plus

	// Enable the Image inserter feature to include a graphic overlay on your video.
	// Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This setting is
	// disabled by default.
	ImageInserter *ImageInserter

	// Enable the Noise reducer feature to remove noise from your video output if
	// necessary. Enable or disable this feature for each output individually. This
	// setting is disabled by default. When you enable Noise reducer, you must also
	// select a value for Noise reducer filter. For AVC outputs, when you include Noise
	// reducer, you cannot include the Bandwidth reduction filter.
	NoiseReducer *NoiseReducer

	// If you work with a third party video watermarking partner, use the group of
	// settings that correspond with your watermarking partner to include watermarks in
	// your output.
	PartnerWatermarking *PartnerWatermarking

	// Settings for burning the output timecode and specified prefix into the output.
	TimecodeBurnin *TimecodeBurnin
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Find additional transcoding features under Preprocessors. Enable the features at each output individually. These features are disabled by default.

type VideoSelector 

type VideoSelector struct {

	// Ignore this setting unless this input is a QuickTime animation with an alpha
	// channel. Use this setting to create separate Key and Fill outputs. In each
	// output, specify which part of the input MediaConvert uses. Leave this setting at
	// the default value DISCARD to delete the alpha channel and preserve the video.
	// Set it to REMAP_TO_LUMA to delete the video and map the alpha channel to the
	// luma channel of your outputs.
	AlphaBehavior AlphaBehavior

	// If your input video has accurate color space metadata, or if you don't know
	// about color space: Keep the default value, Follow. MediaConvert will
	// automatically detect your input color space. If your input video has metadata
	// indicating the wrong color space, or has missing metadata: Specify the accurate
	// color space here. If your input video is HDR 10 and the SMPTE ST 2086 Mastering
	// Display Color Volume static metadata isn't present in your video stream, or if
	// that metadata is present but not accurate: Choose Force HDR 10. Specify correct
	// values in the input HDR 10 metadata settings. For more information about HDR
	// jobs, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr. When you specify
	// an input color space, MediaConvert uses the following color space metadata,
	// which includes color primaries, transfer characteristics, and matrix
	// coefficients:
	//
	//   - HDR 10: BT.2020, PQ, BT.2020 non-constant
	//   - HLG 2020: BT.2020, HLG, BT.2020 non-constant
	//   - P3DCI (Theater): DCIP3, SMPTE 428M, BT.709
	//   - P3D65 (SDR): Display P3, sRGB, BT.709
	//   - P3D65 (HDR): Display P3, PQ, BT.709
	ColorSpace ColorSpace

	// There are two sources for color metadata, the input file and the job input
	// settings Color space and HDR master display information settings. The Color
	// space usage setting determines which takes precedence. Choose Force to use color
	// metadata from the input job settings. If you don't specify values for those
	// settings, the service defaults to using metadata from your input. FALLBACK -
	// Choose Fallback to use color metadata from the source when it is present. If
	// there's no color metadata in your input file, the service defaults to using
	// values you specify in the input settings.
	ColorSpaceUsage ColorSpaceUsage

	// Set Embedded timecode override to Use MDPM when your AVCHD input contains
	// timecode tag data in the Modified Digital Video Pack Metadata. When you do, we
	// recommend you also set Timecode source to Embedded. Leave Embedded timecode
	// override blank, or set to None, when your input does not contain MDPM timecode.
	EmbeddedTimecodeOverride EmbeddedTimecodeOverride

	// Use these settings to provide HDR 10 metadata that is missing or inaccurate in
	// your input video. Appropriate values vary depending on the input video and must
	// be provided by a color grader. The color grader generates these values during
	// the HDR 10 mastering process. The valid range for each of these settings is 0 to
	// 50,000. Each increment represents 0.00002 in CIE1931 color coordinate. Related
	// settings - When you specify these values, you must also set Color space to HDR
	// 10. To specify whether the the values you specify here take precedence over the
	// values in the metadata of your input file, set Color space usage. To specify
	// whether color metadata is included in an output, set Color metadata. For more
	// information about MediaConvert HDR jobs, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/console/mediaconvert/hdr.
	Hdr10Metadata *Hdr10Metadata

	// Specify the maximum mastering display luminance. Enter an integer from 0 to
	// 2147483647, in units of 0.0001 nits. For example, enter 10000000 for 1000 nits.
	MaxLuminance *int32

	// Use this setting if your input has video and audio durations that don't align,
	// and your output or player has strict alignment requirements. Examples: Input
	// audio track has a delayed start. Input video track ends before audio ends. When
	// you set Pad video to Black, MediaConvert generates black video frames so that
	// output video and audio durations match. Black video frames are added at the
	// beginning or end, depending on your input. To keep the default behavior and not
	// generate black video, set Pad video to Disabled or leave blank.
	PadVideo PadVideo

	// Use PID to select specific video data from an input file. Specify this value as
	// an integer; the system automatically converts it to the hexidecimal value. For
	// example, 257 selects PID 0x101. A PID, or packet identifier, is an identifier
	// for a set of data in an MPEG-2 transport stream container.
	Pid *int32

	// Selects a specific program from within a multi-program transport stream. Note
	// that Quad 4K is not currently supported.
	ProgramNumber *int32

	// Use Rotate to specify how the service rotates your video. You can choose
	// automatic rotation or specify a rotation. You can specify a clockwise rotation
	// of 0, 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If your input video container is .mov or .mp4 and
	// your input has rotation metadata, you can choose Automatic to have the service
	// rotate your video according to the rotation specified in the metadata. The
	// rotation must be within one degree of 90, 180, or 270 degrees. If the rotation
	// metadata specifies any other rotation, the service will default to no rotation.
	// By default, the service does no rotation, even if your input video has rotation
	// metadata. The service doesn't pass through rotation metadata.
	Rotate InputRotate

	// If the sample range metadata in your input video is accurate, or if you don't
	// know about sample range, keep the default value, Follow, for this setting. When
	// you do, the service automatically detects your input sample range. If your input
	// video has metadata indicating the wrong sample range, specify the accurate
	// sample range here. When you do, MediaConvert ignores any sample range
	// information in the input metadata. Regardless of whether MediaConvert uses the
	// input sample range or the sample range that you specify, MediaConvert uses the
	// sample range for transcoding and also writes it to the output metadata.
	SampleRange InputSampleRange
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Input video selectors contain the video settings for the input. Each of your inputs can have up to one video selector.

type VideoTimecodeInsertion 

type VideoTimecodeInsertion string
const (
	VideoTimecodeInsertionDisabled     VideoTimecodeInsertion = "DISABLED"
	VideoTimecodeInsertionPicTimingSei VideoTimecodeInsertion = "PIC_TIMING_SEI"
)

Enum values for VideoTimecodeInsertion

func (VideoTimecodeInsertion) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (VideoTimecodeInsertion) Values() []VideoTimecodeInsertion

Values returns all known values for VideoTimecodeInsertion. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type VorbisSettings 

type VorbisSettings struct {

	// Optional. Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Choosing
	// Mono on the console gives you 1 output channel; choosing Stereo gives you 2. In
	// the API, valid values are 1 and 2. The default value is 2.
	Channels *int32

	// Optional. Specify the audio sample rate in Hz. Valid values are 22050, 32000,
	// 44100, and 48000. The default value is 48000.
	SampleRate *int32

	// Optional. Specify the variable audio quality of this Vorbis output from -1
	// (lowest quality, ~45 kbit/s) to 10 (highest quality, ~500 kbit/s). The default
	// value is 4 (~128 kbit/s). Values 5 and 6 are approximately 160 and 192 kbit/s,
	// respectively.
	VbrQuality *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec, under AudioDescriptions>CodecSettings, to the value Vorbis.

type Vp8FramerateControl 

type Vp8FramerateControl string
const (
	Vp8FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Vp8FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vp8FramerateControlSpecified            Vp8FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vp8FramerateControl

func (Vp8FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp8FramerateControl) Values() []Vp8FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for Vp8FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8ParControl 

type Vp8ParControl string
const (
	Vp8ParControlInitializeFromSource Vp8ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vp8ParControlSpecified            Vp8ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vp8ParControl

func (Vp8ParControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp8ParControl) Values() []Vp8ParControl

Values returns all known values for Vp8ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8QualityTuningLevel 

type Vp8QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	Vp8QualityTuningLevelMultiPass   Vp8QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS"
	Vp8QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq Vp8QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for Vp8QualityTuningLevel

func (Vp8QualityTuningLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp8QualityTuningLevel) Values() []Vp8QualityTuningLevel

Values returns all known values for Vp8QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8RateControlMode 

type Vp8RateControlMode string
const (
	Vp8RateControlModeVbr Vp8RateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for Vp8RateControlMode

func (Vp8RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp8RateControlMode) Values() []Vp8RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for Vp8RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp8Settings 

type Vp8Settings struct {

	// Target bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000.
	Bitrate *int32

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl Vp8FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to
	// 30 fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For
	// numerically complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This
	// results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts.
	// For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already
	// been converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do
	// motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method
	// frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and
	// incurs a significant add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video
	// resolution must be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Vp8FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames. Must be greater than zero.
	GopSize *float64

	// Optional. Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five
	// megabits as 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize *int32

	// Ignore this setting unless you set qualityTuningLevel to MULTI_PASS. Optional.
	// Specify the maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per
	// second as 5000000. The default behavior uses twice the target bitrate as the
	// maximum bitrate.
	MaxBitrate *int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio (PAR) for
	// this output. The default behavior, Follow source, uses the PAR from your input
	// video for your output. To specify a different PAR in the console, choose any
	// value other than Follow source. When you choose SPECIFIED for this setting, you
	// must also specify values for the parNumerator and parDenominator settings.
	ParControl Vp8ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator *int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator *int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
	// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
	// multi-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel Vp8QualityTuningLevel

	// With the VP8 codec, you can use only the variable bitrate (VBR) rate control
	// mode.
	RateControlMode Vp8RateControlMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value VP8.

type Vp9FramerateControl 

type Vp9FramerateControl string
const (
	Vp9FramerateControlInitializeFromSource Vp9FramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vp9FramerateControlSpecified            Vp9FramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vp9FramerateControl

func (Vp9FramerateControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp9FramerateControl) Values() []Vp9FramerateControl

Values returns all known values for Vp9FramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm 

type Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9ParControl 

type Vp9ParControl string
const (
	Vp9ParControlInitializeFromSource Vp9ParControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	Vp9ParControlSpecified            Vp9ParControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for Vp9ParControl

func (Vp9ParControl) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp9ParControl) Values() []Vp9ParControl

Values returns all known values for Vp9ParControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9QualityTuningLevel 

type Vp9QualityTuningLevel string
const (
	Vp9QualityTuningLevelMultiPass   Vp9QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS"
	Vp9QualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq Vp9QualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for Vp9QualityTuningLevel

func (Vp9QualityTuningLevel) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp9QualityTuningLevel) Values() []Vp9QualityTuningLevel

Values returns all known values for Vp9QualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9RateControlMode 

type Vp9RateControlMode string
const (
	Vp9RateControlModeVbr Vp9RateControlMode = "VBR"
)

Enum values for Vp9RateControlMode

func (Vp9RateControlMode) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (Vp9RateControlMode) Values() []Vp9RateControlMode

Values returns all known values for Vp9RateControlMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Vp9Settings 

type Vp9Settings struct {

	// Target bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per second as
	// 5000000.
	Bitrate *int32

	// If you are using the console, use the Framerate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list or choose Custom. The framerates shown in the
	// dropdown list are decimal approximations of fractions. If you choose Custom,
	// specify your frame rate as a fraction.
	FramerateControl Vp9FramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to
	// 30 fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For
	// numerically complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This
	// results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts.
	// For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already
	// been converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do
	// motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method
	// frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and
	// incurs a significant add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video
	// resolution must be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm Vp9FramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// GOP Length (keyframe interval) in frames. Must be greater than zero.
	GopSize *float64

	// Size of buffer (HRD buffer model) in bits. For example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000.
	HrdBufferSize *int32

	// Ignore this setting unless you set qualityTuningLevel to MULTI_PASS. Optional.
	// Specify the maximum bitrate in bits/second. For example, enter five megabits per
	// second as 5000000. The default behavior uses twice the target bitrate as the
	// maximum bitrate.
	MaxBitrate *int32

	// Optional. Specify how the service determines the pixel aspect ratio for this
	// output. The default behavior is to use the same pixel aspect ratio as your input
	// video.
	ParControl Vp9ParControl

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parDenominator is 33.
	ParDenominator *int32

	// Required when you set Pixel aspect ratio to SPECIFIED. On the console, this
	// corresponds to any value other than Follow source. When you specify an output
	// pixel aspect ratio (PAR) that is different from your input video PAR, provide
	// your output PAR as a ratio. For example, for D1/DV NTSC widescreen, you would
	// specify the ratio 40:33. In this example, the value for parNumerator is 40.
	ParNumerator *int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
	// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
	// multi-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel Vp9QualityTuningLevel

	// With the VP9 codec, you can use only the variable bitrate (VBR) rate control
	// mode.
	RateControlMode Vp9RateControlMode
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value VP9.

type WarningGroup added in v1.35.0 

type WarningGroup struct {

	// Warning code that identifies a specific warning in the job. For more
	// information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/warning_codes.html
	//
	// This member is required.
	Code *int32

	// The number of times this warning occurred in the job.
	//
	// This member is required.
	Count *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Contains any warning codes and their count for the job.

type WatermarkingStrength 

type WatermarkingStrength string
const (
	WatermarkingStrengthLightest  WatermarkingStrength = "LIGHTEST"
	WatermarkingStrengthLighter   WatermarkingStrength = "LIGHTER"
	WatermarkingStrengthDefault   WatermarkingStrength = "DEFAULT"
	WatermarkingStrengthStronger  WatermarkingStrength = "STRONGER"
	WatermarkingStrengthStrongest WatermarkingStrength = "STRONGEST"
)

Enum values for WatermarkingStrength

func (WatermarkingStrength) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (WatermarkingStrength) Values() []WatermarkingStrength

Values returns all known values for WatermarkingStrength. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type WavFormat 

type WavFormat string
const (
	WavFormatRiff WavFormat = "RIFF"
	WavFormatRf64 WavFormat = "RF64"
)

Enum values for WavFormat

func (WavFormat) Values added in v0.29.0 

func (WavFormat) Values() []WavFormat

Values returns all known values for WavFormat. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type WavSettings 

type WavSettings struct {

	// Specify Bit depth, in bits per sample, to choose the encoding quality for this
	// audio track.
	BitDepth *int32

	// Specify the number of channels in this output audio track. Valid values are 1
	// and even numbers up to 64. For example, 1, 2, 4, 6, and so on, up to 64.
	Channels *int32

	// The service defaults to using RIFF for WAV outputs. If your output audio is
	// likely to exceed 4 GB in file size, or if you otherwise need the extended
	// support of the RF64 format, set your output WAV file format to RF64.
	Format WavFormat

	// Sample rate in Hz.
	SampleRate *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value WAV.

type WebvttAccessibilitySubs added in v1.19.0 

type WebvttAccessibilitySubs string
const (
	WebvttAccessibilitySubsDisabled WebvttAccessibilitySubs = "DISABLED"
	WebvttAccessibilitySubsEnabled  WebvttAccessibilitySubs = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for WebvttAccessibilitySubs

func (WebvttAccessibilitySubs) Values added in v1.19.0 

func (WebvttAccessibilitySubs) Values() []WebvttAccessibilitySubs

Values returns all known values for WebvttAccessibilitySubs. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type WebvttDestinationSettings added in v1.3.0 

type WebvttDestinationSettings struct {

	// If the WebVTT captions track is intended to provide accessibility for people
	// who are deaf or hard of hearing: Set Accessibility subtitles to Enabled. When
	// you do, MediaConvert adds accessibility attributes to your output HLS or DASH
	// manifest. For HLS manifests, MediaConvert adds the following accessibility
	// attributes under EXT-X-MEDIA for this track:
	// CHARACTERISTICS="public.accessibility.describes-spoken-dialog,public.accessibility.describes-music-and-sound"
	// and AUTOSELECT="YES". For DASH manifests, MediaConvert adds the following in the
	// adaptation set for this track: . If the captions track is not intended to
	// provide such accessibility: Keep the default value, Disabled. When you do, for
	// DASH manifests, MediaConvert instead adds the following in the adaptation set
	// for this track: .
	Accessibility WebvttAccessibilitySubs

	// To use the available style, color, and position information from your input
	// captions: Set Style passthrough to Enabled. MediaConvert uses default settings
	// when style and position information is missing from your input captions. To
	// recreate the input captions exactly: Set Style passthrough to Strict.
	// MediaConvert automatically applies timing adjustments, including adjustments for
	// frame rate conversion, ad avails, and input clipping. Your input captions format
	// must be WebVTT. To ignore the style and position information from your input
	// captions and use simplified output captions: Set Style passthrough to Disabled,
	// or leave blank.
	StylePassthrough WebvttStylePassthrough
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings related to WebVTT captions. WebVTT is a sidecar format that holds captions in a file that is separate from the video container. Set up sidecar captions in the same output group, but different output from your video. For more information, see https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/ttml-and-webvtt-output-captions.html.

type WebvttHlsSourceSettings added in v1.7.0 

type WebvttHlsSourceSettings struct {

	// Optional. Specify alternative group ID
	RenditionGroupId *string

	// Optional. Specify ISO 639-2 or ISO 639-3 code in the language property
	RenditionLanguageCode LanguageCode

	// Optional. Specify media name
	RenditionName *string
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Settings specific to WebVTT sources in HLS alternative rendition group. Specify the properties (renditionGroupId, renditionName or renditionLanguageCode) to identify the unique subtitle track among the alternative rendition groups present in the HLS manifest. If no unique track is found, or multiple tracks match the specified properties, the job fails. If there is only one subtitle track in the rendition group, the settings can be left empty and the default subtitle track will be chosen. If your caption source is a sidecar file, use FileSourceSettings instead of WebvttHlsSourceSettings.

type WebvttStylePassthrough added in v1.3.0 

type WebvttStylePassthrough string
const (
	WebvttStylePassthroughEnabled  WebvttStylePassthrough = "ENABLED"
	WebvttStylePassthroughDisabled WebvttStylePassthrough = "DISABLED"
	WebvttStylePassthroughStrict   WebvttStylePassthrough = "STRICT"
)

Enum values for WebvttStylePassthrough

func (WebvttStylePassthrough) Values added in v1.3.0 

func (WebvttStylePassthrough) Values() []WebvttStylePassthrough

Values returns all known values for WebvttStylePassthrough. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass added in v1.7.0 

type Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass string
const (
	Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass100 Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass = "CLASS_100"
	Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass300 Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass = "CLASS_300"
	Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClassClass480 Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass = "CLASS_480"
)

Enum values for Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass

func (Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass) Values() []Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass

Values returns all known values for Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings added in v1.7.0 

type Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings struct {

	// Specify the XAVC Intra 4k (CBG) Class to set the bitrate of your output.
	// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
	// that are valid for that class.
	XavcClass Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileClass
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG.

type Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass added in v1.7.0 

type Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass string
const (
	Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass100 Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass = "CLASS_100"
	Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass300 Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass = "CLASS_300"
	Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClassClass480 Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass = "CLASS_480"
)

Enum values for Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass

func (Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass) Values() []Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass

Values returns all known values for Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings added in v1.7.0 

type Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings struct {

	// Specify the XAVC Intra 4k (VBR) Class to set the bitrate of your output.
	// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
	// that are valid for that class.
	XavcClass Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileClass
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_VBR.

type Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass added in v1.7.0 

type Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass string
const (
	Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass100 Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass = "BITRATE_CLASS_100"
	Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass140 Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass = "BITRATE_CLASS_140"
	Xavc4kProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass200 Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass = "BITRATE_CLASS_200"
)

Enum values for Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass

func (Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass) Values() []Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass

Values returns all known values for Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile added in v1.7.0 

type Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile string
const (
	Xavc4kProfileCodecProfileHigh    Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile = "HIGH"
	Xavc4kProfileCodecProfileHigh422 Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile = "HIGH_422"
)

Enum values for Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile

func (Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile) Values() []Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile

Values returns all known values for Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel added in v1.7.0 

type Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel string
const (
	Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePass   Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"
	Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq  Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel

func (Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel) Values() []Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel

Values returns all known values for Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type Xavc4kProfileSettings added in v1.7.0 

type Xavc4kProfileSettings struct {

	// Specify the XAVC 4k (Long GOP) Bitrate Class to set the bitrate of your output.
	// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
	// that are valid for that class.
	BitrateClass Xavc4kProfileBitrateClass

	// Specify the codec profile for this output. Choose High, 8-bit, 4:2:0 (HIGH) or
	// High, 10-bit, 4:2:2 (HIGH_422). These profiles are specified in ITU-T H.264.
	CodecProfile Xavc4kProfileCodecProfile

	// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value,
	// Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert
	// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
	// Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose to
	// change the default value for Adaptive quantization. Enable this setting to have
	// the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker that can
	// arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many times from
	// frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you enable this
	// setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more often to smooth out
	// the flicker. This setting is disabled by default. Related setting: In addition
	// to enabling this setting, you must also set Adaptive quantization to a value
	// other than Off or Auto. Use Adaptive quantization to adjust the degree of
	// smoothing that Flicker adaptive quantization provides.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify whether the encoder uses B-frames as reference frames for other
	// pictures in the same GOP. Choose Allow to allow the encoder to use B-frames as
	// reference frames. Choose Don't allow to prevent the encoder from using B-frames
	// as reference frames.
	GopBReference XavcGopBReference

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
	// this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as
	// quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence *int32

	// Specify the size of the buffer that MediaConvert uses in the HRD buffer model
	// for this output. Specify this value in bits; for example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000. When you don't set this value, or you set it to zero, MediaConvert
	// calculates the default by doubling the bitrate of this output point.
	HrdBufferSize *int32

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
	// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
	// single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel Xavc4kProfileQualityTuningLevel

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the
	// number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices *int32
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K.

type XavcAdaptiveQuantization added in v1.7.0 

type XavcAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationOff    XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "OFF"
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationAuto   XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "AUTO"
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationLow    XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "LOW"
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationMedium XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "MEDIUM"
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationHigh   XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "HIGH"
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationHigher XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "HIGHER"
	XavcAdaptiveQuantizationMax    XavcAdaptiveQuantization = "MAX"
)

Enum values for XavcAdaptiveQuantization

func (XavcAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []XavcAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for XavcAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcEntropyEncoding added in v1.7.0 

type XavcEntropyEncoding string
const (
	XavcEntropyEncodingAuto  XavcEntropyEncoding = "AUTO"
	XavcEntropyEncodingCabac XavcEntropyEncoding = "CABAC"
	XavcEntropyEncodingCavlc XavcEntropyEncoding = "CAVLC"
)

Enum values for XavcEntropyEncoding

func (XavcEntropyEncoding) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcEntropyEncoding) Values() []XavcEntropyEncoding

Values returns all known values for XavcEntropyEncoding. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization added in v1.7.0 

type XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization

func (XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcFramerateControl added in v1.7.0 

type XavcFramerateControl string
const (
	XavcFramerateControlInitializeFromSource XavcFramerateControl = "INITIALIZE_FROM_SOURCE"
	XavcFramerateControlSpecified            XavcFramerateControl = "SPECIFIED"
)

Enum values for XavcFramerateControl

func (XavcFramerateControl) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcFramerateControl) Values() []XavcFramerateControl

Values returns all known values for XavcFramerateControl. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm added in v1.7.0 

type XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm string
const (
	XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmDuplicateDrop XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "DUPLICATE_DROP"
	XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmInterpolate   XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "INTERPOLATE"
	XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithmFrameformer   XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm = "FRAMEFORMER"
)

Enum values for XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm

func (XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm) Values() []XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm

Values returns all known values for XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcGopBReference added in v1.7.0 

type XavcGopBReference string
const (
	XavcGopBReferenceDisabled XavcGopBReference = "DISABLED"
	XavcGopBReferenceEnabled  XavcGopBReference = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for XavcGopBReference

func (XavcGopBReference) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcGopBReference) Values() []XavcGopBReference

Values returns all known values for XavcGopBReference. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass added in v1.7.0 

type XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass string
const (
	XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass50  XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass = "CLASS_50"
	XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass100 XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass = "CLASS_100"
	XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClassClass200 XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass = "CLASS_200"
)

Enum values for XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass

func (XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass) Values() []XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass

Values returns all known values for XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings added in v1.7.0 

type XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings struct {

	// Specify the XAVC Intra HD (CBG) Class to set the bitrate of your output.
	// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
	// that are valid for that class.
	XavcClass XavcHdIntraCbgProfileClass
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG.

type XavcHdProfileBitrateClass added in v1.7.0 

type XavcHdProfileBitrateClass string
const (
	XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass25 XavcHdProfileBitrateClass = "BITRATE_CLASS_25"
	XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass35 XavcHdProfileBitrateClass = "BITRATE_CLASS_35"
	XavcHdProfileBitrateClassBitrateClass50 XavcHdProfileBitrateClass = "BITRATE_CLASS_50"
)

Enum values for XavcHdProfileBitrateClass

func (XavcHdProfileBitrateClass) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcHdProfileBitrateClass) Values() []XavcHdProfileBitrateClass

Values returns all known values for XavcHdProfileBitrateClass. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel added in v1.7.0 

type XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel string
const (
	XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePass   XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS"
	XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelSinglePassHq XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel = "SINGLE_PASS_HQ"
	XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevelMultiPassHq  XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel = "MULTI_PASS_HQ"
)

Enum values for XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel

func (XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel) Values() []XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel

Values returns all known values for XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcHdProfileSettings added in v1.7.0 

type XavcHdProfileSettings struct {

	// Specify the XAVC HD (Long GOP) Bitrate Class to set the bitrate of your output.
	// Outputs of the same class have similar image quality over the operating points
	// that are valid for that class.
	BitrateClass XavcHdProfileBitrateClass

	// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value,
	// Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert
	// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
	// Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose to
	// change the default value for Adaptive quantization. Enable this setting to have
	// the encoder reduce I-frame pop. I-frame pop appears as a visual flicker that can
	// arise when the encoder saves bits by copying some macroblocks many times from
	// frame to frame, and then refreshes them at the I-frame. When you enable this
	// setting, the encoder updates these macroblocks slightly more often to smooth out
	// the flicker. This setting is disabled by default. Related setting: In addition
	// to enabling this setting, you must also set Adaptive quantization to a value
	// other than Off or Auto. Use Adaptive quantization to adjust the degree of
	// smoothing that Flicker adaptive quantization provides.
	FlickerAdaptiveQuantization XavcFlickerAdaptiveQuantization

	// Specify whether the encoder uses B-frames as reference frames for other
	// pictures in the same GOP. Choose Allow to allow the encoder to use B-frames as
	// reference frames. Choose Don't allow to prevent the encoder from using B-frames
	// as reference frames.
	GopBReference XavcGopBReference

	// Frequency of closed GOPs. In streaming applications, it is recommended that
	// this be set to 1 so a decoder joining mid-stream will receive an IDR frame as
	// quickly as possible. Setting this value to 0 will break output segmenting.
	GopClosedCadence *int32

	// Specify the size of the buffer that MediaConvert uses in the HRD buffer model
	// for this output. Specify this value in bits; for example, enter five megabits as
	// 5000000. When you don't set this value, or you set it to zero, MediaConvert
	// calculates the default by doubling the bitrate of this output point.
	HrdBufferSize *int32

	// Choose the scan line type for the output. Keep the default value, Progressive
	// to create a progressive output, regardless of the scan type of your input. Use
	// Top field first or Bottom field first to create an output that's interlaced with
	// the same field polarity throughout. Use Follow, default top or Follow, default
	// bottom to produce outputs with the same field polarity as the source. For jobs
	// that have multiple inputs, the output field polarity might change over the
	// course of the output. Follow behavior depends on the input scan type. If the
	// source is interlaced, the output will be interlaced with the same polarity as
	// the source. If the source is progressive, the output will be interlaced with top
	// field bottom field first, depending on which of the Follow options you choose.
	InterlaceMode XavcInterlaceMode

	// Optional. Use Quality tuning level to choose how you want to trade off encoding
	// speed for output video quality. The default behavior is faster, lower quality,
	// single-pass encoding.
	QualityTuningLevel XavcHdProfileQualityTuningLevel

	// Number of slices per picture. Must be less than or equal to the number of
	// macroblock rows for progressive pictures, and less than or equal to half the
	// number of macroblock rows for interlaced pictures.
	Slices *int32

	// Ignore this setting unless you set Frame rate (framerateNumerator divided by
	// framerateDenominator) to 29.970. If your input framerate is 23.976, choose Hard.
	// Otherwise, keep the default value None. For more information, see
	// https://docs.aws.amazon.com/mediaconvert/latest/ug/working-with-telecine-and-inverse-telecine.html.
	Telecine XavcHdProfileTelecine
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_HD.

type XavcHdProfileTelecine added in v1.7.0 

type XavcHdProfileTelecine string
const (
	XavcHdProfileTelecineNone XavcHdProfileTelecine = "NONE"
	XavcHdProfileTelecineHard XavcHdProfileTelecine = "HARD"
)

Enum values for XavcHdProfileTelecine

func (XavcHdProfileTelecine) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcHdProfileTelecine) Values() []XavcHdProfileTelecine

Values returns all known values for XavcHdProfileTelecine. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcInterlaceMode added in v1.7.0 

type XavcInterlaceMode string
const (
	XavcInterlaceModeProgressive       XavcInterlaceMode = "PROGRESSIVE"
	XavcInterlaceModeTopField          XavcInterlaceMode = "TOP_FIELD"
	XavcInterlaceModeBottomField       XavcInterlaceMode = "BOTTOM_FIELD"
	XavcInterlaceModeFollowTopField    XavcInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_TOP_FIELD"
	XavcInterlaceModeFollowBottomField XavcInterlaceMode = "FOLLOW_BOTTOM_FIELD"
)

Enum values for XavcInterlaceMode

func (XavcInterlaceMode) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcInterlaceMode) Values() []XavcInterlaceMode

Values returns all known values for XavcInterlaceMode. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcProfile added in v1.7.0 

type XavcProfile string
const (
	XavcProfileXavcHdIntraCbg XavcProfile = "XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG"
	XavcProfileXavc4kIntraCbg XavcProfile = "XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG"
	XavcProfileXavc4kIntraVbr XavcProfile = "XAVC_4K_INTRA_VBR"
	XavcProfileXavcHd         XavcProfile = "XAVC_HD"
	XavcProfileXavc4k         XavcProfile = "XAVC_4K"
)

Enum values for XavcProfile

func (XavcProfile) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcProfile) Values() []XavcProfile

Values returns all known values for XavcProfile. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcSettings added in v1.7.0 

type XavcSettings struct {

	// Keep the default value, Auto, for this setting to have MediaConvert
	// automatically apply the best types of quantization for your video content. When
	// you want to apply your quantization settings manually, you must set Adaptive
	// quantization to a value other than Auto. Use this setting to specify the
	// strength of any adaptive quantization filters that you enable. If you don't want
	// MediaConvert to do any adaptive quantization in this transcode, set Adaptive
	// quantization to Off. Related settings: The value that you choose here applies to
	// the following settings: Flicker adaptive quantization
	// (flickerAdaptiveQuantization), Spatial adaptive quantization, and Temporal
	// adaptive quantization.
	AdaptiveQuantization XavcAdaptiveQuantization

	// Optional. Choose a specific entropy encoding mode only when you want to
	// override XAVC recommendations. If you choose the value auto, MediaConvert uses
	// the mode that the XAVC file format specifies given this output's operating
	// point.
	EntropyEncoding XavcEntropyEncoding

	// If you are using the console, use the Frame rate setting to specify the frame
	// rate for this output. If you want to keep the same frame rate as the input
	// video, choose Follow source. If you want to do frame rate conversion, choose a
	// frame rate from the dropdown list. The framerates shown in the dropdown list are
	// decimal approximations of fractions.
	FramerateControl XavcFramerateControl

	// Choose the method that you want MediaConvert to use when increasing or
	// decreasing the frame rate. For numerically simple conversions, such as 60 fps to
	// 30 fps: We recommend that you keep the default value, Drop duplicate. For
	// numerically complex conversions, to avoid stutter: Choose Interpolate. This
	// results in a smooth picture, but might introduce undesirable video artifacts.
	// For complex frame rate conversions, especially if your source video has already
	// been converted from its original cadence: Choose FrameFormer to do
	// motion-compensated interpolation. FrameFormer uses the best conversion method
	// frame by frame. Note that using FrameFormer increases the transcoding time and
	// incurs a significant add-on cost. When you choose FrameFormer, your input video
	// resolution must be at least 128x96.
	FramerateConversionAlgorithm XavcFramerateConversionAlgorithm

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateDenominator to specify the denominator of this fraction. In this
	// example, use 1001 for the value of FramerateDenominator. When you use the
	// console for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as
	// a decimal number for Frame rate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateDenominator *int32

	// When you use the API for transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, specify
	// the frame rate as a fraction. For example, 24000 / 1001 = 23.976 fps. Use
	// FramerateNumerator to specify the numerator of this fraction. In this example,
	// use 24000 for the value of FramerateNumerator. When you use the console for
	// transcode jobs that use frame rate conversion, provide the value as a decimal
	// number for Framerate. In this example, specify 23.976.
	FramerateNumerator *int32

	// Specify the XAVC profile for this output. For more information, see the Sony
	// documentation at https://www.xavc-info.org/. Note that MediaConvert doesn't
	// support the interlaced video XAVC operating points for XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG. To
	// create an interlaced XAVC output, choose the profile XAVC_HD.
	Profile XavcProfile

	// Ignore this setting unless your input frame rate is 23.976 or 24 frames per
	// second (fps). Enable slow PAL to create a 25 fps output by relabeling the video
	// frames and resampling your audio. Note that enabling this setting will slightly
	// reduce the duration of your video. Related settings: You must also set Frame
	// rate to 25.
	SlowPal XavcSlowPal

	// Ignore this setting unless your downstream workflow requires that you specify
	// it explicitly. Otherwise, we recommend that you adjust the softness of your
	// output by using a lower value for the setting Sharpness or by enabling a noise
	// reducer filter. The Softness setting specifies the quantization matrices that
	// the encoder uses. Keep the default value, 0, for flat quantization. Choose the
	// value 1 or 16 to use the default JVT softening quantization matricies from the
	// H.264 specification. Choose a value from 17 to 128 to use planar interpolation.
	// Increasing values from 17 to 128 result in increasing reduction of
	// high-frequency data. The value 128 results in the softest video.
	Softness *int32

	// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value,
	// Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert
	// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
	// Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose to
	// change the default value for Adaptive quantization. For this setting, keep the
	// default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based on
	// spatial variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the
	// encoder uses fewer bits on areas that can sustain more distortion with no
	// noticeable visual degradation and uses more bits on areas where any small
	// distortion will be noticeable. For example, complex textured blocks are encoded
	// with fewer bits and smooth textured blocks are encoded with more bits. Enabling
	// this feature will almost always improve your video quality. Note, though, that
	// this feature doesn't take into account where the viewer's attention is likely to
	// be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their attention on a part of the screen
	// with a lot of complex texture, you might choose to disable this feature. Related
	// setting: When you enable spatial adaptive quantization, set the value for
	// Adaptive quantization depending on your content. For homogeneous content, such
	// as cartoons and video games, set it to Low. For content with a wider variety of
	// textures, set it to High or Higher.
	SpatialAdaptiveQuantization XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization

	// The best way to set up adaptive quantization is to keep the default value,
	// Auto, for the setting Adaptive quantization. When you do so, MediaConvert
	// automatically applies the best types of quantization for your video content.
	// Include this setting in your JSON job specification only when you choose to
	// change the default value for Adaptive quantization. For this setting, keep the
	// default value, Enabled, to adjust quantization within each frame based on
	// temporal variation of content complexity. When you enable this feature, the
	// encoder uses fewer bits on areas of the frame that aren't moving and uses more
	// bits on complex objects with sharp edges that move a lot. For example, this
	// feature improves the readability of text tickers on newscasts and scoreboards on
	// sports matches. Enabling this feature will almost always improve your video
	// quality. Note, though, that this feature doesn't take into account where the
	// viewer's attention is likely to be. If viewers are likely to be focusing their
	// attention on a part of the screen that doesn't have moving objects with sharp
	// edges, such as sports athletes' faces, you might choose to disable this feature.
	// Related setting: When you enable temporal adaptive quantization, adjust the
	// strength of the filter with the setting Adaptive quantization.
	TemporalAdaptiveQuantization XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization

	// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_CBG.
	Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings *Xavc4kIntraCbgProfileSettings

	// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K_INTRA_VBR.
	Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings *Xavc4kIntraVbrProfileSettings

	// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_4K.
	Xavc4kProfileSettings *Xavc4kProfileSettings

	// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_HD_INTRA_CBG.
	XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings *XavcHdIntraCbgProfileSettings

	// Required when you set Profile to the value XAVC_HD.
	XavcHdProfileSettings *XavcHdProfileSettings
	// contains filtered or unexported fields
}

Required when you set Codec to the value XAVC.

type XavcSlowPal added in v1.7.0 

type XavcSlowPal string
const (
	XavcSlowPalDisabled XavcSlowPal = "DISABLED"
	XavcSlowPalEnabled  XavcSlowPal = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for XavcSlowPal

func (XavcSlowPal) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcSlowPal) Values() []XavcSlowPal

Values returns all known values for XavcSlowPal. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization added in v1.7.0 

type XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization

func (XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for XavcSpatialAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

type XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization added in v1.7.0 

type XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization string
const (
	XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantizationDisabled XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "DISABLED"
	XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantizationEnabled  XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization = "ENABLED"
)

Enum values for XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization

func (XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values added in v1.7.0 

func (XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization) Values() []XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization

Values returns all known values for XavcTemporalAdaptiveQuantization. Note that this can be expanded in the future, and so it is only as up to date as the client.

The ordering of this slice is not guaranteed to be stable across updates.

Source Files

View all Source files

Jump to

Keyboard shortcuts

? : This menu
/ : Search site
f or F : Jump to
y or Y : Canonical URL
go.dev uses cookies from Google to deliver and enhance the quality of its services and to analyze traffic. Learn more.